Dell 2150cn Service Manual

Dell 2150cn Service Manual
16 Jun 2010

Version record
Refer to the portion indicated by change bar in each section. Also refer to the reasons in table below.
Version 1st
Issue date March 19, 2010 1st issued 1.1st version issued
Note
1.1st
April 30, 2010
Introduction - The content was reviewed. Chapter 1:Troubleshooting - The content was reviewed. Chapter 2:Operation of Diagnostic - The content was reviewed. Chapter 3:RRP - The content was reviewed. Chapter 4:Plug/Jack Connector Locations - The illustration was changed. Chapter 6:Principles of Operation - The content was reviewed. Chapter 8:Printer Specifications - The content was reviewed. 1.2st version issued Introduction - The content of "4.5.2 Caution label for toner cartridges" was updated. Chapter 5 : Parts List - Correction according to change of spare parts. 2nd version issued Chapter 1:Troubleshooting - The check result of development was reflected. Chapter 3:RRP - The error in writing was corrected. Chapter 4: Plug/Jack Connector Locations - The error in writing was corrected. Chapter 5: Parts List - The error in writing was corrected. Chapter 6:Principles of Operation - The content was reviewed. Chapter 7: Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information CONTENTS - The content was reviewed. Chapter 8: Printer Specifications - The content was reviewed.
1.2st
May 19, 2010
2nd
June 16, 2010
Cautions
Operation contents of this document may be subject to modification without notice. Dell Inc. will not assume responsibility for accidental or incidental damages resulting from technical or editorial errors or omissions in this manual, the issue of this manual, the execution of descriptions in this manual, or the use of this manual. This document is protected by copyright. Do not photocopy or duplicate any part of this document in any form without written permission from Dell Inc.
1. About this manual

This manual is a standard service manual of Dell Inc. containing information required for maintenance of this laser printer (standard specifications).
2. Marks giving caution

Maintenance operations requiring special cautions or additional information regarding descriptions in this manual are presented as "Warning," "Caution," or "Note," depending on their nature. If instructions are not observed, death or serious injury may result.
If instructions are not observed, injuries to workers or physical damage to assets (including this laser printer) may result.
Essentials for procedures, steps, rules, and others.
Reference Incidental information to descriptions.
3. Related documents
- Instruction manuals (standard manuals) Describe the operation and handling of this laser printer. - Performance specifications Describe in detail various specifications of this laser printer. (In the event of a discrepancy between this manual and the performance specifications, the performance specifications take precedence.) - Spare parts list Information on maintenance parts (spare parts) for this laser printer.
ii
4. Safety
To prevent possible accidents during maintenance operation, you should observe strictly the "Warning" and "Caution" information in this manual. Avoid dangerous operations and operations out of the scope of this manual. Various processes not covered by this manual may be required in actual operations, and should be performed carefully, always giving attention to safety.
4.1 Power source

Keep the power plug disconnected during the maintenance operation to prevent electric shock, burns and other damages. If the power supply should be kept connected to measure voltage or for other similar reasons, take sufficient care to prevent electric shock, by following the procedures in this manual. While the printer is on, never touch live parts if not required.
Power is supplied to the power switch / inlet even while the printer is off. Never touch its live components.
Do not touch live parts unless otherwise specified.
MiS00002KA
iii
4.2 Driving units

When servicing gears or other driving units, be sure to turn off the power switch and unplug the power cord. Drive them manually when required. Do not do the print work removing the cover of the printer to confirm the operation of driving part.
4.3 High-temperature units

When servicing high-temperature units (securing unit, etc.), be sure to turn them off to prevent burns, injuries and other troubles. Remove the power plug and start service processes after they have cooled down sufficiently. Because high-temperature units are still hot after they complete an operation, wait at least 40 minutes before starting maintenance service.
iv
4.4 Laser beams

If your eyes are exposed to laser beams, you may lose your eyesight. Never open the cover if the warning label for laser beams is attached there. Before disassembling and reassembling this laser printer, be sure to turn it OFF. When servicing this laser printer while it is running, be sure to follow the procedures specified in this manual. You should be well aware that the laser beams are capable of injuring you and other people near the printer. Laser beams have features as follows: Frequencies are smaller in width than other beams (sun and electric bulbs) and phases are uniform so that high monochromatic and convergence performance can be obtained and thin beams of light can reach places at a long distance. Being highly converged, the laser beams exert a heating action that may be harmful to human body. Reference: The laser beams of this laser printer are invisible rays.
ROS
Rio00003KA
4.5 Warning/caution labels

Warning labels and caution labels are attached to this laser printer to prevent accidents Check those labels for peeling or stains when servicing the printer. 4.5.1 Caution label for high-temperature units
Rio00004KA
vi
4.5.2 Caution label for toner cartridges
Rio00006KA
vii
MiS00007KA
viii
4.5.3 Caution label for SSI and tray
Rio00008KA
ix
4.5.4 Caution label for ROS
Rio00009KA
4.5.5 Caution label for transfer belt and PHD unit
Rio00005KA
xi
Rio00012KA
xii
4.5.6 Caution label for duplex
Rio00013KA
xiii
Blank Page
xiv
Unpacking the Printer

Take extreme care to avoid personal injuries.
Check the printer for evidence of any damages. Peel all tapes off the printer.
MiS00010KA
xv
MiS00011KA
xvi
TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. About this manual............................................................................................................. ii 2. Marks giving caution......................................................................................................... ii 3. Related documents........................................................................................................... ii 4. Safety ...............................................................................................................................iii
4.1 Power source ......................................................................................................................................... iii 4.2 Driving units ...........................................................................................................................................iv 4.3 High-temperature units ..........................................................................................................................iv 4.4 Laser beams ...........................................................................................................................................v 4.5 Warning/caution labels...........................................................................................................................vi 4.5.1 Caution label for high-temperature units........................................................................................vi 4.5.2 Caution label for toner cartridges.................................................................................................. vii 4.5.3 Caution label for SSI and tray ........................................................................................................ix 4.5.4 Caution label for ROS .....................................................................................................................x 4.5.5 Caution label for transfer belt and PHD unit ..................................................................................xi 4.5.6 Caution label for duplex ............................................................................................................... xiii
Unpacking the Printer ......................................................................................................... xv
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting .............................................................................................1 - 1 Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic .................................................................................2 - 1 Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures ........................................................3 - 1 Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations..............................................................4 - 1 Chapter 5 Parts List........................................................................................................5 - 1 Chapter 6 Principles of Operation ..................................................................................6 - 1 Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information .......................................................7 - 1 Chapter 8 Printer Specifications .....................................................................................8 - 1
xvii
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS 1. Troubleshooting Overview...........................................................................................1 - 1

1.1 Flow of Troubleshooting.................................................................................................................... 1 - 1 1.2 Check Installation Status ................................................................................................................. 1 - 2 1.3 Cautions on Service Operations ....................................................................................................... 1 - 3 1.4 Cautions on Using FIP ...................................................................................................................... 1 - 4 1.5 Items To Be Confirmed Before Going To FIP Troubleshooting ........................................................ 1 - 6
2. FIP ............................................................................................................................1 - 12
2.1 FIP ................................................................................................................................................. 1 - 12 2.2 Flow of FIP..................................................................................................................................... 1 - 12 2.3 Status Code List............................................................................................................................. 1 - 13
3. Error Code FIP ..........................................................................................................1 - 36

3.1 Troubleshooting for the call center.................................................................................................. 1 - 36 Flows 1 001-360: IOT Fan Motor Failure .............................................................................................. 1 - 36 Flows 2 003-340: IOT Firmware Error .................................................................................................. 1 - 37 Flows 3 003-356: IOT NVRAM Error .................................................................................................... 1 - 38 Flows 4 004-311: IOT Duplexer Failure (2150cdn only) ....................................................................... 1 - 39 Flows 5 004-312: IOT Feeder Configuration Failure............................................................................. 1 - 40 Flows 6 006-370: IOT ROS Failure....................................................................................................... 1 - 41 Flows 7 007-340: IOT Main Motor Failure ............................................................................................ 1 - 42 Flows 8 007-341: IOT Sub Motor Failure.............................................................................................. 1 - 43 Flows 9 007-344: Option Feeder Motor Failure .................................................................................... 1 - 44 Flows 10 007-371 / 007-372: IOT K Mode Solenoid Error 1/2.............................................................. 1 - 45 Flows 11 009-340: IOT CTD (ACD) Sensor Error................................................................................. 1 - 46 Flows 12 009-360 / 009-361 / 009-362 / 009-363: IOT Toner (YMCK) CRUM Comm Fail .................. 1 - 47 Flows 13 010-317: IOT Fuser Detached............................................................................................... 1 - 49 Flows 14 010-351: IOT Fuser Life Over................................................................................................ 1 - 50 Flows 15 010-354: IOT Environment Sensor Error............................................................................... 1 - 51 Flows 16 010-377: IOT Fuser Failure ................................................................................................... 1 - 53 Flows 17 010-421: IOT Fuser Near Life................................................................................................ 1 - 54 Flows 18 016-300 / 016-301 / 016-302 / 016-310 / 016-313 / 016-315 / 016-317 / 016-323 / 016-324 / 016327 / 016-340 / 016-392 / 016-393 / 016-394 : ESS Error .................................................................... 1 - 55 Flows 19 016-316 / 016-318: ESS DIMM Slot RAM R/W Check Fail / ESS DIMM Slot RAM Error ..... 1 - 56 Flows 20 016-338: Optional Wireless Adapter Error............................................................................. 1 - 58 Flows 21 016-347: On Board Network Fatal Error................................................................................ 1 - 59 Flows 22 016-362 / 016-363 / 016-364 / 016-366 / 016-367 / 016-368: PCI Bus# (0 / 1) Host Bridge Controller Error / PCI Bus# (0 / 1) Error Detected / PCI Error Messages received from Bus#0-Device# (0 / 1) .............................................................................................................................................................. 1 - 60 Flows 23 016-369: Operator Panel - ESS Communication Fail............................................................ 1 - 61 Flows 24 016-370: MCU-ESS Communication Fail .............................................................................. 1 - 63 Flows 25 016-383 / 016-384 / 016-385 / 016-386 / 016-387/ 016-388 / 016-391: Download ID Error / Download Range Error / Download header Error / Download Check Sum Error / Download Format Error / Download Initial Error / Download Protect Error ............................................................................................ 1 - 65 Flows 26 016-520: Ipsec Certificate Error............................................................................................. 1 - 67 Flows 27 016-700: Memory Over flow .................................................................................................. 1 - 68 Flows 28 016-720: PDL Error ............................................................................................................... 1 - 69 Flows 29 016-753 / 016-755:PDF password error / PDF print disabled error ....................................... 1 - 70 Flows 30 016-756: Auditron - Print prohibited time............................................................................... 1 - 71 Flows 31 016-757: Auditron - Invalid User............................................................................................ 1 - 72 Flows 32 016-758: Auditron - Disabled Function .................................................................................. 1 - 73 Flows 33 016-759: Auditron - Reached Limit........................................................................................ 1 - 74 Flows 34 016-799: Job Environment Violation...................................................................................... 1 - 75 Flows 35 016-920: Wireless Setting Error Time-out Error .................................................................... 1 - 76 Flows 36 016-921: Wireless Setting Error Download Error .................................................................. 1 - 77
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS

Flows 37 016-922: Wireless Setting Error Session Overlap Error ........................................................ 1 - 78 Flows 38 016-980: Disc Full.................................................................................................................. 1 - 79 Flows 39 016-981: Collate Full ............................................................................................................. 1 - 80 Flows 40 024-360: MCU Down Load Error ........................................................................................... 1 - 81 Flows 41 024-362: IOT Start Image Marking Time-out......................................................................... 1 - 82 Flows 42 024-985: Waiting for "Continue" key to be pressed after reloading paper to the SSF........... 1 - 83 Flows 43 027-446 / 027-452: IPv6 duplicate/IPv4 duplicate ................................................................. 1 - 84 Flows 44 042-700: IOT Over Heat Stop................................................................................................ 1 - 85 Flows 45 071-100: IOT Tray1 Misfeed JAM ......................................................................................... 1 - 86 Flows 46 072-100: IOT Tray2 Misfeed JAM ......................................................................................... 1 - 89 Flows 47 072-101: IOT Feeder 2 JAM.................................................................................................. 1 - 92 Flows 48 072-908: IOT Remain Option Feeder JAM............................................................................ 1 - 94 Flows 49 075-101 / 075-102 / 075-923: IOT SSF Insert JAM / IOT SSF Paper Pullout JAM / Waiting for reseat paper of SSF ................................................................................................................................. 1 - 96 Flows 50 077-100: IOT Regi On early JAM .......................................................................................... 1 - 97 Flows 51 077-101: IOT Regi OFF Jam ................................................................................................. 1 - 98 Flows 52 077-102 / 077-103 / 077-106: IOT Exit On JAM / IOT Exit On early JAM / IOT Stop Reservation JAM..................................................................................................................................................... 1 - 101 Flows 53 077-104 / 077-105: IOT Exit Off JAM / IOT Exit Off early JAM ........................................... 1 - 104 Flows 54 077-107 / 077-108: IOT Duplex Misfeed JAM / IOT Duplex JAM (2150cdn only) ............... 1 - 106 Flows 55 077-300: IOT Cover Front Open.......................................................................................... 1 - 108 Flows 56 077-301: IOT Side Cover Open........................................................................................... 1 - 110 Flows 57 077-900: IOT Exit JAM ........................................................................................................ 1 - 112 Flows 58 077-901: IOT Remain Registration JAM.............................................................................. 1 - 114 Flows 59 077-907: IOT Remain Duplex JAM (2150cdn only)............................................................. 1 - 115 Flows 60 091-402: IOT PHD Life Pre Warning ................................................................................... 1 - 116 Flows 61 091-912: PHD Tape Staying................................................................................................ 1 - 117 Flows 62 091-935: IOT PHD Life Over ............................................................................................... 1 - 118 Flows 63 091-972: IOT PHD Detached .............................................................................................. 1 - 119 Flows 64 092-310 / 092-910: IOT CTD (ADC) Sensor Dustiness / IOT CTD (ADC) Sensor Dustiness Warning ....................................................................................................................................................... 1 - 120 Flows 65 093-423 / 093-424 / 093-425 / 093-426: IOT Toner Cartridge Near Life ............................. 1 - 121 Flows 66 093-919 / 093-920 / 093-921 / 093-922: IOT YMCK Toner Low Density ............................ 1 - 122 Flows 67 093-930 / 093-931 / 093-932 / 093-933: IOT Toner Cartridge Life Over ............................. 1 - 124 Flows 68 093-934 / 093-935 / 093-936 / 093-937: IOT CRU Waste (YMCK) Full .............................. 1 - 125 Flows 69 093-960 / 093-961 / 093-962 / 093-963: IOT (YMCK) CRUM ID Error................................ 1 - 126 Flows 70 093-965: IOT PHD CRUM ID Error ..................................................................................... 1 - 128 Flows 71 093-970 / 093-971 / 093-972 / 093-973: IOT Toner Cartridge Detached ............................ 1 - 130 Flows 72 094-422: IOT Belt Unit Near Life ......................................................................................... 1 - 131 Flows 73 094-911: IOT Belt Unit Life Over ......................................................................................... 1 - 132 Flows 74 193-700: Custom Toner Mode............................................................................................. 1 - 133 Flows 75 The output is too light .......................................................................................................... 1 - 134 Flows 76 The entire output is blank .................................................................................................... 1 - 139 Flows 77 Part or the entire output is black......................................................................................... 1 - 143 Flows 78 Toner smears ...................................................................................................................... 1 - 144 Flows 79 Random spots ..................................................................................................................... 1 - 146 Flows 80 Streaks appear on the output .............................................................................................. 1 - 148 Flows 81 Pitched color dots ................................................................................................................ 1 - 150 Flows 82 Vertical blanks ..................................................................................................................... 1 - 152 Flows 83 Ghosting .............................................................................................................................. 1 - 154 Flows 84 Light-Induced Fatigue.......................................................................................................... 1 - 157 Flows 85 Fog ...................................................................................................................................... 1 - 158 Flows 86 Bead-Carry-Out (BCO) ........................................................................................................ 1 - 160 Flows 87 Jagged characters ............................................................................................................... 1 - 161 Flows 88 Banding/Horizontal band cross out...................................................................................... 1 - 163 Flows 89 Auger mark .......................................................................................................................... 1 - 165 Flows 90 Wrinkled/Stained paper ....................................................................................................... 1 - 167

Flows 91 The top margin is incorrect / The side margin is incorrect................................................... 1 - 170 Flows 92 Color registration is out of alignment ................................................................................... 1 - 171 Flows 93 Images are skewed ............................................................................................................ 1 - 174 Flows 94 Page Damage..................................................................................................................... 1 - 176 Flows 95 Unfusing ............................................................................................................................. 1 - 178 Flows 96 Label Stuck......................................................................................................................... 1 - 179 Flows 97 Noise: When Power is Turned On ....................................................................................... 1 - 180 Flows 98 Noise: During Standby......................................................................................................... 1 - 181 Flows 99 Noise: During Printing (Checking for other items than "power on mechanical noise") ........ 1 - 182 Flows 100 Electrical Noise.................................................................................................................. 1 - 183 Flows 101 AC Power .......................................................................................................................... 1 - 184 Flows 102 DC Power .......................................................................................................................... 1 - 185 Flows 103 Multiple feed ...................................................................................................................... 1 - 186 Flows 104 Control Panel Freezes....................................................................................................... 1 - 187 3.2 Troubleshooting for the repair center............................................................................................ 1 - 189 FIP-1.1 001-360: IOT Fan Motor Failure............................................................................................. 1 - 189 FIP-1.2 003-340: IOT Firmware Error ................................................................................................. 1 - 191 FIP-1.3 003-356: IOT NVRAM Error ................................................................................................... 1 - 192 FIP-1.4 004-311: IOT Duplexer Failure (2150cdn only)...................................................................... 1 - 193 FIP-1.5 004-312: IOT Feeder Configuration Failure ........................................................................... 1 - 194 FIP-1.6 006-370: IOT ROS Failure ..................................................................................................... 1 - 195 FIP-1.7 007-340: IOT Main Motor Failure ........................................................................................... 1 - 196 FIP-1.8 007-341: IOT Sub Motor Failure ............................................................................................ 1 - 197 FIP-1.9 007-344: 250 FEEDER Motor Failure .................................................................................... 1 - 198 FIP-1.10 007-371 / 007-372: IOT K Mode Solenoid Error 1/2 ............................................................ 1 - 199 FIP-1.11 009-340: IOT CTD (ACD) Sensor Error ............................................................................... 1 - 201 FIP-1.12 009-360 / 009-361 / 009-362 / 009-363: IOT Toner (YMCK) CRUM Comm Error ............... 1 - 204 FIP-1.13 010-317: IOT Fuser Detached ............................................................................................. 1 - 205 FIP-1.14 010-351: IOT Fuser Life Over .............................................................................................. 1 - 207 FIP-1.15 010-354: IOT Environment Sensor Error ............................................................................. 1 - 208 FIP-1.16 010-377: IOT Fuser Failure.................................................................................................. 1 - 209 FIP-1.17 010-421: IOT Fuser Near Life .............................................................................................. 1 - 211 FIP-1.18 016-300 / 016-301 / 016-302 / 016-310 / 016-313 / 016-315 / 016-317 / 016-323 / 016-324 / 016327 / 016-340 / 016-392 / 016-393 / 016-394: ESS Error ................................................................... 1 - 212 FIP-1.19 016-316 / 016-318: ESS DIMM Slot RAM R/W Check Fail / ESS DIMM Slot RAM Error .... 1 - 213 FIP-1.20 016-338: Optional Wireless Adapter Error ........................................................................... 1 - 214 FIP-1.21 016-347: On Board Network Fatal Error .............................................................................. 1 - 215 FIP-1.22 016-362 / 016-363 / 016-364 / 016-366 / 016-367 / 016-368: PCI Bus# (0 / 1) Host Bridge Controller Error / PCI Bus# (0 / 1) Error Detected / PCI Error Messages received from Bus#0-Device# (0 / 1) . 1 - 216 FIP-1.23 016-369: Operator Panel - ESS Communication Fail .......................................................... 1 - 217 FIP-1.24 016-370: MCU-ESS Communication Fail............................................................................. 1 - 218 FIP-1.25 016-383 / 016-384 / 016-385 / 016-386 / 016-387/ 016-388 / 016-391: Download ID Error / Download Range Error / Download header Error / Download Check Sum Error / Download Format Error / Download Initial Error / Download Protect Error .......................................................................................... 1 - 219 FIP-1.26 016-520: Ipsec Certificate Error ........................................................................................... 1 - 220 FIP-1.27 016-700: Memory Over flow................................................................................................. 1 - 221 FIP-1.28 016-720: PDL Error .............................................................................................................. 1 - 222 FIP-1.29 016-753 / 016-755: PDF password error / PDF print disabled error .................................... 1 - 223 FIP-1.30 016-756: Auditron -Print Prohibited time .............................................................................. 1 - 224 FIP-1.31 016-757: Auditron - Invalid User .......................................................................................... 1 - 225 FIP-1.32 016-758: Auditron - Disabled Function................................................................................. 1 - 226 FIP-1.33 016-759: Auditron - Reached Limit ...................................................................................... 1 - 227 FIP-1.34 016-799: Job Environment Violation .................................................................................... 1 - 228 FIP-1.35 016-920: Wireless Setting Error Time-out Error................................................................... 1 - 229 FIP-1.36 016-921: Wireless Setting Error Download Error ................................................................. 1 - 230 FIP-1.37 016-922: Wireless Setting Error Session Overlap Error....................................................... 1 - 231 FIP-1.38 016-980: Disc Full ................................................................................................................ 1 - 232

FIP-1.39 016-981: Collate Full ............................................................................................................ 1 - 233 FIP-1.40 024-360: MCU DownLoad Error........................................................................................... 1 - 234 FIP-1.41 024-362: IOT Start Image Marking Time-out ....................................................................... 1 - 235 FIP-1.42 024-985: Waiting for "Continue" key to be pressed after reloading paper to the SSF ......... 1 - 236 FIP-1.43 027-446 / 027-452: IPv6 duplicate / IPv4 duplicate.............................................................. 1 - 237 FIP-1.44 042-700:IOT Over Heat Stop ............................................................................................... 1 - 238 FIP-1.45 071-100: IOT Tray1 Misfeed JAM ........................................................................................ 1 - 239 FIP-1.46 072-100: IOT Tray2 Misfeed JAM ........................................................................................ 1 - 244 FIP-1.47 072-101: IOT Feeder 2 JAM ................................................................................................ 1 - 247 FIP-1.48 072-908: IOT Remain Option Feeder JAM .......................................................................... 1 - 252 FIP-1.49 075-101 / 075-102 / 075-923: IOT SSF Insert JAM / IOT SSF Paper Pullout JAM / Waiting for reseat paper of SSF ............................................................................................................................... 1 - 253 FIP-1.50 077-100: IOT Reg On early JAM.......................................................................................... 1 - 254 FIP-1.51 077-101: IOT Reg OFF Jam ................................................................................................ 1 - 256 FIP-1.52 077-102 / 077-103 / 077-106: IOT Exit On JAM / IOT Exit On early JAM / IOT Stop Reservation JAM..................................................................................................................................................... 1 - 260 FIP-1.53 077-104 / 077-105: IOT Exit Off JAM / IOT Exit Off early JAM ............................................ 1 - 264 FIP-1.54 077-107 / 077-108: IOT Duplex Misfeed JAM / IOT Duplex JAM (2150cdn only)................ 1 - 266 FIP-1.55 077-300: IOT Cover Front Open .......................................................................................... 1 - 268 FIP-1.56 077-301: IOT Side Cover Open ........................................................................................... 1 - 270 FIP-1.57 077-900: IOT Exit JAM......................................................................................................... 1 - 271 FIP-1.58 077-901: IOT Remain Registration JAM .............................................................................. 1 - 273 FIP-1.59 077-907: IOT Remain Duplex JAM (2150cdn only) ............................................................. 1 - 277 FIP-1.60 091-402: IOT PHD Life Pre Warning.................................................................................... 1 - 278 FIP-1.61 091-912: PHD Tape Staying ................................................................................................ 1 - 279 FIP-1.62 091-935: IOT PHD Life Over................................................................................................ 1 - 280 FIP-1.63 091-972: IOT PHD Detached ............................................................................................... 1 - 281 FIP-1.64 092-310 / 092-910: IOT CTD (ADC) Sensor Dustiness / CTD (ADC) Sensor Dustiness Warning ............................................................................................................................................................ 1 - 282 FIP-1.65 093-423 / 093-424 / 093-425 / 093-426: IOT Toner Cartridge Near Life.............................. 1 - 283 FIP-1.66 093-919 / 093-920 / 093-921 / 093-922: IOT YMCK Toner Low Density ............................. 1 - 284 FIP-1.67 093-930 / 093-931 / 093-932 / 093-933: IOT Toner Cartridge Life Over.............................. 1 - 287 FIP-1.68 093-934 / 093-935 / 093-936 / 093-937: IOT CRU Waste (YMCK) Full............................... 1 - 288 FIP-1.69 093-960 / 093-961 / 093-962 / 093-963: IOT (YMCK) CRUM ID Error ................................ 1 - 289 FIP-1.70 093-965: IOT PHD CRUM ID Error ...................................................................................... 1 - 291 FIP-1.71 093-970 / 093-971 / 093-972 / 093-973: IOT Print Cartridge Detached............................... 1 - 292 FIP-1.72 094-422: IOT Belt Unit Near Life.......................................................................................... 1 - 293 FIP-1.73 094-911: IOT Belt Unit Life Over.......................................................................................... 1 - 294 FIP-1.74 193-700: Custom Toner Mode ............................................................................................. 1 - 295
4. Image Quality Trouble .............................................................................................1 - 296

4.1 Entry Chart for Image Quality Troubleshooting............................................................................. 1 - 296 4.2 Print Image Quality Specifications ................................................................................................ 1 - 300 4.3 Image Quality FIP ......................................................................................................................... 1 - 304 FIP-1.P1 The output is too light .......................................................................................................... 1 - 304 FIP-1.P2 The entire output is blank .................................................................................................... 1 - 308 FIP-1.P3 Part or the entire output is black. ......................................................................................... 1 - 312 FIP-1.P4 Toner smears....................................................................................................................... 1 - 313 FIP-1.P5 Random spots...................................................................................................................... 1 - 314 FIP-1.P6 Streaks appear on the output .............................................................................................. 1 - 316 FIP-1.P7 Pitched color dots ................................................................................................................ 1 - 318 FIP-1.P8 Vertical blanks ..................................................................................................................... 1 - 320 FIP-1.P9 Ghosting .............................................................................................................................. 1 - 323 FIP-1.P10 Light-Induced Fatigue ........................................................................................................ 1 - 326 FIP-1.P11 Fog..................................................................................................................................... 1 - 327 FIP-1.P12 Bead-Carry-Out (BCO) ...................................................................................................... 1 - 329 FIP-1.P13 Jagged characters ............................................................................................................. 1 - 330

FIP-1.P14 Banding/Horizontal band cross out.................................................................................... 1 - 332 FIP-1.P15 Auger mark ........................................................................................................................ 1 - 334 FIP-1.P16 Wrinkled/Stained paper (Envelope Wrinkle) ...................................................................... 1 - 336 FIP-1.P17 The top margin is incorrect / The side margin is incorrect ................................................. 1 - 338 FIP-1.P18 Color registration is out of alignment ................................................................................. 1 - 339 FIP-1.P19 Images are skewed............................................................................................................ 1 - 340 FIP-1.P20 Paper Damage................................................................................................................... 1 - 342 FIP-1.P21 Unfusing............................................................................................................................. 1 - 344 FIP-1.P22 Label Stuck ........................................................................................................................ 1 - 345
5. Abnormal Noise Trouble..........................................................................................1 - 346

5.1 Entry Chart for Abnormal Noise Troubleshooting ......................................................................... 1 - 346 5.2 Operation Mode Table .................................................................................................................. 1 - 347 FIP-1.N1 Noise: When Power is Turned On ....................................................................................... 1 - 347 FIP-1.N2 Noise: During Standby......................................................................................................... 1 - 349 FIP-1.N3 Noise: During Printing (Checking for other items than "power on noise") ........................... 1 - 350
6. Other FIP .................................................................................................................1 - 353

FIP-Electrical Noise ............................................................................................................................ 1 - 353 FIP-AC Power ..................................................................................................................................... 1 - 354 FIP-DC Power..................................................................................................................................... 1 - 355 FIP-Multiple Feed................................................................................................................................ 1 - 356 FIP-Control Panel Freezes ................................................................................................................. 1 - 357
Appendix .....................................................................................................................1 - 358 Appendix_1 Clearing Jams..........................................................................................1 - 358

1.1 Clearing Paper Jams From the SSF ............................................................................................. 1 - 358 1.2 Clearing Paper Jams From the Standard 250-Sheet Tray............................................................ 1 - 359 1.3 Clearing Paper Jams From the Fuser........................................................................................... 1 - 361 1.4 Clearing Paper Jams From the Duplexer...................................................................................... 1 - 362 1.5 Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder......................................................... 1 - 362
Appendix_2 Replacing the Main Parts ........................................................................1 - 364

2.1 Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts Life..................................................................... 1 - 364 2.2 Replacing the Toner Cartridges .................................................................................................... 1 - 366 2.3 Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD) Unit................................................................................ 1 - 367 2.4 Replacing the Retard Roller.......................................................................................................... 1 - 370
Appendix_3 Cleaning the Printer.................................................................................1 - 371

3.1 Cleaning Inside the Printer............................................................................................................ 1 - 371 3.2 Cleaning the CTD (ADC) Sensor .................................................................................................. 1 - 373
1. Troubleshooting Overview
To increase the efficiency of troubleshooting, ensure that preliminary checks should be made to confirm the trouble status before proceeding to the Fault Isolation Procedure (FIP), Operation of Diagnostic (Chapter 2), Wiring Diagrams (Chapter 7), and Principles of Operation (Chapter 6).
1.1 Flow of Troubleshooting

Flow of the troubleshooting is as follows:
Check installation status
Check trouble status
Operation of Diagnostic Principles of Operation Wiring Diagrams
Execute FIP Reference information Check for recovery If the problem persists
End
Send back printer or parts for technical check.
1-1
1.2 Check Installation Status

Be sure to check the following items before starting the troubleshooting procedures 1) 2) The power supply voltage is within the specifications (measure the voltage at the wall outlet). Power cord is free from breakage, short-circuit, disconnected wire, or incorrect connection in the power cord. 3) 4) The printer is properly grounded. The printer is not installed at a place subjected to high/low temperature, humidity, and sudden temperature changes. 5) The printer is not installed at or near water facilities, humidifier, heating appliance, fire, dust, or in airflow from air conditioner. 6) 7) 8) 9) The printer is not installed in a place subjected to volatile or inflammable gas. The printer is not installed under direct sunlight. The printer is installed in a well-ventilated place. The printer is installed on a firm and stable surface.
10) The paper meets the specifications (standard paper is recommended). 11) The printer is handled properly. 12) The high frequency service items are replaced at the recommended print count intervals.
1-2
1.3 Cautions on Service Operations

1) Be sure to remove the power cord unless otherwise required. While the printer is powered ON, never touch the conductive parts unless otherwise required. Never touch the conductive parts of the power switch and inlet of the LVPS, because they are live even while the printer is powered off. 2) When checking some parts with covers removed and with the interlock, safety, and power switches ON, disconnect the connectors (P/J411 and P/J412) on the ROS ASSY except unless otherwise required. When checking some parts with covers removed and with the interlock, safety, and power switches ON, laser beams may be irradiated from the ROS ASSY. For your safety, be sure to disconnect the connectors (P/J411 and P/J 412) unless otherwise required. 3) When checking some parts with the Front Cover removed and the printer powered ON, be sure to remove the connector (P/J16) on the PWBA MCU unless otherwise required. When checking some parts with the Front Cover removed and the printer powered ON, be sure to remove the connector (P/J16) on the MCU. Otherwise, a high voltage may be output from the HVPS. When connecting the connector (P/J16) on the MCU according to the instructions in the FIP, never touch the HVPS and high voltage parts. 4) When outputting a high voltage using the Diag Tool, etc., keep all the covers on unless otherwise required. When outputting a high voltage using the Diag Tool, etc., ensure that: - The high voltage carrying parts must never be touched. - The instructions in this manual must be followed. 5) When operating the drive unit using the Diag Tool, etc., keep all the covers on unless otherwise required. When operating the drive unit using the Diag Tool, etc., ensure that: - The drive unit must never be touched. - The instructions in this manual must be followed. 6) 7) When touching hot parts, be careful not to get burnt. While working, be sure to wear a wrist band or the like to dissipate static charges from your body.
1-3
1.4 Cautions on Using FIP

1)
When troubleshooting according to the FIP, have on hand a normal MCU, LVPS, HVPS, FUSER ASSY, TRANSFER ASSY, etc., for possible fault isolation.
In the initial check according to the FIP, check only items which can be simply checked. In the initial check according to the FIP, check the constitutive parts of the major check parts and related parts, as well as major check parts.
2) 3)
4)
When working with the printer, be sure to remove the power cord unless otherwise required.
Never touch live parts if not required, while the power cord is connected.
5) Connector condition is denoted as follows: [P/J12] Connector (P/J12) is connected. [P12] [J12]
Plug side with the connector (P/J12) removed (except when attached directly to the
board).
Jack side with the connector (P/J12) removed (except when attached directly to the
board).
6)
[P/J1-2PIN <=> P/J3-4PIN] in the FIP means measurement with the positive side of the measuring instrument connected to [2PIN] of [P/J1] and the negative side to [4PIN] of [P/J3].
7)
[P/J1<=> P/J2] in the FIP means measurement for all terminals corresponding between [P/J1] and [P/J2] based on Wiring Diagrams.
8)
In [P/J1-2PIN <=> P/J3-4PIN] in the FIP where voltage is measured, [P/J3-4PIN] on the rear negative side is always at the AG (analog ground), SG (signal ground), or RTN (return). Therefore, after checking of proper conductivity between AGs, SGs, or RTNs respectively, the rear negative side can be connected to the PIN of AG, SG or RTN instead of [P/J3-4PIN]. However, care should be taken not to confuse [AG], [SG], and [RTN] because they are not on the same level.
9)
When measuring the voltage at small connectors, use the dedicated tool. Handle the tool with care because its business end is pointed.
10) When measuring the voltage, set the TRANSFER ASSY, toner cartridge and sheet feeder, close the COVERs and power ON unless otherwise required. 11) Numerical values in the FIP are only for guideline. Approximate values are acceptable. 12) In each step of the FIP, parts removal and other procedures implicitly required for the step are omitted. 13) In the FIP, "Replacement" means the replacement of the parts that are considered to be the cause of the trouble. Replacement of those parts means the replacement of the assembly part (HIGH ASSY) that contain them.
1-4
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting 14) In the FIP, the sheet feeder immediately below the printer main body is called "Tray 1", and the cassette below it is called "Tray 2". 15) Some of the instructions in the FIP are branched off depending on the specifications. Follow the applicable instruction. 16) For some optional components, you may have to refer to the manual of the relevant component for troubleshooting. Have the relevant manual at hand as needed.
1-5
1.5 Items To Be Confirmed Before Going To FIP Troubleshooting Basic Printer Problems
Some printer problems can be easy to resolve. If a problem occurs with your printer, check each the following: 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) If a message is displayed on the LCD of operator panel, see 2.3 Status Code List. The printer power cable is plugged into the printer and a properly grounded electrical outlet. The printer power is powered ON. The electrical outlet is not turned off by any switch or breaker. Other electrical equipment plugged into the outlet is working. All options are properly installed. If you have checked all of the above and still have a problem, turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and then turn on the printer. This often solves the problem.
Display Problems
1) If the operator panel displays only diamonds or is blank, check and try the action below. If the problem persists even after checking and executing the items below, execute "Flow 27 Operator Panel-ESS Communication Fail", "Flow 112 AC Power" or "Flow 113 DC Power". a) Turn off the printer, wait for 10 seconds, and turn on the printer. b) Self Test Message appears on the operator panel. When the test is completed, Ready to Print is displayed. 2) If menu settings changed from the operator panel have no effect, check and try the actions below. Settings in the software program, the printer driver, or the printer utilities are overriding the settings made on the operator panel. a) Change the menu settings from the printer driver, the printer utilities, or the software program instead of the operator panel. b) Disable the settings in the printer driver, the printer utilities, or the software program so you can change settings on the operator panel.
Printing Problems
1) If a job did not print correct or incorrect characters were printed, check and try the actions below. a) Make sure Ready to Print appears on the operator panel before sending a job to print. Press Menu to return to Ready to Print. b) Make sure print media is loaded in the printer. Press Menu to return to Ready to Print. c) Verify that you are using the correct printer driver. d) Make sure you are using the correct Ethernet or USB cables and it securely connected at the back of the printer. e) Verify that the correct print media size is selected. f) If using a print spooler, verify that the spooler has not stalled. g) Check the printer interface from the Configure menu. Determine the host interface you are using. Print a Panel Setting page to verify that the current interfaces settings are correct. h) Output fonts will not print correctly using the PCL driver in its default mode. To correct this problem, use PostScript driver when using the PCL driver.
1-6
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting 2) If secure print is not available or not printing, refer to the requirements below. a) Minimum 256 MB is required. b) RAM Disk must be enabled using the operation panel. c) The number of secure print jobs your printer can store is dependent on the job size including number of pages, graphics, color attributes, and the amount of memory installed. To increase this number, add additional memory. 3) If print media misfeeds or multiple feeds occur, check and try the actions below. a) Make sure the print media you are using meets the specifications for your printer. Refer to Print Media Guidelines of this section. b) Flex print media before loading it in any of the sources. c) Make sure the print media is loaded correctly. d) Make sure the width and length guides on the print media sources are adjusted correctly. e) If the print media are overfilled in sources, reduce the amount of media. f) Load the recommended print side correctly for the type of print media you are using. g) Turn the print media over or around and try printing again to see if feeding improves. h) Check the print media type loaded in the source, and refill only one type of print media, if print media types are mixed. i) Refill a new ream of print media, if some reams are mixed. j) Remove the top and bottom sheets of a ream before loading the print media. k) Do not reload print media until the print media source is empty. 4) 5) 6) If envelope misfeeds or multiple feeds occur, check and try the action below. a) Remove the stack of envelops from the Single Sheet Feeder (SSF). If page breaks in unexpected places, check and try the action below. a) Check the Job Time-out in the Basic Settings menu and increase the value. If a job prints from the wrong source or on the wrong print media, check and try the action below. a) Check the Paper Size and Paper Type in the Tray Settings menu on the printer operator panel and in the printer driver. 7) If print media does not stack neatly in the output tray, check and try the action below. a) Turn the print media stack over in the tray or multipurpose feeder.
Print Media Guidelines

Print media refers to paper, labels, envelopes, and coated paper among others. Your printer provides high-quality printing on a variety of print media. Selecting the appropriate print media for your printer helps avoid printing troubles. This section describes selecting print media, caring for print media, and loading the print media in the standard 250-sheet tray. Paper For the best print quality in color, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb) xerographic, grain long paper. For the best print quality in black and white, use 90 g/m2 (24 lb) xerographic, grain long paper. It is recommended that you perform trial print before purchasing large quantities of print media. When loading paper, identify the recommended print side on the paper package, and load the paper accordingly. See "Loading Print Media in the Standard 250-Sheet Tray and the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" and "Loading Print Media in the SSF" for detailed loading instructions. Paper Characteristics The following paper characteristics affect print quality and reliability. It is recommended that you follow these guidelines when evaluating new paper stock.
1-7
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Weight The tray automatically feeds paper weights from 60 g/m2 to 216 g/m2 (16 lb to 80 lb bond) grain long. The single sheet feeder automatically feeds paper weights from 60 g/m2 to 216 g/m2 (16 lb to 80 lb bond) grain long. Paper lighter than 60 g/m2 (16 lb) may not feed properly, and could cause paper jams. For best performance, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb bond) grain long paper. Curl Curl is the tendency of print media to curve at its edges. Excessive curl can cause paper feeding problems. Curl usually occurs after the paper passes through the printer, where it is exposed to high temperatures. Storing paper unwrapped, even in the paper tray, can contribute to paper curling prior to printing and cause feeding problems regardless of humidity. When printing on curled paper, straighten the paper and then insert it into the single sheet feeder. Smoothness The degree of paper smoothness directly affects the print quality. If the paper is too rough, the toner does not fuse on to the paper properly, resulting in poor print quality. If the paper is too smooth, it can cause paper feeding problems. Smoothness between 150 and 250 Sheffield points produces the best print quality. Moisture Content The amount of moisture in the paper affects both the print quality and the ability of the printer to feed the paper properly. Leave the paper in its original packaging until you are ready to use it. This limits the exposure of the paper to moisture changes that can degrade its performance. Grain Direction Grain refers to the alignment of the paper fibers in a sheet of paper. Grain is either grain long, running the length of the paper, or grain short, running the width of the paper. For 60 g/m2 to 135 g/m2 (16 lb to 36 lb bond) paper, grain long fibers are recommended. For paper heavier than 135 g/m2 (36 lb bond), grain short is preferred. Fiber Content Most high-quality xerographic paper is made from 100% chemically pulped wood. Paper containing fibers such as cotton may lead to degraded paper handling. Recommended Paper To ensure the best print quality and feed reliability, use 75 g/m2 (20 lb) xerographic paper. Business paper designed for general business use also provides acceptable print quality. Only use paper able to withstand high temperatures without discoloring, bleeding, or releasing hazardous emissions. The laser printing process heats paper to high temperatures. Check with the manufacturer or vendor to determine whether the paper you have chosen is acceptable for laser printers. It is recommended that you perform trial print before purchasing large quantities of print media. When choosing any print media, you should consider the weight, fiber content, and color. Unacceptable Paper The following paper types are not recommended for use with the printer: Chemically treated paper used to make copies without carbon paper, also known as carbonless paper, carbonless copy paper (CCP), or no carbon required (NCR) paper. Preprinted paper with chemicals that may contaminate the printer. Preprinted paper that can be affected by the temperature in the fuser. Preprinted paper that requires a registration (the precise print location on the page) greater than 0.09 inches, such as optical character recognition (OCR) forms.
1-8
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting In some cases, you can adjust registration with your software program to successfully print on these forms. Coated paper (erasable bond), synthetic paper, and thermal paper. Rough-edged, rough or heavily textured surface paper, or curled paper. Recycled paper containing more than 25% post-consumer waste that does not meet DIN 19 309. Multiple-part forms or documents. Print quality may deteriorate (blank spaces or blotches may appear in the text) when printing on talc or acid paper. Selecting Paper Proper paper selection helps prevent jams and ensures trouble-free printing. To help avoid jams or poor print quality: Always use new, undamaged paper. Before loading the paper, identify the recommended print side of the paper. This information is usually indicated on the paper package. Do not use paper that you have cut or trimmed. Do not mix print media sizes, weights, or types in the same source. This may result in a paper jam. Do not remove the tray while printing is in progress. Ensure that the paper is properly loaded in the tray. Flex the paper back and forth, and then fan them. Straighten the edges of the stack on a level surface.
1-9
Identifying Print Media Sources and Specifications

The following tables provide information on standard and optional print media sources.
Supported Paper Sizes

Single sheet feeder Side 1 A4 (210 x 297 mm) B5 (182 x 257 mm) A5 (148 x 210 mm) Letter (8.5 x 11 in) Folio (8.5 x 13 in) Legal (8.5 x 14 in) Executive (7.25 x 10.5 in) Envelope #10 (4.125 x 9.5 in) Monarch (3.875 x 7.5 in) DL(110 x 220mm) C5 (162 x 229mm) Custom*1 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
*2
Paper size
Standard 250sheet tray Side 1 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Side 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N
Optional 250sheet feeder Side 1 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N Side 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N
Duplexer Y N N Y Y Y N N N N N N
Side 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N Y
Y*2 Y Y
*1: Custom: width: 76.2 mm (3.0 inch) to 215.9 mm (8.5 inch) length: 127.0 mm (5.0 inch) to 355.6 mm (14.00 inch) *2: Monarch LEF and DL LEF are not available.
Supported Paper Types

Single sheet feeder Side 1 Light Plain Normal Thick Covers Coated Label Envelope Recycled Letterhead Preprinted Prepunched Color Normal Thick Normal Thick Normal Thick Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Side 2 Y Y Y Y Y Standard 250sheet tray Side 1 Y Y Y Y Y N N Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Side 2 Y Y Y Y Y Optional 250sheet feeder Side 1 Y Y Y N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y Y Side 2 Y Y Y Y Y Duplexer Side 1 Y Y Y N N N N N N N Y Y Y Y Y Side 2 N N N N N
Paper type
1 - 10
Paper Type Specifications

Paper type Plain Plain Thick Recycled Labels Covers Covers Thick Envelope Coated Coated Thick Letterhead Preprinted Prepunched Color 60-90 80/90-105 60-105 106-163 164-216 106-163 164-216 64 64 64 Weight (g/m2) Inkjet printer paper cannot be used. Inkjet printer paper cannot be used. Inkjet printer paper cannot be used. Remarks
1 - 11
2. FIP
2.1 FIP
The FIP is the first step for trouble diagnosis. The FIP isolates the presence of various troubles including error codes, and guides the troubleshooting procedure.
2.2 Flow of FIP
Ask the operator about trouble status. Is operator's operating method correct? Y
Turn off and turn on the Power.
Instruct how to operate
Does error still occur when print is done by the problem mode?
N End of work
Refer to "2.3 Status Code List." When status code or LCD display is displayed: Refer to "3 Error Code FIP." Refer to "4.1 Entry Chart for Image Quality Troubleshooting." When image quality trouble is occurred: Refer to "4.5 Image Quality FIP." Refer to "5.1 Entry Chart for Abnormal Noise Troubleshooting."
When abnormal noise is occurred:
Refer to "5.2 Operation Mode Table."
1 - 12
2.3 Status Code List

Errors that occur when optional components are installed are gray-shaded.
Status Code
Error Message LCD Restart Printer Contact Support Status Window Printer error. 001-360
Status Contents
FIP to be referred
001
360
Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup001-360 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 003-340 Restart Printer Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup003-340 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 003-356 Restart Printer Contact Support Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup003-356 port if this failure is repeated. Printer Error 004-311 Restart Printer Reseat Duplexer Turn off the printer. Confirm Duplex is correctly installed. Turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 004-312 Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. Contact Support
< IOT Fan Motor Failure > MCU detects an error upon receiving error signal from the Fan.
Flows 1 FIP-1.1
340
<IOT Firmware Error> MCU firmware error occurs.
Flows 2 FIP-1.2
003
356
<IOT NVRAM Error> The operation error of NVM (read/ write check error etc.) is detected.
Flows 3 FIP-1.3
004
311
Flip Contact Support 004-311
<IOT Duplexer Failure> (2150cdn only) The error is detected by Duplexer communication check.
Flows 4 FIP-1.4
This code is given when the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder is installed. Restart Printer Reseat Feeder 312 Contact Support 004-312
004
<IOT Feeder Configuration Failure> Option Sheet Feeder Configuration error is detected.
Flows 5 FIP-1.5
1 - 13
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Restart Printer Contact Support Status Window Printer error. 006-370 <IOT ROS Failure> The operation error of ROS (rotational error etc.) is detected. Flows 6 FIP-1.6 Status Contents FIP to be referred
006
370
Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup006-370 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 007-340 Restart Printer Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup007-340 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 007-341 Restart Printer Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup007-341 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 007-344 Restart Printer Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup007-344 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 007-371 Restart Printer Contact Support Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup007-371 port if this failure is repeated. Printer Error 007-372 Restart Printer Contact Support Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup007-372 port if this failure is repeated. Contact Support Contact Support Contact Support
340
<IOT Main Motor Failure> Main Motor failure is detected.
Flows 7 FIP-1.7
341
<IOT Sub Motor Failure> Sub Motor failure is detected.
Flows 8 FIP-1.8
007
344
< Option Feeder Motor Failure > Option Feeder Motor failure is detected.
Flows 9 FIP-1.9
371
<IOT K Mode Solenoid Error 1> The error is generated when K Flows 10 Mode Solenoid (Color Mode FIP-1.10 Switching Solenoid) does not operate in specified time.
007
372
<IOT K Mode Solenoid Error 2> The error is generated when the gear which operates by K Mode Solenoid (Color Mode Switching Solenoid) rotates two times.
Flows 10 FIP-1.10
1 - 14
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Restart Printer Contact Support Status Window Printer error. 009-340 <IOT CTD(ACD) Sensor Error> CTD(ACD) sensor error (analogto-digital conversion etc.) is detected. Flows 11 FIP-1.11 Status Contents FIP to be referred
Turn off the printer, and 340 Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup009-340 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 009-360 Cartridge Error Reseat 360 Turn off the printer. Confirm Yellow Cartridge is correctly installed. Turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 009-361 Cartridge Error Reseat 361 009 Turn off the printer. Confirm Magenta Cartridge is correctly installed. Turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 009-361 Cartridge Error Reseat 362 Turn off the printer. Confirm Cyan Cartridge is correctly installed. Turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 009-361 Cartridge Error Reseat 363 Turn off the printer. Confirm Black Cartridge is correctly installed. Turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
Flip Yellow Cartridge 009-360
<IOT Yellow Toner CRUM Comm Fail> The Yellow Toner Cartridge CRUM communication failure is detected.
Flows 12 FIP-1.12
Flip Magenta Cartridge 009-361
<IOT Magenta Toner CRUM Comm Fail > The Magenta Toner Cartridge CRUM communication failure is detected.
Flows 12 FIP-1.12
Flip Cyan Cartridge 009-362
<IOT Cyan Toner CRUM Comm Fail> The Cyan Toner Cartridge CRUM communication failure is detected.
Flows 12 FIP-1.12
Flip Black Cartridge 009-363
<IOT Black Toner CRUM Comm Fail> The Black Toner Cartridge CRUM communication failure is detected.
Flows 12 FIP-1.12
1 - 15
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Status Window The Fuser is either missing or not fully inserted into the printer. 010-317 Restart Printer Reseat Fuser 317 CAUTION: Turn off the <IOT Fuser Detached> printer and wait for 30 Fuser detached is detected. minutes. Open the Front Cover and make sure that the Fuser have been fully installed. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. Fuser Life Over 010-351 <IOT Fuser Life Over> Contact customer supThe value of Fuser counter has port. reached the replacement time. Please click the Show Me How Button to show details. Printer Error 010-354 <IOT Environment Sensor Error> The Temperature sensor detected the temperature anomaly. Flows 15 FIP-1.15 Flows 14 FIP-1.14 Flows 13 FIP-1.13 Status Contents FIP to be referred
Replace Fuser Now 351
010 354
Restart Printer Contact Support
Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup010-354 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 010-377 Restart Printer Reseat Fuser Turn off the printer. Confirm Fuser is correctly installed. Turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
377
<IOT Fuser Failure> The operation error of Fuser (Temperature anomaly error etc.) is detected.
Flows 16 FIP-1.16
Ready to Print Replace Fuser
Flip 421 Now Contact Support Flip 010-421

Restart Printer Contact Support 016 300
Replace Fuser Now < IOT Fuser Near Life> Contact customer support The Fuser is approaching the 010-421 replacement time.
Flows 17 FIP-1.17
Printer error. 016-300 <ESS Data Cache Error> The CPU cache error occurred. Flows 18 FIP-1.18
Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-300 port if this failure is repeated.
1 - 16
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Restart Printer Contact Support 301 Status Window Printer error. 016-301 <ESS Instruction Cache Error> The CPU instruction cache error occurred. Flows 18 FIP-1.18 Status Contents FIP to be referred
Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-301 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 016-302 Restart Printer Contact Support Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-302 port if this failure is repeated. Printer Error 016-310 Restart Printer Contact Support Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-310 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 016-313 Restart Printer
302
<ESS Illegal Exception> The Exception error occurred.
Flows 18 FIP-1.18
310
<ESS Font ROM Error (Main)> Built-in Font ROM checksum error.
Flows 18 FIP-1.18
016
Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer sup313 Flip port if this failure is Contact Support If Message Returns repeated. 016-313 Restart Printer Contact Support 315 Printer error. 016-315
<ESS ASIC Fail> The ASIC error occurred.
Flows 18 FIP-1.18
Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-315 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 016-316 Restart Printer Reseat Memory Turn off the printer. Remove the additional memory module from the slot, and then reattach it firmly. Turn on the printer. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
<ESS On Board RAM R/W Check Fail> An error occurred during the onboard RAM read/write check at the time of initialization.
Flows 18 FIP-1.18
This code is given when the Optional Memory Module is installed.
316 Contact Support 016-316
<ESS DIMM Slot RAM R/W Check Fail> Unsupported additional memory module is detected in the memory slot.
Flows 19 FIP-1.19
1 - 17
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Restart Printer Contact Support 317 Status Window Printer error. 016-317 <ESS ROM Check (Main) Fail> Checksum error occurred in the main program ROM. Flows 18 FIP-1.18 Status Contents FIP to be referred
Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-317 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 016-318 Restart Printer Reseat Memory
This code is given when the Optional Memory Module is installed.
318 Contact Support 016-318
Remove the unsupported <ESS DIMM Slot RAM Error> additional memory mod- Additional memory module is not ule. completely inserted in the slot. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 016-323 <ESS NVRAM 1 R/W Check Fail> An error occurred during the master NVRAM 1 read/write check at the time of initialization.
Flows 19 FIP-1.19
016
Turn off the printer, and 323 Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-323 port if this failure is repeated. Restart Printer Contact Support 324 Printer Error 016-324
Restart Printer Contact Support
Flows 18 FIP-1.18
Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-324 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 016-327 Restart Printer Contact Support Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-327 port if this failure is repeated. Printer Error 016-338 Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated.
<ESS NVRAM 2 R/W Check Fail> An error occurred during the slave NVRAM 2 read/write check at the time of initialization. (Reserved) <ESS NVRAM 1 SIZE And ID Check Fail> Upon turning the power ON, an error occurred during checks on consistency of the NVRAM size between the system-required one and actual one and on consistency of the recorded IDs.
Flows 18 FIP-1.18
327
Flows 18 FIP-1.18
This code is given when the Optional Wireless Adapter is installed. Restart Printer Reseat Wireless 338 Contact Support 016-338
<Optional Wireless Adapter Error> The error is detected by Wireless option check.
Flows 20 FIP-1.20
1 - 18
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Restart Printer Contact Support 340 Status Window Printer error. 016-340 Status Contents FIP to be referred
Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-340 port if this failure is repeated. Printer Error 016-347 Restart Printer Contact Support Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-347 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 016-362 Restart Printer Contact Support Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-362 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 016-363 Restart Printer Contact Support Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-363 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 016-364 Restart Printer Contact Support
<ESS Network Communication Fail> A communication error occurred between the On Board Network and ESS firmware.
Flows 18 FIP-1.18
347
<On Board Network Fatal Error> A fatal error occurred the on board network communication.
Flows 21 FIP-1.21
362
<PCI Bus#0 Host Bridge Controller Error > Connection error occurred between the PCI BUS port and the port of peripheral devices.
Flows 22 FIP-1.22
016
363
<PCI Bus#1 Host Bridge Controller Error > Connection error occurred between the PCI BUS port and the port of peripheral devices.
Flows 22 FIP-1.22
Turn off the printer, and 364 Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-364 port if this failure is repeated. Restart Printer Contact Support Printer error. 016-366
<PCI Bus#0 Error Detected > Connection error occurred between the PCI BUS port and the port of peripheral devices.
Flows 22 FIP-1.22
Turn off the printer, and 366 Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-366 port if this failure is repeated.
<PCI Bus#1 Error Detected > Connection error occurred between the PCI BUS port and the port of peripheral devices.
Flows 22 FIP-1.22
1 - 19
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Restart Printer Contact Support 367 Status Window Printer error. 016-367 Status Contents FIP to be referred
Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-367 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 016-368 Restart Printer Contact Support Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-368 port if this failure is repeated. Printer error. 016-369 Restart Printer Contact Support
<PCI Error Messages received from Bus#0-Device#0 > Connection error occurred between the PCI BUS port and the port of peripheral devices.
Flows 22 FIP-1.22
368
<PCI Error Messages received from Bus#0-Device#1 > Connection error occurred between the PCI BUS port and the port of peripheral devices.
Flows 22 FIP-1.22
Turn off the printer, and 369 Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-369 port if this failure is repeated. 016 Restart Printer Contact Support Printer error. 016-370
<Operator Panel - ESS Communication Fail> Communication Fail with a Operator Panel and ESS F/W.
Flows 23 FIP-1.23
Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup016-370 port if this failure is repeated. Firmware download ID error has occurred Invalid ID 016-383 Data Violation Turn off the printer, and 383 Flip turn it on again. Press Contact customer sup016-383 port if this failure is repeated. Firmware download range error has occurred Range Chk Error 016-384 Data Violation Turn off the printer, and 384 Flip turn it on again. Press Contact customer sup016-384 port if this failure is repeated. 370
<MCU-ESS Communication Fail> Communication fail between MCU and ESS.
Flows 24 FIP-1.24
<Download ID Error> Download file ID is invalid.
Flows 25 FIP-1.25
<Download Range Error> At download, write-in destination address is invalid.Range check error.
Flows 25 FIP-1.25
1 - 20
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Status Window Firmware download header checksum error has occurred 016-385 Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. Firmware download checksum error has occurred 016-386 Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. Firmware download format error has occurred 016-387 Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. Firmware download format error has occurred 016-388 Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. Firmware download protect error has occurred 016-391 Turn off the printer, and turn it on again. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. Firmware download delete error has occurred 016-392 <Download Delete Error> Flash memory erase error occurred. Flows 18 FIP-1.18 <Download Initial Error> When downloading, failed in starting download mode. Flows 25 FIP-1.25 <Download Format Error> Download file format is invalid. Flows 25 FIP-1.25 <Download Check Sum Error> Download file checksum is invalid. Flows 25 FIP-1.25 <Download header Error> Download file header is invalid. Flows 25 FIP-1.25 Status Contents FIP to be referred
Header Error Data Violation 385
Flip Press 016-385
Check Sum Error Data Violation 386
Flip Press 016-386
Format Error Data Violation 387
Flip Press 016-387
016
MPC Error Reseat MPC 388
Flip Press 016-388
Protection Error Data Violation 391
Flip Press 016-391
<Download Protect Error> Performed FW download although FW update is prohibited by panel settings.
Flows 25 FIP-1.25
Erase Flash Err. Contact Support 392
Turn off the printer, and Flip If Message Returns turn it on again. Contact customer sup016-392 port if this failure is repeated.
1 - 21
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Status Window Firmware download write error has occurred 016-393 <Download Write Error> Flows 18 Flash memory write error occurred. FIP-1.18 Status Contents FIP to be referred
Write Flash Err. Contact Support 393
Turn off the printer, and Flip If Message Returns turn it on again. Contact customer sup016-393 port if this failure is repeated. Firmware download verify error has occurred Verify Error 016-394 Contact Support Turn off the printer, and 394 Flip If Message Returns turn it on again. Contact customer sup016-394 port if this failure is repeated. Certification error has Restart Printer occurred Certificate Fail 016-520 520 Flip Contact Admin. Please inquire of the sys016-520 tem administrator. 016
<Download Verify Error> Flash memory verify error occurred.
Flows 18 FIP-1.18
<Ipsec Certificate Error> Ipsec Certificate Error.
Flows 26 FIP-1.26
Out of Memory Job Failed 700
Flip Press 016-700
The printer memory is full and cannot continue processing the current print job <Memory Over flow> 016-700 The current printing job process cannot be continued because the Press Set Button to clear memory capacity is exceeded. the message and cancel the current print job. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. Error relating to PDL emulation problems occurs 016-720
Flows 27 FIP-1.27
PDL Request Data Violation 720
Flip Press 016-720
<PDL Error> The print data cannot be proPress Set Button to clear cessed by PDL. the message and cancel the current print job. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. <PDF password error> PDF password error.
Flows 28 FIP-1.28
753
Wrong Password Press
Flip 016-753
Flows 29 FIP-1.29
1 - 22
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD PDF Print Disabled 755 Status Window Status Contents FIP to be referred
Flip Press 016-755

Job Failed Prohibited Time
<PDF print disabled error> PDF print is not allowed.
Flows 29 FIP-1.29
756
Flip Press 016-756
Now printer is in Prohibited Time 016-756
<Auditron - Print prohibited time> Printing was executed at the printprohibited time or the day of the Please inquire of the sys- week. tem administrator. Authentication error has occurred 016-757
Flows 30 FIP-1.30
User Account Not Registered 757
Flip Press 016-757
<Auditron - Invalid User> An error occurred because the The account is not regis- user's account settings did not match those of the Administrator. tered. Please inquire of the system administrator. Function unavailable 016-758 <Auditron - Disabled Function> An error occurred because a user It is a function that cannot authorized only for B&W print attempted to execute color printbe used. Please inquire of the sys- ing. tem administrator.
Flows 31 FIP-1.31
Function Disabled Denied Col print 758
Flip Press 016-758
Flows 32 FIP-1.32
016
Printable page limit Page Limit Reached reached 016-759 Over your limits 759
Flip Press 016-759
Printable page limit reached, cannot print. Please inquire of the system administrator. The configuration of the printer on the printer driver does not conform to the printer 016-799 Press the Set Button to clear the message and cancel the current print job. Make sure that the configuration of the printer on the printer driver conforms to the printer. Time-out Error has occurred thigh Wireless 016-920 Press set and try again.
<Auditron - Reached Limit> An attempt was made to print more copies than the print count limit.
Flows 33 FIP-1.33
Invalid Job Data Violation 799
Flip Press 016-799
<Job Environment Violation> Detects violation data for the print condition. The print data specifies paper type/ size not available for the printer.
Flows 34 FIP-1.34
This code is given when the Optional Wireless Adapter is installed. Wireless Time-out Error 920 Press 016-920 <Wireless Setting Error Time-out Error> The time-out was done to the connection with Register.
Flows 35 FIP-1.35
1 - 23
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Wireless Download Error 921 Press 016-921 Wireless Session Overlap Error 922 Press 016-922 Status Window Download Error has occurred thigh Wireless 016-921 Press set and try again. Session Overlap Error has occurred thigh Wireless 016-922 Press set and try again. This code is given when the Optional Memory Module is installed. Disk space is insufficient and cannot continue processing the current print job <Disk Full> 016-980 The current printing job process cannot be continued because the Press Set Button to clear RAM disk is full. the message and cancel the current print job. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. Disk space is insufficient and cannot continue processing the current print job 016-981 < Collate Full> Unable to collate due to insufficient Press Set Button to clear memory. the message and cancel the current print job. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. MCU DownLoad Error 024-360 <MCU DownLoad Error> Flows 40 Download failure of MCU firmware. FIP-1.40 Status Contents <Wireless Setting Error Download Error> The error occurred while connecting it with Register. FIP to be referred
Flows 36 FIP-1.36
<Wireless Setting Error Session Overlap Error> Two or more Register that operated by WPS-PBC was found.
Flows 37 FIP-1.37
016 980
Disk Full Job too Large Press 016-980
Flows 38 FIP-1.38
Collate Full Job too Large 981 Press 016-981
Flows 39 FIP-1.39
MCU Flash Error Contact Support 024 360
Turn off the printer, and Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup024-360 port if this failure is repeated.
1 - 24
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Restart Printer Contact Support Status Window Printer Error 024-362 <IOT Start Image Marking Timeout> "Start Image Making" has not been issued within the time allowed. Flows 41 FIP-1.41 Status Contents FIP to be referred
024
Turn off the printer, and 362 Flip turn it on again. If Message Returns Contact customer sup024-362 port if this failure is repeated. Pause Feed SSF Press 985
Flip
to Feed 024-985 Restart Printer IPv6 Duplicate
<Waiting for "Continue" key to be pressed after reloading paper to the SSF> Printer starts printing automatically after a certain period of time even if the key is not pressed. <IPv6 duplicate> Duplicate IPv6 addresses detected upon startup. <IPv4 duplicate> Duplicate IPv4 addresses detected upon startup.
Flows 42 FIP-1.42
446 027 452
Flip 027-446
Restart Printer IPv4 Duplicate
Flows 43 FIP-1.43
Flip 027-452
Overheated Wait for printer
Flows 43 FIP-1.43
042
700
Flip to cool down 042-700
An internal temperature of the printer became a high temperature. <IOT Over Heat Stop> 042-700 The temp. Sensor sensed high temperature. Please wait for a while until falling in temperature. Paper Jam has occurred at the Tray 1 071-100
Flows 44 FIP-1.44
Paper Jam Open Tray1 071
Flip Remove Paper 100 Open and Close Flip Front Cover 071-100
<IOT Tray1 Misfeed JAM> The Regi Sensor is not turned ON Flows 45 Remove the Tray 1 and within the specified time after feed- FIP-1.45 remove the jammed ing a paper from Tray 1. paper. Open and close the Front Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. Paper Jam has occurred at the Tray 2 072-100 Remove the Tray 2 and remove the jammed paper. Open and close the Front Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details.
This code is given when the Option 250 Sheet Feeder is installed. Paper Jam Open Tray2 072 100 Remove Paper Open and Close Front Cover 072-100
<IOT Tray2 Misfeed JAM> The Paper Path Sensor of Tray 2 is not turned ON within the specified time after feeding a paper from Tray 2.
Flows 46 FIP-1.46
1 - 25
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Paper Jam Open Tray1 or 2 Status Window Paper Jam has occurred at the Tray 1 or 2. 072-101 <IOT Feeder 2 JAM> Remove the Tray 1 or 2, A jam has been detected between and remove the jammed the Regi Sensor and the Paper Sensor of Tray 2. paper. Open and close the Front Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. Paper Jam has occurred at the Tray 1 or 2. 072-908 <IOT Remain Option Feeder JAM> Flows 48 Remove the Tray 1 or 2, The paper remains at the Paper FIP-1.48 and remove the jammed Path Sensor of Tray 2. paper. Open and close the Front Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. Paper Jam has occurred at the SSF 075-101 <IOT SSF Insert JAM> Open the Front Cover and SSF No Paper Sensor detect when remove the jammed a paper is inserted from SSF. paper. Open and close the Front Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. Paper Jam has occurred at the SSF 075-102 Flows 49 FIP-1.49 Flows 47 FIP-1.47 Status Contents FIP to be referred
072 Paper Jam Open Tray1 or 2
Paper Jam Open Front Cover 101
Flip Remove Paper 075-101
075 102
Paper Jam Open Front Cover
<IOT SSF Paper Pullout JAM> Though it tried to feed a paper from Pull the jammed paper SSF, the paper was not loaded or it out of the SSF. Open and was pulled out forcibly from SSF. close the Front Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. SSF is not holding the paper correctly 075-923 Pull the paper out of the SSF. Reload the paper of the SSF.
Flows 49 FIP-1.49
923
Check SSF Reseat Paper SSF
Flip 075-923
<Waiting for reseat paper of SSF> Wait for the paper on SSF to be reseated.
Flows 49 FIP-1.49
1 - 26
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Paper Jam Open Front Cover 100 Status Window Status Contents <IOT Regi On early JAM> The paper remains at the paper transfer path between the Tray 1 and the Regi Sensor. <IOT Regi OFF Jam> The paper does not pass through the Regi Sensor within the specified time. FIP to be referred

Flows 50 FIP-1.50
101

Flows 51 FIP-1.51
102

<IOT Exit On JAM> The paper does not reach the Exit Sensor within the specified time.
Flows 52 FIP-1.52
103

<IOT Exit On early JAM> The paper remains at the paper transfer path between the Exit Sensor and the Regi Sensor. <IOT Exit Off JAM> The paper does not pass through the Exit Sensor within the specified time. <IOT Exit Off early JAM> The paper passed through the Exit Sensor earlier than the specified time.
Flows 52 FIP-1.52
077
104

Flows 53 FIP-1.53
105

Flows 53 FIP-1.53
106
<IOT Stop Reservation JAM> Detect jam when stopped before Fuser in forced stop mode.
Flows 52 FIP-1.52
Paper Jam has occurred at the Duplexer. 077-107
Flip 107 and Duplexer Remove Paper Flip 077-107
<IOT Duplex Misfeed JAM> (2150cdn only) Open the Front Cover and In the duplex printing mode, the lead edge does not reach the Regi the Duplexer. Then remove the jammed Sensor when the sheet changes the direction in the Duplexer after paper. Close the Front the standby. Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details.
Flows 54 FIP-1.54
1 - 27
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Status Window Paper Jam has occurred at the Duplexer. 077-108 Status Contents FIP to be referred
<IOT Duplex JAM>(2150cdn only) In the duplex printing mode, the Open the Front Cover and lead edge does not reach the SSF the Duplexer. No Paper Sensor when the sheet Then remove the jammed changes the direction in the paper. Close the Front Duplexer after the standby. Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. Front Cover is open 077-300 Close the Front Cover. Side Cover is open 077-301 Close the Side Cover. Paper Jam has occurred at the Output Tray 077-900
Flows 54 FIP-1.54
Front Cover Is Open 300
Flip Close Front Cover 077-300 Side Cover Is Open Flip Close Side Cover 077-301
<IOT Cover Front Open> The Front Cover is open.
Flows 55 FIP-1.55
301
<IOT Side Cover Open> The Toner Access Cover is open.
Flows 56 FIP-1.56
077 Paper Jam Open Front Cover 900 CAUTION: The Fuser is hot. Open the Front Cover and <IOT Exit JAM> Flows 57 remove the jammed The paper remains at the Exit SenFIP-1.57 paper. sor. If the jammed paper is in the Fuser, lift the levers at both ends of the Fuser and remove the jammed paper. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. Paper Jam has occurred at the Belt Unit 077-901 Paper Jam Open Front Cover 901 Open the Front Cover and <IOT Remain Registration JAM> remove the jammed The paper remains at the Regi paper. Close the Front Sensor. Cover. If the jammed paper is not easily removed, work after pulling out the tray. Please click the Show Me How Button for details.
Flows 58 FIP-1.58
1 - 28
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Status Window Paper Jam has occurred at the Duplexer. 077-907 <IOT Remain Duplex JAM> Open the Front Cover and (2150cdn only) the Duplexer. The paper remains at the Duplex Then remove the jammed area. paper. Close the Front Cover. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. Flows 59 FIP-1.59 Status Contents FIP to be referred
Paper Jam Open Front Cover 077
Ready to Print Replace PHD
Flip 402 Now Contact Support Flip 091-402
Replace PHD unit Now <IOT PHD Life Pre Warning> Contact customer support The PHD Unit is approaching the 091-402 replacement time.
Flows 60 FIP-1.60
PHD Tape Staying 091-912 912 PHD Reseat PHD Remove the Tape from the PHD unit. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. Replace PHD unit 091-935 <IOT PHD Life Over> The PHD Unit has reached the Contact customer supreplacement time. port. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. PHD Unit is either missing or not fully inserted into the printer 091-972 972 Insert PHD 091-972 <IOT PHD Detached> Open the Front Cover and The PHD Unit is not installed in the make sure that the PHD printer. unit have been fully installed. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. CTD Sensor Dirty 092-310 Clean the CTD sensor. <IOT CTD (ADC) Sensor Dustiness> The CTD (ADC) Sensor has reached the Cleaning time. <CTD (ADC) Sensor Dustiness Warning> The CTD (ADC) Sensor is approaching the Cleaning time. Flows 63 FIP-1.63 Flows 62 FIP-1.62 <PHD Tape Staying> Detect the tape staying on the PHD Unit. Flows 61 FIP-1.61
Flip 091-912
091 935
Replace PHD Now
CTD Sensor Dirty Clean 310 092 910
Flip CTD Sensor 092-310 Ready to Print Clean Flip CTD Sensor 092-910
Flows 64 FIP-1.64
Flows 64 FIP-1.64
1 - 29
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Status Window Status Contents FIP to be referred
Ready to Print Yellow Cartridge 423
Flip Is close to life 093-423
<IOT Toner Cartridge (Y) Near Life> The Toner Cartridge (Y) is approaching the replacement time. Yellow Cartridge needs to When all the toner cartridges are be replaced soon simultaneously approaching the 093-423 replacement time, a warning is indicated on the LCD panel in the following order: 1)Black 2)Cyan 3)Magenta 4)Yellow <IOT Toner Cartridge (M) Near Life> The Toner Cartridge (M) is approaching the replacement time. Magenta Cartridge needs When all the toner cartridges are to be replaced soon simultaneously approaching the 093-424 replacement time, a warning is indicated on the LCD panel in the following order: 1)Black 2)Cyan 3)Magenta 4)Yellow <IOT Toner Cartridge (C) Near Life> The Toner Cartridge (C) is approaching the replacement time. When all the toner cartridges are simultaneously approaching the replacement time, a warning is indicated on the LCD panel in the following order: 1)Black 2)Cyan 3)Magenta 4)Yellow
Flows 65 FIP-1.65
Ready to Print Magenta Cartridge 424
Flows 65 FIP-1.65
093 425
Ready to Print Cyan Cartridge
Cyan Cartridge needs to be replaced soon 093-425
Flows 65 FIP-1.65
Ready to Print Black Cartridge 426
<IOT Toner Cartridge (K) Near Life> The Toner Cartridge (K) is approaching the replacement time. Black Cartridge needs to When all the toner cartridges are be replaced soon simultaneously approaching the 093-426 replacement time, a warning is indicated on the LCD panel in the following order: 1)Black 2)Cyan 3)Magenta 4)Yellow Yellow Toner Low Density 093-919 Remove and shake the Yellow Cartridge. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. <IOT Y Toner Low Density> Detects low density of yellow.
Flows 65 FIP-1.65
Shake Cartridge Remove and Shake 919
Flows 66 FIP-1.66
1 - 30
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Status Window Magenta Toner Low Density 093-920 Remove and shake the Magenta Cartridge. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. Cyan Toner Low Density 093-921 Remove and shake the Cyan Cartridge. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. Black Toner Low Density 093-922 Remove and shake the Black Cartridge. Contact customer support if this failure is repeated. <IOT K Toner Low Density> Detects low density of black. Flows 66 FIP-1.66 <IOT C Toner Low Density> Detects low density of cyan. Flows 66 FIP-1.66 <IOT M Toner Low Density> Detects low density of magenta. Flows 66 FIP-1.66 Status Contents FIP to be referred
093 930
Crtrdg Life Over Replace
<IOT Toner Cartridge (Y) Life The Yellow Cartridge need to be replaced now. Over> The Toner Cartridge (Y) has 093-930 reached the replacement time. When all the toner cartridges have Open the Toner Access Cover. Then remove the simultaneously reached the replacement time, a warning is used Yellow Cartridge indicated on the LCD panel in the and install a new one. Please click the Show Me following order: 1)Black 2)Cyan 3)Magenta 4)Yellow How Button for details. <IOT Toner Cartridge (M) Life The Magenta Cartridge need to be replaced now. Over> The Toner Cartridge (M) has 093-931 reached the replacement time. When all the toner cartridges have Open the Toner Access Cover. Then remove the simultaneously reached the used Magenta Cartridge replacement time, a warning is indicated on the LCD panel in the and install a new one. Please click the Show Me following order: 1)Black 2)Cyan 3)Magenta 4)Yellow How Button for details. The Cyan Cartridge need <IOT Toner Cartridge (C) Life Over> to be replaced now The Toner Cartridge (C) has 093-932 reached the replacement time. When all the toner cartridges have Open the Toner Access Cover. Then remove the simultaneously reached the used Cyan Cartridge and replacement time, a warning is indicated on the LCD panel in the install a new one. Please click the Show Me following order: 1)Black 2)Cyan 3)Magenta 4)Yellow How Button for details.
Flows 67 FIP-1.67
Crtrdg Life Over Replace 931
Flows 67 FIP-1.67
Flows 67 FIP-1.67
1 - 31
The Black Cartridge need <IOT Toner Cartridge (K) Life Over> to be replaced now. The Toner Cartridge (K) has 093-933 reached the replacement time. When all the toner cartridges have Open the Toner Access Cover. Then remove the simultaneously reached the used Black Cartridge and replacement time, a warning is indicated on the LCD panel in the install a new one. Please click the Show Me following order: 1)Black 2)Cyan 3)Magenta 4)Yellow How Button for details. The Yellow Cartridge need to be replaced now. 093-934 <IOT CRU Waste (Y) Full> Open the Toner Access Waste Toner (Y) Counter value has Cover. Then remove the reached replacement time. used Yellow Cartridge and install a new one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. The Magenta Cartridge need to be replaced now. 093-935 <IOT CRU Waste (M) Full> Open the Toner Access Waste Toner (M) Counter value Cover. Then remove the has reached replacement time. used Magenta Cartridge and install a new one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. The Cyan Cartridge need to be replaced now. 093-936 <IOT CRU Waste (C) Full> Open the Toner Access Waste Toner (C) Counter value Cover. Then remove the has reached replacement time. used Cyan Cartridge and install a new one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. The Black Cartridge need to be replaced now. 093-937 <IOT CRU Waste (K) Full> Open the Toner Access Waste Toner (K) Counter value has Cover. Then remove the reached replacement time. used Black Cartridge and install a new one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details.
Flows 67 FIP-1.67
Flows 68 FIP-1.68
Crtrdg Life Over Replace 093 935
Flows 68 FIP-1.68
Flows 68 FIP-1.68
Flows 68 FIP-1.68
1 - 32
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Status Window An unsupported Yellow Cartridge is installed 093-960 CRUM ID Reseat Yellow 960 <IOT (Y) CRUM ID Error> Open the Toner Access An unsupported Toner Cartridge Cover. Remove the unsupported Yellow Car- (Y) is detected. tridge and install a supported one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. An unsupported Magenta Cartridge is installed 093-961 CRUM ID Reseat Magenta 961 <IOT (M) CRUM ID Error> Open the Toner Access An unsupported Toner Cartridge Cover. Remove the (M) is detected. unsupported Magenta Cartridge and install a supported one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. An unsupported Magenta Cartridge is installed 093-961 093 CRUM ID Reseat Cyan 962 <IOT (C) CRUM ID Error> Open the Toner Access An unsupported Toner Cartridge Cover. Remove the (C) is detected. unsupported Magenta Cartridge and install a supported one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. An unsupported Black Cartridge is installed 093-963 CRUM ID Reseat Black 963 <IOT (K) CRUM ID Error> Open the Toner Access An unsupported Toner Cartridge Cover. Remove the unsupported Black Car- (K) is detected. tridge and install a supported one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. An unsupported PHD unit is installed 093-965 965 CRUM ID Reseat PHD <IOT PHD CRUM ID Error> Open the Front Cover. An unsupported PHD Unit is Remove the unsupported detected. PHD unit and install a supported one. Please click the Show Me How Button for details. Flows 70 FIP-1.70 Flows 69 FIP-1.69 Flows 69 FIP-1.69 Flows 69 FIP-1.69 Flows 69 FIP-1.69 Status Contents FIP to be referred
Flip Cartridge 093-960
Flip 093-965
1 - 33
Crtrdg Detached Insert 970
Yellow Cartridge is either <IOT Toner Cartridge (Y) missing or not fully Detached> inserted into the printer The Toner Cartridge (Y) is not 093-970 installed in the printer. If no toner cartridge has been installed in the Open the Toner Access Cover and make sure that printer, a warning is indicated on the Yellow Cartridge have the LCD panel in the following order: 1)Black 2)Cyan been fully installed. Please click the Show Me 3)Magenta 4)Yellow How Button for details. Magenta Cartridge is either missing or not fully <IOT Toner Cartridge (M) Detached> inserted into the printer The Toner Cartridge (M) is not 093-971 installed in the printer. If no toner cartridge has been installed in the Open the Toner Access Cover and make sure that printer, a warning is indicated on the LCD panel in the following the Magenta Cartridge have been fully installed. order: 1)Black 2)Cyan Please click the Show Me 3)Magenta 4)Yellow How Button for details. Cyan Cartridge is either missing or not fully inserted into the printer 093-972 <IOT Toner Cartridge (C) Detached> The Toner Cartridge (C) is not installed in the printer. If no toner cartridge has been installed in the Open the Toner Access Cover and make sure that printer, a warning is indicated on the Cyan Cartridge have the LCD panel in the following order: 1)Black 2)Cyan been fully installed. Please click the Show Me 3)Magenta 4)Yellow How Button for details. Black Cartridge is either missing or not fully inserted into the printer 093-973 <IOT Toner Cartridge (K) Detached> The Toner Cartridge (K) is not installed in the printer. If no toner cartridge has been installed in the Open the Toner Access Cover and make sure that printer, a warning is indicated on the Black Cartridge have the LCD panel in the following order: 1)Black 2)Cyan been fully installed. Please click the Show Me 3)Magenta 4)Yellow How Button for details. <IOT Belt Unit Near Life> The Belt Unit has reached the replacement time.
Flows 71 FIP-1.71
Flows 71 FIP-1.71
093
Flows 71 FIP-1.71
Flows 71 FIP-1.71
Contact customer support if this failure is 422 Flip repeated If Message Returns 094-422 094-422 094 Belt Unit Life Over Contact Support 094-911 If Message Returns 911 Contact customer supFlip port if this failure is 094-911 repeated.
Ready to Print Contact Support
Flows 72 FIP-1.72
<IOT Belt Unit Life Over> The Belt Unit has reached the replacement time.
Flows 73 FIP-1.73
1 - 34
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting Status Code Error Message LCD Ready to Print Non-Dell Toner 193 700 Status Window Status Contents FIP to be referred
Flip Installed 193-700
Ready to print
<Custom Toner Mode> The printer is in custom toner mode.
Flows 74 FIP-1.74
1 - 35
3. Error Code FIP

3.1 Troubleshooting for the call center Flows 1 001-360: IOT Fan Motor Failure
Cause: Solution: MCU detects an error upon receiving error signal from the Fan. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking after replacing the FAN. Replace the FAN (Refer to Removal 40/ Replacement 14).
Yes
Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on?
No
Checking after replacing the PWBA LVPS. Replace the PWBA LVPS (Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43).
END
Yes
No
Replace the KIT PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/Replacement 11)
END
1 - 36
Flows 2 003-340: IOT Firmware Error

Cause: Solution: MCU firmware error occurs. Proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Never turn off the power to the printer while the firmware is being downloaded. Turning the power off may cause a failure in the printer.
Check the Firmware Version. The version of the firmware for the printer should be checked with the Printer Information of the Web Tool. The latest Firmware Version should be checked on the DELL Support website.
Yes
Is the firmware the latest version?
No
Download the latest version of the firmware from the Dell Support Web Site.
Yes
No
Checking the error.
END
Yes
No
END *1
*1: Though some kind of external noise would be possible cause, go to [Flows 100 Electrical Noise] and check, to make sure.
1 - 37
Flows 3 003-356: IOT NVRAM Error

Cause: Solution: The operation error of NVM (read/write check error etc.) is detected. Proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking the error.
Yes
No
END *1
*1: Though some kind of external noise would be possible cause, go to [Flows 100 Electrical Noise] and check, to make sure.
1 - 38
Flows 4 004-311: IOT Duplexer Failure (2150cdn only)

Cause: Solution: The error is detected by Duplexer communication check. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking the Duplexer for installing. Reseat the Duplexer.
Yes
No
Checking after replacing the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD. Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD. (Refer to Removal 56/ Replacement 57)
END
Yes
No
Replace the KIT PWBA MCU (Refer to Removal 43/Replacement 11).
END
1 - 39
Flows 5 004-312: IOT Feeder Configuration Failure

Cause: Solution: Option Sheet Feeder Configuration error is detected. The combinations of the Optional Feeder for 2150cn/2150cdn is not correct.Change the combinations to the correct one.
If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and then go to the following steps to continue further fault isolation.
Checking the Optional 250Sheet Tray for installing. Reseat the Optional 250Sheet Tray.
Yes
No
Checking the KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT for installing. Reseat the KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT.
END
Yes
No
Checking after replacing the KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT. Replace the KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT. (Refer to Removal 58/ Replacement 59).
END
1 - 40
Flows 6 006-370: IOT ROS Failure

Cause: Solution: The operation error of ROS (rotational error etc.) is detected. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking after replacing the KIT ROS. Replace the KIT ROS. (Refer to Removal 45/ Replacement 9).
Yes
No
END
1 - 41
Flows 7 007-340: IOT Main Motor Failure

Cause: Solution: Main Motor failure is detected. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking the Belt Unit and PHD Unit for installation. Reseat the Belt Unit and PHD Unit.
Yes
No
Checking the Main Motor operation. - PC Operation : Checked by [Main Motor Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] in Tool Box. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-0] of [IOT Diag] in diagnosis.
END
Yes
Does the Main Motor function normally?
No
Checking the error
Yes
No
Checking after replacing the KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Replace the KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Refer to Removal 32 / Replacement 22)
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 42
Flows 8 007-341: IOT Sub Motor Failure

Cause: Solution: Sub Motor failure is detected. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking the Fuser and PHD Unit for installation. Reseat the Fuser and PHD Unit.
Yes
No
Checking the Sub Motor operation. - PC Operation : Checked by [Fuser Motor Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] in Tool Box. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-5] of [IOT Diag] in diagnosis.
END
Yes
Does the Main Motor function normally?
No
Checking the error
Checking after replacing the DRIVE ASSY SUB. Replace the DRIVE ASSY SUB. (Refer to Removal 33 / Replacement 21) No
Yes
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 43
Flows 9 007-344: Option Feeder Motor Failure

Cause: Solution: Option Feeder Motor failure is detected. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking the KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT for installation. Reseat the KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT.
Yes
No
Replace the KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT. (Refer to Removal 58/Replacement 59)
END
1 - 44
Flows 10 007-371 / 007-372: IOT K Mode Solenoid Error 1/2

Cause: 007-371:The error is generated when K Mode Solenoid (Color Mode Switching Solenoid) does not operate in specified time. 007-372:The error is generated when the gear which operates by K Mode Solenoid (Color Mode Switching Solenoid) rotates two times. Solution: Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH for installation. Reseat the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH.
Yes
No
Checking after replacing the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH. Replace the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH. (Refer to Removal 31/ Replacement 23)
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 45
Flows 11 009-340: IOT CTD (ACD) Sensor Error

Cause: Solution: CTD (ACD) sensor error (analog-to-digital conversion etc.) is detected. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking the Belt Unit for installation. Reseat the Belt Unit.
Yes
No
Checking after replacing the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34)
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 46
Flows 12 009-360 / 009-361 / 009-362 / 009-363: IOT Toner (YMCK) CRUM Comm Fail
Cause: 009-360:The Yellow Toner Cartridge CRUM communication failure is detected. 009-361:The Magenta Toner Cartridge CRUM communication failure is detected. 009-362:The Cyan Toner Cartridge CRUM communication failure is detected. 009-363:The Black Toner Cartridge CRUM communication failure is detected. Solution: Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE. Note: The PPID No. of the TONER CARTRIDGE for 2150 cdn/cn is as follows: - TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) PPID No. :012T59 or 0NT6X2 or 0NPDXG - TONER CARTRIDGE (M) PPID No. :0TG7JW or 09M2WC or 08WNV5 - TONER CARTRIDGE (C) PPID No. :0YN4CM or 0WHPFG or 0769T5 - TONER CARTRIDGE (K) PPID No. :029M6P or 02FV35 or 0N51XP Refer to Reference_1 for the location to check the PPID number.
Yes
Is the toner cartridges installed to the printer the DELL toner?
No
Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y,M,C or K) for installation Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y,M,C or K).
Set the Non-DELL Toner mode through the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. Refer to [Non-Dell Toner] in "18 Understanding the Tool Box Menus" in the User Guide.
Yes
No
Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y,M,C or K). Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y,M,C or K).
END
Yes
No
Replace the Printer.
END
1 - 47
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting - Reference_1: Position of PPID label.
221, =>A
221,
E5 )
1 - 48
Flows 13 010-317: IOT Fuser Detached

Cause: Solution: Fuser detached is detected. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
To avoid burns, do not replace the fuser immediately after printing. The fuser becomes extremely hot during use. Turn off the printer and wait for 30 minutes before removing the fuser. When you have replaced the fuser, initialize the life counter of the Fuser.For details, refer to the supplied technical sheet.
Checking the Fuser for installation. Reseat the Fuser.
Yes
No
Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY. Replace the FUSER ASSY (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49) and initialize the life counter of the Fuser (Refer to the supplied technical sheet).
END
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 49
Flows 14 010-351: IOT Fuser Life Over

Cause: Solution: The value of Fuser counter has reached the replacement time. The Fuser has reached the end of its life. Replace the Fuser with a new one.
Refer to "Appendix_2.1 Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts Life" for the timing when the message "Life Over" is indicated. This error code is not related to any hardware fault.
When you have replaced the fuser, initialize the life counter of the Fuser.For details, refer to the supplied technical sheet.
1 - 50
Flows 15 010-354: IOT Environment Sensor Error

Cause: Solution: The Temperature sensor detected the temperature anomaly. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking the printer status.
Yes
Has the printer been used continuously for a long time?
No
Turn the power off, and check the error persistence after 30 minutes or more.
Yes
No
END
1 - 51
Checking the room temperature and humidity.
Yes
Is the printer used under an environment satisfying the specification (temperature; 1030, humidity: 10-85%)?
No
Checking the temperature and humidity inside a machine. Checked by [Environment Sensor Info] of the [Diagnosis] tab in Tool Box.
Turn the power off, and wait until the environment satisfies the specification (temperature; 10-30 , humidity: 10-85%).
Yes
Exact temperature/humidity is displayed?
No
Replace the KIT PWBA MCU (Refer to Removal 43 Replacement 11).
1 - 52
Flows 16 010-377: IOT Fuser Failure

Cause: Solution: The operation error of Fuser (Temperature anomaly error etc.) is detected. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
To avoid burns, do not replace the fuser immediately after printing. The fuser becomes extremely hot during use. Turn off the printer and wait for 30 minutes before removing the fuser. When you have replaced the fuser, initialize the life counter of the Fuser.For details, refer to the supplied technical sheet.
Yes
No
END
1 - 53
Flows 17 010-421: IOT Fuser Near Life

Cause: Solution: The Fuser is approaching the replacement time. The Fuser is approaching the replacement time. Prepare a new Fuser.
Refer to "Appendix_2.1 Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts Life" for the timing when the message "Near Life" is indicated. This error code is not related to any hardware fault.
When you have replaced the fuser, initialize the life counter of the Fuser.For details, refer to the supplied technical sheet.
1 - 54
Flows 18 016-300 / 016-301 / 016-302 / 016-310 / 016-313 / 016-315 / 016-317 / 016-323 / 016-324 / 016-327 / 016-340 / 016-392 / 016-393 / 016-394 : ESS Error
Cause: Solution: ESS-related error occurred. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking the error.
Yes
No
Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/Replacement 12)
END
1 - 55
Flows 19 016-316 / 016-318: ESS DIMM Slot RAM R/W Check Fail / ESS DIMM Slot RAM Error
Cause: Solution: 016-316:Unsupported additional memory module is detected in the memory slot. 016-318:Additional memory module is not completely inserted in the slot. 016-316:Remove the added memory module. To add a memory, use the Optional Memory Module. 016-318:Remove the Memory Module and re-install it.
Checking the Optional Memory Module. Note: The PPID No. of the Optional Memory Module for 2150 cdn/cn is as follows: - PPID No.:0T4NTT Refer to Reference_1 for the location to check the PPID number.
Yes
Is the Optional Memory Module for 2150 cn/cdn installed?
No
Checking the Optional Memory Module for installation. Reseat the Option 512MB Memory. Refer to [Installing the Optional Memory Module] in 6 Installing Optional Accessories in the Users Guide.
Install the Optional Memory Module for 2150 cn/cdn.
Yes
No
END
1 - 56
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting - Reference_1: The PPID number is on the packing box. XX-0T4NTT-XXXXX-XXX-XXXX
PPID No.
1 - 57
Flows 20 016-338: Optional Wireless Adapter Error

Cause: Solution: The error is detected by Optional Wireless Adapter check. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking the connected device to the Optional Wireless Adapter Socket on the PWBA ESS.
Yes
Is the Optional Wireless Adapter connected to the Wireless Adapter Socket on the PWBA ESS?
No
Checking the Optional Wireless Adapter for installation. Reseat the Optional Wireless Adapter.
Connect the Optional Wireless Adapter to the Wireless Adapter Socket on the PWBA ESS.
Yes
No
Checking after replacing the WIRELESS ADAPTER. Replace the WIRELESS ADAPTER. (Refer to Removal 54/Replacement 54)
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 58
Flows 21 016-347: On Board Network Fatal Error

Cause: Solution: A fatal error occurred the on board network communication. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking after removing the ethernet cable. Remove the ethernet cable.
Yes
No
Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12)
Initialize the Network settings and configure the settings again. For details of the Network settings, refer to "19 Understanding the Printer Menus" in User Guide.
1 - 59
Flows 22 016-362 / 016-363 / 016-364 / 016-366 / 016-367 / 016-368: PCI Bus# (0 / 1) Host Bridge Controller Error / PCI Bus# (0 / 1) Error Detected / PCI Error Messages received from Bus#0-Device# (0 / 1)
Cause: Solution: Connection error occurred between the PCI BUS port and the port of peripheral devices. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking the error.
Yes
No
END
1 - 60
Flows 23 016-369: Operator Panel - ESS Communication Fail

Cause: Solution: Communication Fail with a Operator Panel and ESS F/W. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking the Operator Panel for installing. Reseat the Operator Panel.
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
Yes
No
END
1 - 61
Checking after replacing the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL. Replace the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL. (Refer to Removal 25/Replacement 29)
Yes
No
END
1 - 62
Flows 24 016-370: MCU-ESS Communication Fail

Cause: Solution: Communication fail between MCU and ESS. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
When replacing the PWBA ESS and PWBA MCU concurrently, ensure that the ROM chip of the ESS is replaced and that the NVM data of the MCU is saved and reloaded. For details, refer to the supplied technical sheet.
Checking the KIT PWBA ESS SFP and KIT PWBA MCU for installing. Reseat the KIT PWBA ESS SFP and KIT PWBA MCU.
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
Yes
No
END
1 - 63
Checking after replacing the KIT PWBA MCU. Replace the KIT PWBA MCU (Refer to Removal 43 Replacement 11).
Yes
No
END
1 - 64
Flows 25 016-383 / 016-384 / 016-385 / 016-386 / 016-387/ 016-388 / 016-391: Download ID Error / Download Range Error / Download header Error / Download Check Sum Error / Download Format Error / Download Initial Error / Download Protect Error
Cause: 016-383:Download file ID is invalid. 016-384:At download, write-in destination address is invalid.Range check error. 016-385:Download file header is invalid. 016-386:Download file checksum is invalid. 016-387:Download file format is invalid. 016-388:When downloading, failed in starting download mode. 016-391:Performed FW download although FW update is prohibited by panel settings. Solution: Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking the download file.
Yes
Was the file for 2150 cn/cdn downloaded?
No
Check the cable between the Printer and PC (or Printer and Hub). - For local printer: USB cable (USB2.0) - For network printer: Ethernet cable (10Base-T/ 100Base-TX / 1000Base-T)
Re-download the correct file.
Yes
Does the cable meet the specifications?
No
Use a cable that meets the specifications. - For local printer: USB cable (USB2.0) - For network printer: Ethernet cable (10Base-T/ 100Base-TX / 1000Base-T)
1 - 65
Checking cable plug/ unplug. Plug and unplug the cable.
Yes
No
Checking after replacing the Cable.
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 66
Flows 26 016-520: Ipsec Certificate Error

Cause: Solution: Ipsec Certificate Error. A certification error occurred. Contact the system administrator. Reset certificate from other connectable client with EWS. If no device can be connected, disconnect cable, turn off IPsec, and then reset certificate with EWS.
Checking the error.
Yes
No
END
1 - 67
Flows 27 016-700: Memory Over flow

Cause: Solution: The current printing job process cannot be continued because the memory capacity is exceeded. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking for memory expansion.
Yes
Is additional memory installed? Is the additional memory installed properly?
No
Checking after setting the Print Mode to "Standard" via the printer driver Set the Print Mode of the printer driver to "Standard".
Install additional memory. Or, re-install it properly.
Yes
Does the error persist during printing?
No
Deleting the data by executing Clear Storage. Execute "Clear Storage" under [Maintenance] in the Control Panel.
END
Yes
Does the error persist during printing?
No
The current printing job process cannot be continued because the memory capacity is exceeded.
END
1 - 68
Flows 28 016-720: PDL Error

Cause: Solution: The print data cannot be processed by PDL. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Check the cable between the Printer and PC (or Printer and Hub). - For local printer: USB cable (USB2.0) - For network printer: Ethernet cable (10Base-T/ 100Base-TX / 1000Base-T)
Yes
Does the cable meet the specifications?
No
Checking cable plug/ unplug. Plug and unplug the cable.
Yes
Does the error still occur when printing?
No
Use a cable that meets the specifications. - For local printer: USB cable (USB2.0) - For network printer: Ethernet cable (10Base-T/ 100Base-TX / 1000Base-T)
Checking after replacing the Cable.
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 69
Flows 29 016-753 / 016-755:PDF password error / PDF print disabled error

Cause: Solution: 016-753:PDF password error. 016-755:PDF print is not allowed. 016-753:The password is incorrect. Enter the correct password again. 016-755:This document cannot be printed because printing is set to "Not Allowed" in the PDF document security settings. Change the security settings.
Checking the error.
Yes
No
END
1 - 70
Flows 30 016-756: Auditron - Print prohibited time

Cause: Solution: Printing was executed at the print-prohibited time or the day of the week. Printing cannot be executed because the printing is set in the print-prohibited day of the week or the time zone. To execute printing, consult the system administrator. This error is automatically reset after a lapse of the specified time.
Checking the error.
Yes
No
END
1 - 71
Flows 31 016-757: Auditron - Invalid User

Cause: Solution: An error occurred because the user's account settings did not match those of the Administrator. Printing cannot be executed because your account (user name and password) has not been registered. To execute printing, consult the system administrator. This error is automatically reset after a lapse of the specified time.
Checking the error.
Yes
No
END
1 - 72
Flows 32 016-758: Auditron - Disabled Function

Cause: Solution: An error occurred because a user authorized only for B&W print attempted to execute color printing. Color printing cannot be executed because the printer has been set only to enable B&W printing. To use color printing, consult the system administrator. This error is automatically reset after a lapse of the specified time.
If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and then go to the following steps to continue further fault isolation. Never turn off the power to the printer while the firmware is being downloaded. Turning the power off may cause a failure in the printer.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Checking the error.
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 73
Flows 33 016-759: Auditron - Reached Limit

Cause: Solution: An attempt was made to print more copies than the print count limit. The printer has been set so that it does not continue printing when the specified number is reached. To continue printing, consult the system administrator. This error is automatically reset after a lapse of the specified time.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Checking the error.
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 74
Flows 34 016-799: Job Environment Violation

Cause: Solution: Detects violation data for the print condition. The print data specifies paper type/ size not available for the printer. Ensure that the printer configuration on the printer driver conforms to the printer you are using.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Checking the error.
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 75
Flows 35 016-920: Wireless Setting Error Time-out Error

Cause: Solution: The time-out was done to the connection with Register. A time-out error occurred. Contact the system administrator. The WPS procedure between the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) timed out. Try connecting again.
Checking the error.
Yes
No
END
1 - 76
Flows 36 016-921: Wireless Setting Error Download Error

Cause: Solution: The error occurred while connecting it with Register. An error occurred while connecting. Contact the system administrator. An error occurred while connecting to the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) in WPS mode. Try connecting again.
Checking the error.
Yes
No
END
1 - 77
Flows 37 016-922: Wireless Setting Error Session Overlap Error

Cause: Solution: Two or more Register that operated by WPS-PBC was found. Two or more wireless LAN access points (Registrars) have been found to operate in the WPS-PBC mode. Set only one wireless access point (Registrar) to operate in the WPS-PBC mode, and execute the process again according to the procedure.
Checking the error.
Yes
No
END
1 - 78
Flows 38 016-980: Disc Full

Cause: Solution: The current printing job process cannot be continued because the RAM disk is full. It is necessary to delete unnecessary data or System Settings increase the RAM Disk capacity in System Settings. After increasing the RAM Disk capacity, turn the printer off and then on.
Checking the error.
Yes
No
Divide the print job into several blocks. Then, execute printing on a block by block basis.
END
1 - 79
Flows 39 016-981: Collate Full

Cause: Solution: Unable to collate due to insufficient memory. Collating cannot be performed due to insufficient memory. Decrease the RAM Disk capacity in System Settings. After decreasing the RAM Disk capacity, turn the printer off and then on.
Checking the error.
Yes
No
Split the document into blocks to decrease the number of pages to be collated.
END
1 - 80
Flows 40 024-360: MCU Down Load Error

Cause: Solution: Download failure of MCU firmware. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Checking the error.
END
Yes
No
Replace the KIT PWBA MCU (Refer to Removal 43 Replacement 11).
END
1 - 81
Flows 41 024-362: IOT Start Image Marking Time-out

Cause: Solution: "Start Image Making" has not been issued within the time allowed. Turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Checking the error.
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 82
Flows 42 024-985: Waiting for "Continue" key to be pressed after reloading paper to the SSF
Cause: Solution: Printer starts printing automatically after a certain period of time even if the key is not pressed. The printer is waiting for the user to press the <> (Set) key. Press the <> (Set) key. After the predetermined time elapses, this error is cleared, and the printer starts feeding automatically.
Checking the error.
Yes
No
END
1 - 83
Flows 43 027-446 / 027-452: IPv6 duplicate/IPv4 duplicate

Cause: Solution: 027-446:Duplicate IPv6 addresses detected upon startup. 027-452:Duplicate IPv4 addresses detected upon startup. 027-446:Duplicate IPv6 addresses have been detected. Contact the system administrator. Remove duplicates and then power off the printer and then on. For details of the IP address settings, refer to "13 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool" in User Guide. 027-452:Duplicate IPv4 addresses have been detected. Contact the system administrator. Remove duplicates and then power off the printer and then on. For details of the IP address settings, refer to "13 Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool" in User Guide.
Checking the error.
Yes
No
END
1 - 84
Flows 44 042-700: IOT Over Heat Stop

Cause: Solution: The temp. Sensor sensed high temperature. Printing has been suspended because inside of the printer is extraordinarily hot. Turn off the printer.Open the Front Cover and remove the PHD Unit. Start the operation after the Printer has cooled down.
Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50)
Yes
No
END
1 - 85
Flows 45 071-100: IOT Tray1 Misfeed JAM

Cause: Solution: The Regi Sensor is not turned ON within the specified time after feeding a paper from Tray 1. Paper jam has occurred. Remove the jammed paper. And then open and close the front cover.Refer to "Appendix_1.2 Clearing Paper Jams From the Standard 250-Sheet Tray" for how to remove the jammed paper.
Do not load a sheet to the SSF while printing with the Paper Cassette as the media source.Otherwise, a Jam error occurs. If there is no jammed paper, or the error still occurs after having removed the jammed paper, turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking the Tray 1 for installation. Reseat the Tray 1.
Yes
No
Checking the shapes of the Paper Guide of Tray 1.
END
Yes
Is there any damage on the Paper Guide of Tray 1?
No
Replace the CASSETTE ASSY 250 (Refer to Removal 1 / Replacement 53).
Checking the status of the print media loaded.
Yes
Are the print media loaded correctly?
No
Reload the print media correctly, and checking the error. For how to load the print media, refer to "9 Loading Paper" in User Guide. Checking the error.
Yes
No
END
1 - 86
Checking for foreign materials. Remove the sheet, and check the vicinity of Tray 1.
Yes
Are there any foreign materials around the Tray 1?
No
Remove the foreign materials*1, and checking the error.
Yes
No
END
Checking the paper condition.
Yes
Is the paper in the Tray 1 new and dry one?
No
Replace the paper with a new and dry one, and checking the error.
Yes
No
END
1 - 87
Checking after replacing the KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. Replace the KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52) - For details on how to replace the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (Retard Roller), refer to "2.4 Replacing the Retard Roller" in Appendix.
Yes
No
Checking after replacing the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED. Replace the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED. (Refer to Removal 9/ Replacement 45)
END
Yes
No
Checking after replacing the KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/ CLUTCH. Replace the KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH. (Refer to Removal 35/ Replacement 19)
END
Yes
No
END
*1: If precut self-adhesive sheet labels are found, they may have been peeled off during printing. Since these self-adhesive labels remaining inside the printer may cause damages to the printer, check the label sheet for any portion that has peeled off or seems easy to peel off before loading it in the printer. Never use any self-adhesive labels that have already been peeled off.
1 - 88
Flows 46 072-100: IOT Tray2 Misfeed JAM

Cause: Solution: The Paper Path Sensor of Tray 2 is not turned ON within the specified time after feeding a paper from Tray 2. Paper jam has occurred. Remove the jammed paper. And then open and close the front cover.Refer to "Appendix_1.5 Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" for how to remove the jammed paper.
Checking the Tray 2 for installation. Reseat the Tray 2.
Yes
No
Checking the shapes of the Paper Guide of Tray 2.
END
Yes
Is there any damage on the Paper Guide of Tray 2?
No
Replace the CASSETTE ASSY 250 (Refer to Removal 1 / Replacement 53).
Checking the status of the print media loaded.
Yes
Are the print media loaded correctly?
No
Reload the print media correctly, and checking the error. For how to load the print media, refer to "9 Loading Paper" in User Guide. Checking the error.
Yes
No
END
1 - 89
Checking for foreign materials. Remove the sheet, and check the vicinity of Tray 2.
Yes
Are there any foreign materials around the Tray 2?
No
Remove the foreign materials*1, and checking the error.
Yes
No
END
Yes
Is the paper in the Tray 2 new and dry one?
No
Replace the paper with a new and dry one, and checking the error.
Yes
No
END
1 - 90
Checking after replacing the ROLL ASSY FEED. Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED. (Refer to Removal 59/ Replacement 58)
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 91
Flows 47 072-101: IOT Feeder 2 JAM

Cause: Solution: A jam has been detected between the Regi Sensor and the Paper Sensor of Tray 2. Paper jam has occurred. Remove the jammed paper. And then open and close the front cover. Refer to "Appendix_1.2 Clearing Paper Jams From the Standard 250-Sheet Tray" or "Appendix_1.5 Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder" for how to remove the jammed paper.
Checking for foreign materials*1 in the paper transfer path. Remove any foreign materials in the paper transfer path between the Regi Sensor and the Paper Path Sensor of Tray 2.
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 92
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting *1: If precut self-adhesive sheet labels are found, they may have been peeled off during printing. Since these self-adhesive labels remaining inside the printer may cause damages to the printer, check the label sheet for any portion that has peeled off or seems easy to peel off before loading it in the printer. Never use any self-adhesive labels that have already been peeled off.
1 - 93
Flows 48 072-908: IOT Remain Option Feeder JAM

Cause: Solution: The paper remains at the Paper Path Sensor of Tray 2. Paper jam has occurred. Remove the jammed paper. And then open and close the front cover. Refer to "Appendix_1.2 Clearing Paper Jams From the Standard 250-Sheet Tray" (or "Appendix_1.5 Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder") for how to remove the jammed paper.
Checking for foreign materials*1 in the paper transfer path. Remove any foreign materials around the Paper Path Sensor of Tray 2.
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 94
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting *1: If precut self-adhesive sheet labels are found, they may have been peeled off during printing. Since these self-adhesive labels remaining inside the printer may cause damages to the printer, check the label sheet for any portion that has peeled off or seems easy to peel off before loading it in the printer. Never use any self-adhesive labels that have already been peeled off.
1 - 95
Flows 49 075-101 / 075-102 / 075-923: IOT SSF Insert JAM / IOT SSF Paper Pullout JAM / Waiting for reseat paper of SSF
Cause: 075-101:SSF No Paper Sensor detect when a paper is inserted from SSF. 075-102:Though it tried to feed a paper from SSF, the paper was not loaded or it was pulled out forcibly from SSF. 075-923:Wait for the paper on SSF to be reseated. Solution: 075-101:Remove the paper from the SSF. 075-102:Pull the jammed paper out of the SSF. Open and close the front cover. 075-923:Pull the paper out of the SSF. Reload the paper in the SSF.
Do not load a sheet to the SSF while printing source. Otherwise, a Jam error occurs. Refer to "Appendix_1.1 Clearing Paper Jams From the SSF" for how to remove the jammed paper. If there is no jammed paper, or the error still occurs after having removed the jammed paper, turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking the error.
Yes
No
END
1 - 96
Flows 50 077-100: IOT Regi On early JAM

Cause: Solution: The paper remains at the paper transfer path between the Tray 1 and the Regi Sensor. Paper jam has occurred. Remove the jammed paper. Refer to "Appendix_1.1 Clearing Paper Jams From the SSF" for how to remove the jammed paper.
Checking for foreign materials*1 in the paper transfer path. Remove any foreign materials around the Regi Sensor.
Yes
No
END
1 - 97
Flows 51 077-101: IOT Regi OFF Jam

Cause: Solution: The paper does not pass through the Regi Sensor within the specified time. Paper jam has occurred. Remove the jammed paper. Refer to "Appendix_1.1 Clearing Paper Jams From the SSF" for how to remove the jammed paper.
Do not load a sheet to the SSF while printing with the Paper Cassette as the media source.Otherwise, a Jam error occurs. To avoid burns, do not replace the fuser immediately after printing. The fuser becomes extremely hot during use. Turn off the printer and wait for 30 minutes before removing the fuser. When you have replaced the fuser, initialize the life counter of the Fuser.For details, refer to the supplied technical sheet. If there is no jammed paper, or the error still occurs after having removed the jammed paper, turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to the troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking for foreign materials*1 in the paper transfer path. Remove any foreign materials in the paper transfer path between the Regi Sensor and the Exit Sensor.
Yes
No
Checking the Belt Unit for installing. Reseat the Belt Unit.
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 98
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
Checking after replacing the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34).
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 99
Yes
No
END
1 - 100
Flows 52 077-102 / 077-103 / 077-106: IOT Exit On JAM / IOT Exit On early JAM / IOT Stop Reservation JAM
Cause: 077-102:The paper does not reach the Exit Sensor within the specified time. 077-103:The paper remains at the paper transfer path between the Exit Sensor and the Regi Sensor. 077-106:Detect jam when stopped before Fuser in forced stop mode. Solution: Paper jam has occurred. Remove the jammed paper. Refer to "Appendix_1.1 Clearing Paper Jams From the SSF" for how to remove the jammed paper.
Checking for foreign materials*1 in the paper transfer path. Remove any foreign materials in the paper transfer path between the Regi Sensor and the Exit Sensor.
Yes
No
Checking the Belt Unit for installing. Reseat the Belt Unit.
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 101
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 102
Yes
No
END
1 - 103
Flows 53 077-104 / 077-105: IOT Exit Off JAM / IOT Exit Off early JAM
Cause: Solution: 077-104:The paper does not pass through the Exit Sensor within the specified time. 077-105:The paper passed through the Exit Sensor earlier than the specified time. Paper jam has occurred. Remove the jammed paper. Refer to "Appendix_1.3 Clearing Paper Jams From the Fuser" for how to remove the jammed paper.
Checking for foreign materials*1 in the paper transfer path. Remove any foreign materials in the paper transfer path between the Exit Sensor and the Output Tray.
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 104
Yes
No
END
1 - 105
Flows 54 077-107 / 077-108: IOT Duplex Misfeed JAM / IOT Duplex JAM (2150cdn only)
Cause: 077-107:In the duplex printing mode, the lead edge does not reach the Regi Sensor when the sheet changes the direction in the Duplexer after the standby. 077-108:In the duplex printing mode, the lead edge does not reach the SSF No Paper Sensor when the sheet changes the direction in the Duplexer after the standby. Solution: Paper jam has occurred. Remove the jammed paper. Refer to "Appendix_1.4 Clearing Paper Jams From the Duplexer" for how to remove the jammed paper.
Checking for foreign materials*1 in the paper transfer path. Remove any foreign materials around the Duplexer.
Yes
No
Checking the Duplexer for installing. Reseat the Duplexer.
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 106
Checking after replacing the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD. Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD. (Refer to Removal 56/ Replacement 57)
Yes
No
END
1 - 107
Flows 55 077-300: IOT Cover Front Open

Cause: Solution: The Front Cover is open. Close the Front cover.
Checking the Front Cover for shape.
Yes
Are there any damages on the Front Cover?(Refer to Reference_1)
No
Replace the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. (Refer to Removal 24/Replacement 30.)
Checking the Interlock Switch for operation. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Input][DI-7] of [IOT Diag] in diagnosis.
Yes
Does the number on the screen increase by one, every time the Front Cover is operated?
No
Replace the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK. (Refer to Removal 17/Replacement 37)
Yes
No
END
1 - 108
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting - Reference_1: Section to be checked for damage.
E5 )
1 - 109
Flows 56 077-301: IOT Side Cover Open

Cause: Solution: The Toner Access Cover is open. Close the Toner Access Cover.
Checking the Toner Cartridge (Y,M,C or K) for installing. Reseat the Toner Cartridge (Y,M,C or K).
Yes
No
Checking the Toner Access Cover for shape.
END
Yes
Are there any damages on the Toner Access Cover? (Refer to Reference_1)
No
Replace the KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Refer to Removal 8/ Replacement 46.)
Checking the KIT PWBA MCU for installing. Reseat the KIT PWBA MCU.
Yes
No
END
1 - 110
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting - Reference_1: Section to be checked for damage.
E5! )
1 - 111
Flows 57 077-900: IOT Exit JAM

Cause: Solution: The paper remains at the Exit Sensor. Paper jam has occurred. Remove the jammed paper. Refer to "Appendix_1.3 Clearing Paper Jams From the Fuser" for how to remove the jammed paper.
Checking for foreign materials*1 in the paper transfer path. Remove any foreign materials in the paper transfer path between the Exit Sensor and the Output Tray.
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 112
Yes
No
END
1 - 113
Flows 58 077-901: IOT Remain Registration JAM

Cause: Solution: The paper remains at the Regi Sensor. Paper jam has occurred. Remove the jammed paper. Refer to "Appendix_1.1 Clearing Paper Jams From the SSF" for how to remove the jammed paper.
Checking for foreign materials*1 in the paper transfer path. Remove any foreign materials around the Regi Sensor.
Yes
No
END
1 - 114
Flows 59 077-907: IOT Remain Duplex JAM (2150cdn only)

Cause: Solution: The paper remains at the Duplex area. Paper jam has occurred. Remove the jammed paper. Refer to "Appendix_1.4 Clearing Paper Jams From the Duplexer" for how to remove the jammed paper.
Checking for foreign materials*1 in the paper transfer path. Remove any foreign materials around the SSF No Paper Sensor.
Yes
No
END
1 - 115
Flows 60 091-402: IOT PHD Life Pre Warning

Cause: Solution: The PHD Unit is approaching the replacement time. The PHD Unit is approaching the replacement time. Prepare a new PHD Unit.
Refer to "Appendix_2.1 Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts Life" for the timing when the messages "Near Life" is indicated. This error code is not related to any hardware fault.
1 - 116
Flows 61 091-912: PHD Tape Staying

Cause: Solution: Detected the ribbons staying on the PHD Unit. Completely pull out the eight yellow ribbons from the PHD unit. For how to pull out the ribbons, refer to "25 Maintaining Your Printer" in User Guide.
If the ribbon is found, it takes a long time until the density is recovered. To use the printer immediately, change the PHD ASSY to another one. If the error persists after the action above is taken, ensure that the error replicates after the printer is powered off and then on, and then go to the following steps to continue further fault isolation.
Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY (Refer to Removal 4 / Replacement 50).
Yes
No
END
1 - 117
Flows 62 091-935: IOT PHD Life Over

Cause: Solution: The PHD Unit has reached the replacement time. The PHD Unit has reached the end of its life. Replace the PHD Unit with a new one.
Refer to "Appendix_2.3 Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD) Unit" for the timing when the message "Life Over" is indicated. This error code is not related to any hardware fault.
1 - 118
Flows 63 091-972: IOT PHD Detached

Cause: Solution: The PHD Unit is not installed in the printer. The PHD Unit is not installed in the printer. Install the PHD Unit in the printer.
Checking the PHD Unit for installing. Reseat the PHD Unit.
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 119
Flows 64 092-310 / 092-910: IOT CTD (ADC) Sensor Dustiness / IOT CTD (ADC) Sensor Dustiness Warning
Cause: Solution: 092-310:The CTD (ADC) Sensor has reached the Cleaning time. 092-910:The CTD (ADC) Sensor is approaching the Cleaning time. The CTD (ADC) sensor has reached the cleaning time. Clean up the CTD (ADC) sensor. Refer to "Appendix_3.2 Cleaning the CTD (ADC) Sensor" for how to clean up the CTD (ADC) Sensor.
Yes
No
END
1 - 120
Flows 65 093-423 / 093-424 / 093-425 / 093-426: IOT Toner Cartridge Near Life
Cause: 093-423:The Toner Cartridge (Y) is approaching the replacement time. 093-424:The Toner Cartridge (M) is approaching the replacement time. 093-425:The Toner Cartridge (C) is approaching the replacement time. 093-426:The Toner Cartridge (K) is approaching the replacement time. Solution: The Toner Cartridge (YMCK) is approaching the replacement time. Prepare a new Toner Cartridge of the relevant one.
Refer to "Appendix_2.1 Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts Life" for the timing when the message "Near Life" is indicated.
This error code is not related to any hardware fault.
1 - 121
Flows 66 093-919 / 093-920 / 093-921 / 093-922: IOT YMCK Toner Low Density
Cause: 093-919:Detects low density of yellow. 093-920:Detects low density of magenta. 093-921:Detects low density of cyan. 093-922:Detects low density of black. Solution: The toner may be compacted in the Y, M, C, or K cartridge. Remove the toner relevant cartridge and shake it to free any compacted toner. If the problem persists, clean the CTD (ADC) Sensor.For details on the CTD (ADC) Sensor, refer to "Appendix_3.2 Cleaning the CTD (ADC) Sensor".
Checking the PHD Unit sealing tape (ribbon). After turning the printer off, open the front cover and remove the PHD Unit from the printer. Remove any of the 8 pieces of sealing tape that may be left on the PHD Unit. Then, install the PHD Unit into the printer. NOTE:If the tape is found, it takes a long time until the density is recovered. To use the printer immediately, change the PHD Unit to another one.
Yes
No
Checking the Toner Motor (YMCK) for operation. - PC Operation : Checked by the [Dispense Motor Check (YMCK) ] of the [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in the [Tool Box]. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO21(Y),DO-23(M),DO-25(C),DO27(K)] of [IOT Diag] in [Printer Diag] of diagnosis.
END
Yes
Does the Toner Motor (YMCK) function normally?
No
END
1 - 122
Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K) (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48).
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 123
Flows 67 093-930 / 093-931 / 093-932 / 093-933: IOT Toner Cartridge Life Over
Cause: 093-930:The Toner Cartridge (Y) has reached the replacement time. 093-931:The Toner Cartridge (M) has reached the replacement time. 093-932:The Toner Cartridge (C) has reached the replacement time. 093-933:The Toner Cartridge (K) has reached the replacement time. Solution: The Toner Cartridge (Y,M,C or K) has reached the end of its life. Replace the Toner Cartridge (Y,M,C or K) with a new one. Refer to "Appendix_2.2 Replacing the Toner Cartridges" for how to replace the Toner Cartridge.
1 - 124
Flows 68 093-934 / 093-935 / 093-936 / 093-937: IOT CRU Waste (YMCK) Full
Cause: 093-934:Waste Toner (Y) Counter value has reached replacement time. 093-935:Waste Toner (M) Counter value has reached replacement time. 093-936:Waste Toner (C) Counter value has reached replacement time. 093-937:Waste Toner (K) Counter value has reached replacement time. Solution: The Waste Toner Box in Toner Cartridge (Y, M, C or K) is full. Replace the Toner Cartridge (Y, M, C or K) with a new one. Refer to "Appendix_2.2 Replacing the Toner Cartridges" for how to replace the Toner Cartridge.
1 - 125
Flows 69 093-960 / 093-961 / 093-962 / 093-963: IOT (YMCK) CRUM ID Error

Cause: 093-960:An unsupported Toner Cartridge (Y) is detected. 093-961:An unsupported Toner Cartridge (M) is detected. 093-962:An unsupported Toner Cartridge (C) is detected. 093-963:An unsupported Toner Cartridge (K) is detected. Solution: The Dell-genuine Toner Cartridge (Y, M, C or K) for the 2150cn/cdn is not installed. Install the Dell-genuine Toner Cartridge (Y, M, C or K).
Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE. Note: The PPID No. of the TONER CARTRIDGE for 2150 cn/cdn is as follows: - TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) PPID No. :012T59 or 0NT6X2 or 0NPDXG - TONER CARTRIDGE (M) PPID No. :0TG7JW or 09M2WC or 08WNV5 - TONER CARTRIDGE (C) PPID No. :0YN4CM or 0WHPFG or 0769T5 - TONER CARTRIDGE (K) PPID No. :029M6P or 02FV35 or 0N51XP Refer to Reference_1 for the location to check the PPID number.
Yes
Is the TONER CARTRIDGES installed to the printer the DELL toner?
No
Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K) for installing. Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K).
Yes
Set the Non-DELL Toner mode through the Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool. Refer to [Non-Dell Toner] in "18 Understanding the Tool Box Menus" in the User Guide. No
END
1 - 126
Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y , M , C or K) . Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y , M , C or K) .
Yes
No
END
- Reference_1: Position of PPID label.
221, =>A
221,
E5 )
1 - 127
Flows 70 093-965: IOT PHD CRUM ID Error

Cause: Solution: An unsupported PHD Unit is detected. The Dell-genuine PHD Unit for the 2150cn/cdn is not installed. Install the Dell-genuine PHD Unit.
Checking the PHD Unit type. Note: The PPID No. of the PHD Unit for 2150 cdn/cn is as follows: - PPID No.: 07N7M1 or 0KGR81 Refer to Reference_1 for the location to check the PPID number.
Yes
Is the PHD Unit for 2150 cdn/cn installed?
No
Checking the PHD Unit for installation. Reseat the PHD Unit.
Install the PHD Unit for 2150 cdn/cn.
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 128
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting - Reference_1: Position of PPID label.
221,
221, =>A
E5" )
1 - 129
Flows 71 093-970 / 093-971 / 093-972 / 093-973: IOT Toner Cartridge Detached

Cause: 093-970:The Toner Cartridge (Y) is not installed in the printer. 093-971:The Toner Cartridge (M) is not installed in the printer. 093-972:The Toner Cartridge (C) is not installed in the printer. 093-973:The Toner Cartridge (K) is not installed in the printer. Solution: Install the Toner Cartridge (Y,M,C or K) properly.
Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y,M,C or K) . Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y,M,C or K).
Yes
No
Checking the KIT PWBA MCU for installing. Reseat the KIT PWBA MCU.
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 130
Flows 72 094-422: IOT Belt Unit Near Life

Cause: Solution: The Belt Unit has reached the replacement time. The Belt Unit is approaching the replacement time. Prepare a new Belt Unit.
1 - 131
Flows 73 094-911: IOT Belt Unit Life Over

Cause: Solution: The Belt Unit has reached the replacement time. The Belt Unit has reached the end of its life. Replace the Belt Unit with a new one.
1 - 132
Flows 74 193-700: Custom Toner Mode

Cause: Solution: The printer is in custom toner mode. The printer has been set to use the toner cartridge made by other manufacturer than DELL (Non DELL Toner Mode). When the DELL-specified toner cartridge is used, set the Non DELL Toner Mode in "Off." Refer to [Non-Dell Toner] in "13. Dell Printer Configuration Web Tool" in the User Guide for how to set the Non DELL Toner Mode.
When the toner cartridge made by other manufacturer than DELL is used, the warranty may not apply to your printer even if it is severely damaged. If the error still occurs when the DELL-specified toner cartridge is installed and the Non DELL Toner Mode is set in "Off," turn the power off and on to check that the error recurs. Then, proceed to troubleshooting following the flowchart given below.
Checking the error.
Yes
No
END
1 - 133
Flows 75 The output is too light
Faint
Mnt01100KA
Mnt01101KA
When the PHD Unit has been replaced, be sure to clean up the CTD (ADC) Sensor. Refer to "Appendix_3.2 Cleaning the CTD (ADC) Sensor" for how to clean up the CTD (ADC) Sensor.
Changing the printer driver setting. 1. Reset Image Settings (Brightness/Contrast) to defaults. - Click [Restore Defaults] in [Image Settings] on the [Graphics] tab. 2. Disable Toner Saving Mode. - Deselect the [Toner Saving Mode] check box on the [Advanced] tab.
Yes
Is the image printed correctly?
No
END
1 - 134
Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y,M,C or K).
Yes
No
Set the Non-Dell toner option to [Off]. (Refer to [Non-Dell Toner] in "18 Understanding the Tool Box Menus".)
Yes
No
END
Checking the paper.
Yes
Is the installed paper with a new and dry one? or does the paper satisfy the specification?
No
Replace the paper with a new and dry one. or Change the paper to the one that satisfies the specification. (Refer to "14 Print Media Guidelines" in the User Guide.)
1 - 135
Checking after changing the paper type of the Printer driver. For example, change the plain paper to thick. - On the [Paper/Output] tab of the printer driver, change [Paper Type].
Yes
No
END
Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K) for installation. Shake and reseat the suspected TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C, or K).
Yes
No
END
1 - 136
Checking the PHD Unit sealing ribbon. After turning the printer off, open the front cover and remove the PHD Unit from the printer. Remove any of the 8 pieces of sealing ribbon that may be left on the PHD Unit. Then, install the PHD Unit into the printer. If the ribbon is found, it takes a long time until the density is recovered. To use the printer immediately, change the PHD Unit to another one.
Yes
No
END
Checking Dispense Motor (Y, M, C or K) for operation. Operate the Dispense Motor (Y, M, C or K) for the color in which the problem lies. - To check the operation of the Dispense Motor (Y, M, C or K), click [Dispense Motor (Y, M, C or K)] in [Machine Check] on the diagnosis tab of Tool Box.
Yes
No
END
1 - 137
Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY (Refer to Removal 4 / Replacement 50)
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 138
Flows 76 The entire output is blank
Check the printed result.
Yes
Are you sure you are not attempting to print a blank page?
No
END
Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y,M,C or K).
Yes
No
Set the Non-Dell toner option to [Off]. (Refer to [Non-Dell Toner] in "18 Understanding the Tool Box Menus".)
Yes
No
END
1 - 139
Checking the paper.
Yes
No
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 140
Checking the PHD Unit sealing ribbon. After turning the printer off, open the front cover and remove the PHD Unit from the printer. Remove any of the 8 pieces of sealing ribbon that may be left on the PHD Unit. Then, install the PHD Unit into the printer. If the ribbon is found, it takes a long time until the density is recovered. To use the printer immediately, change the PHD Unit to another one.
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 141
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 142
Flows 77
Part or the entire output is black
Checking the printer driver setting.
Yes
Is the [Output Color] option under the [Graphics] tab set to "Color (Auto)"?
No
Set the option to "Color (Auto)"
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 143
Flows 78 Toner smears
When you have replaced the Fuser, initialize the life counter of the Fuser.For details, refer to the supplied technical sheet.
Checking the printer environment. Check that the printer is in a room where air conditioner is operating. If the air conditioner is not operating, turn it on or move the printer to a room with an air conditioner.
Yes
Are printouts still toner smears after turning on the air conditioner?
No
Checking the paper.
END
Yes
No
1 - 144
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 145
Flows 79 Random spots
13
Checking after cleaning inside the Printer. Cleaning Inside the Printer. - For details on how to clean the Printer, refer to "3.1 Cleaning Inside the Printer" in Appendix.
Yes
No
END
Clean up the Fuser. 1.Load one sheet of paper on the SSF, and then print a solid image all over paper. 2.Load the printed sheet with the side to be printed on facing down, and then print a blank sheet of paper.
Yes
No
END
1 - 146
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 147
Flows 80 Streaks appear on the output
13
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 148
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 149
Flows 81 Pitched color dots
13
When you have replaced the fuser, initialize the life counter of the Fuser. For details, refer to the supplied technical sheet.
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 150
Yes
No
END
Measure the blank, spot, or Line pitch. Print the Contamination Check to measure the pitch of the blank, spot or Line banding. - To print "Pitch Configuration Chart", click [Pitch Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] on the diagnosis tab of Tool Box.
Yes
Does the pattern on the output match with that on the Pitch Configuration Chart (Reference_1)?
No
Replace the corresponding parts.
- Reference_1: Pitch Configuration Chart
If the pitch of the blank banding matches any of the three pitches (PHD and FUSER) shown in the Pitch Configuration Chart, replace the relevant component: (PHD): PHD Unit (FUSER): Fuser
Wsb02025KA
1 - 151
Flows 82 Vertical blanks
13
Checking the paper.
Yes
No
Checking for foreign objects in the paper transfer path. Remove any foreign objects in the paper transfer path between the Belt Unit and the Fuser.
Yes
Does the printout have vertical blank lines (white stripes in the paper feed direction)?
No
END
1 - 152
Checking the belt surfaces of the KIT TRANSFER ASSY.
Yes
Are there any damages No on the belt surface of the KIT TRANSFER ASSY?
No
Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 18/ Replacement 46)
Replace the PHD ASSY (Refer to Removal 3 / Replacement 61).
1 - 153
Flows 83 Ghosting
Ghosting
Wsb02020KA
Mnt01114KA
Checking the Afterimage (Ghost). Print the Ghost Configuration Chart Page. - To print "Ghost Configuration Chart", click [Ghost Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] on the diagnosis tab of Tool Box.
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 154
Checking the paper
Yes
Does the paper satisfy the specification?
No
Adjusting the transfer bias. Adjust the voltage value of the BTR. - To adjust the voltage value of the BTR, use [Adjust BTR] on the Printer Maintenance tab of Tool Box.
Change the paper to the one that satisfies the specification. (Refer to "14 Print Media Guidelines" in the User Guide.)
Yes
No
END
Checking after "Drum Refresh Mode". Execute the "Drum Refresh Mode". - To execute the "Drum Refresh Mode", click [Drum Refresh Mode] in [Refresh Mode] on the diagnosis tab of Tool Box.
Yes
No
END
1 - 155
Yes
No
END
1 - 156
Flows 84 Light-Induced Fatigue
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 157
Flows 85 Fog
Mnt01115KA
Checking the Fog (Grey Background). Print the Windows test page.
Yes
Is there Fog (Grey Background) during printing?
No
Changing the printer driver setting. Reset Image Settings (Brightness/Contrast) to defaults. - Click [Restore Defaults] in [Image Settings] on the [Graphics] tab.
Printing data is incorrect, then check the printing data which the problem generated.
Yes
No
END
1 - 158
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 159
Flows 86 Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)
Setting the altitude. Set the altitude. - To set the altitude, use [Adjust Altitude] on the Printer Maintenance tab of Tool Box.
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 160
Flows 87 Jagged characters
Changing the printer driver setting. 1.Set Screen to Fineness in the printer driver. - In [Other Settings] of the [Advanced] tab, click [Screen] and select [Fineness]. 2.Enable Bitmap Smoothing in the printer driver. - In [Other Settings] of the [Advanced] tab, click [Bitmap Smooting] and select [OK].
Yes
No
END
1 - 161
Checking the fonts.
Yes
Is the downloaded font jagged?
No
Checking the fonts.
Yes
Are you using recommended fonts?
No
Use fonts that are recommended for the printer, operating system, and application you are using.
1 - 162
Flows 88 Banding/Horizontal band cross out
13
13
Checking the paper.
Yes
No
Checking for foreign objects in the paper transfer path. Remove any foreign objects in the paper transfer path between the Belt Unit and the Fuser.
Yes
Does the printout have Banding/Horizontal band cross out?
No
END
1 - 163
Measure the blank, spot, or Line pitch. Print the Contamination Check to measure the pitch of the blank, spot or Line banding. - To print "Pitch Configuration Chart", click [Pitch Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] on the diagnosis tab of Tool Box.
Yes
Does the pattern on the output match with that on the Pitch Configuration Chart (Reference_1)?
No
- Reference_1: Pitch Configuration Chart
If the pitch of the blank banding matches any of the three pitches (PHD and FUSER) shown in the Pitch Configuration Chart, replace the relevant component: (PHD): PHD Unit (FUSER): Fuser
Wsb02025KA
1 - 164
Flows 89 Auger mark
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 165
Yes
No
END
1 - 166
Flows 90 Wrinkled/Stained paper
Checking the print media type.
Yes
Does the wrinkle occur on an envelop?
No
Checking the envelope.
Yes
Does the envelope satisfy the specification?
No
Checking the status of the envelope loaded.
Change the envelope to the one that satisfies the specification. (Refer to "14 Print Media Guidelines" in the User Guide.) No
Yes
Are the envelope loaded correctly?
Reload the envelope correctly. For how to load the envelope, refer to "15 Loading Print Media " in User Guide.
1 - 167
Checking the paper.
Yes
No
Yes
Is the paper in the Tray or SSF new and dry one?
No
Checking the status of the wrinkle. Execute the Paper Wrinkle Check Mode. - To execute "Paper Wrinkle Check Mode", click [Start] in [Paper Wrinkle Check Mode] on the diagnosis tab of Tool Box.
Replace the paper with a new and dry one.
Yes
Is the paper wrinkled?
No
Replace the FUSER ASSY (Refer to Removal 5 / Replacement 49)
1 - 168
Checking the status of the wrinkle.
Yes
Is the wrinkle on the front side located at least 30 mm away from the nearest edge?
No
The wrinkle is within the acceptable limits.
Yes
Is the envelope 220 mm or longer (C5 or COM10)?
No
Check the position of the flap.
Checking the status of the wrinkle. Load the envelope short edge feed in the SSF with the flap open.
The envelope is C5.
The envelope is COM-10.
Yes
Does the envelope have a flap on the long edge?
No Yes Is the problem recovered? No
Checking the status of the wrinkle. Load the envelope in the SSF with the flap open and face down.
END
Yes
Is the problem recovered?
No
Checking the status of the wrinkle. Use a different size envelope.
END
Yes Is the problem recovered? No
END
1 - 169
Flows 91 The top margin is incorrect / The side margin is incorrect
Mnt05100KA
Mnt05101KA
Checking the margins. Check the margin settings for the application.
Yes
Are the margin settings correct?
No
Checking the paper.
Correct the margins.
Yes
No
1 - 170
Flows 92 Color registration is out of alignment
Mnt01119KA
Checking the Color registration. Print the Color Regi Chart. - To print "Color Regi Chart", click [Color Regi Chart] in [Color Registration Adjustments] on the Printer Maintenance tab of Tool Box.
Yes
No
END
Checking after cleaning the CTD (ADC) Sensor. Clean the CTD (ADC) Sensor. - For details on how to clean the CTD (ADC) Sensor, refer to "3.2 Cleaning the CTD Sensor" in Appendix.
Yes
No
END
1 - 171
Checking after automatic color registration. Execute the automatic color registration. - To execute the automatic color registration, click [Auto Correct] in [Color Registration Adjustments] on the Printer Maintenance tab of Tool Box.
Yes
No
END
Checking after manual color registration. Manually adjust the color registration. - To adjust the color registration manually, use [Color Registration Adjustment 1 or 2] in [Color Registration Adjustments] on the Printer Maintenance tab of Tool Box.
Yes
No
END
1 - 172
Yes
No
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 173
Flows 93
Images are skewed
Mnt01116KA
Check the side guide of Tray (or side guide of SSF).
Yes
Is the side guide of Tray (or side guide of SSF) correctly set?
No
Checking the paper.
Set the side guide correctly.
Yes
No
1 - 174
Yes
Are images still skewed during printing?
No
Checking for foreign objects in the paper transfer path and check the Retard Roller. Remove any foreign objects in the paper transfer path. Reset the Retard Roller.
END
Yes
No
Replace the Retard Roller (KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR). (Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52) - For details on how to replace the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (Retard Roller), refer to "2.4 Replacing the Retard Roller" in Appendix.
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 175
Flows 94
Page Damage
Mnt01117KA
Check the side guide of Tray (or side guide of SSF).
Yes
Is the side guide of Tray (or side guide of SSF) correctly set?
No
Checking the paper.
Set the side guide correctly.
Yes
No
Checking for foreign objects in the paper transfer path and check the Retard Roller. Remove any foreign objects in the paper transfer path. Reset the Retard Roller.
Yes
Is the paper still damaged during printing?
No
END
1 - 176
Yes
No
Checking the Fuser for installing. Reseat the Fuser.
END
Yes
No
Replace the Retard Roller (KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR). (Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52) - For details on how to replace the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (Retard Roller), refer to "2.4 Replacing the Retard Roller" in Appendix.
END
Yes
No
END
1 - 177
Flows 95
Unfusing
Mnt01118KA
Checking the paper.
Yes
No
Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY. Replace the FUSER ASSY (Refer to Removal 5 / Replacement 49)
Yes
No
END
1 - 178
Flows 96
Label Stuck
Checking for foreign materials in the paper transfer path.
Yes
Are there any foreign materials such as precut adhesive labels in the paper transfer path?
No
Remove the foreign materials *1.
1 - 179
Flows 97 Noise: When Power is Turned On

Checking the PHD Unit and the Fuser installation. Reseat the PHD Unit and the Fuser.
Yes
Does the noise arise from the printer when turning on the power?
No
Checked by [Main Motor Operation Check] of [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box]
END
Yes
Checking the noise Does the noise arise from the printer?
No
Checking the PHD Unit sealing ribbon. After turning the printer off, open the front cover and remove the PHD Unit from the printer. Remove any of the 8 pieces of sealing ribbon that may be left on the PHD Unit. Then, install the PHD Unit into the printer. NOTE:If the ribbon is found, it takes a long time until the density is recovered. To use the printer immediately, change the PHD Unit to another one.
Checked by [Fuser Motor Operation Check] of [Machine Check] of [Diagnosis] tab in [Tool Box].
Yes
Checking the noise Does the noise arise from the printer?
No
Yes
Does the error still occur after turning the power off and on?
No Replace the FUSER ASSY (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) and initialize the Fuser Life counter. (Refer to the Tech Sheet).
END
Replace the PHD Unit. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.)
END
1 - 180
Flows 98 Noise: During Standby
Checking the FAN. Checked by [Digital Output] [DO-1E] of [IOT Diag] in [Print Diag] of diagnosis.
Yes
Does the noise arise from the Fan?
No
Replace the FAN. (Refer to Removal 40/ Replacement 14.)
Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43.)
1 - 181
Flows 99 Noise: During Printing (Checking for other items than "power on mechanical noise")
Checking the Duplexer.
Yes
Does the noise arise when feeding the paper from the Duplex?
No
Checking the Duplexer for installation. Reseat the Duplexer.
Checking the paper feeding.
Yes
Does the noise arise from the printer?
No
Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP SPF STD. (Refer to Removal 56/ Replacement 57)
END
Yes Does the noise arise from the printer when the paper is fed from the Tray 1 or Tray 2? No
Checking paper Check that new dry recommended paper which matches printer specifications is being used and replace as necessary.
Check that the position of the SSF side guides and the paper insertion is correct and reset as necessary. Check that new dry recommended paper is being used and replace as necessary. No
Yes
Does noise occur during printing when paper is transferred from Tray 1?
Replace the KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52.)
END
1 - 182
Flows 100 Electrical Noise
Checking the external noise Are there any other electrical appliances within 3 meters form the printer, such as generators, radio and appliances with motors? Either turn off the other electrical appliances, or relocate the printer at least 6 meters away from other appliances.
Yes
Does the electrical noise error still occur?
No
Checking the AC ground.
END
Yes
Is AC power supply outlet wired and grounded appropriately?
No
Checking after reseating the PHD Unit. Reseat the PHD Unit.
Request the client to fix AC power supply outlet.
Yes
No
Checking after reseating the Belt Unit. Reseat the Belt Unit.
END
Yes
No
Reseat the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43).
END
1 - 183
Flows 101 AC Power
Checking the printer
Yes
Does the motor noise occur when turning on the power? In this test, close the Front Cover.
No
Go to Flows DC Power.
Checking the outlet Connect the power cord with the other outlet.
Yes
Does the printer is working?
No
END
Checking the power cord connection Reconnect the power cord.
Yes
Does the printer is working?
No
END
Replace the PWBA LVPS (Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43).
1 - 184
Flows 102 DC Power
Checking the printer
Yes
Does the motor noise occur when turning on the power? In this test, close the Front Cover.
No
Checking the message on the Control Panel
Go to Flows AC Power.
Yes
Does the message on the control panel appear?
No
End of work. If error message appeared, go to FIP.
Checking the CONTROL PANEL.
Yes
Does the CONTROL PANEL is working?
No
END
Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/Replacement 12), the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (Refer to Removal 25/Replacement 29). and the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/Replacement 43).
1 - 185
Flows 103 Multiple feed
Yes
Checking the paper condition. Are the sheet edges burred?
No
Use sheets that are not burred at the edge.
Checking the SSF fed.
Yes
Multi feed occurred in the SSF?
No
Checking the media Replace to the new paper.
Checking the media Replace to the new paper.
Yes
Does the multi feed still occur when printing?
No
Yes
No
END
Checking after replacing the KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52) - For details on how to replace the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (Retard Roller), refer to "2.4 Replacing the Retard Roller" in Appendix.
END
Yes
No
Replace the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED. (Refer to Removal 9/ Replacement 45)
END
1 - 186
Flows 104 Control Panel Freezes
Checking the operating environment.
Yes
Is the printer connected to the Network?
No
Checking the IP address.
Yes
Can you change the IP address?
No
Changing the IP address. Contact your system administrator for obtaining a new IP address. Refer to Reference_1 for details of how to change the IP address. Yes
Checking the internet connectivity.
Is there any internet connection available for your PC?
No
Yes
Does the error persist when the power is turned off and on?
No
Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP.(Removal 42/ Replacement 12)
END
Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP.(Removal 42/Replacement 12)
Updating the firmware to the latest version. Download the latest version of the firmware from the DELL Support Website, and execute the update. NOTE: Before updating the firmware to the latest version, reset the error following the steps of procedure described below. In addition, update the firmware by way of a USB storage. 1) Remove the network cable. 2) Connect the USB cable. 3) Turn the power off and on.
Yes
Does the error persist when the power is turned off and on?
No
Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP.(Removal 42/ Replacement 12)
END
1 - 187
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting - Reference_1: Changing the IP address 1) 2) 3) 4) Remove the network cable, and power off the printer and then on. Change the IP address on the Control Panel. Plug the network cable back into the printer, and then turn the power on. On the Control Panel, open [Admin] > [Network] > [TCP/IP], and confirm that the IP address has been changed.
1 - 188
3.2 Troubleshooting for the repair center

Refer to "3.1 Troubleshooting for the call center" for details of the error.
FIP-1.1 001-360: IOT Fan Motor Failure

Step Check
Possible causative parts: FAN (PL8.1.1) PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP (PL9.1.3) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the FAN for rotation. Does the FAN function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-1E or DO-1F] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Check the connection between the FAN and the PWBA LVPS. Is P/J503 on the PWBA LVPS connected correctly? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Check the connections between the PWBA LVPS and PWBA MCU. Are P/J501 and P/J14 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J501 and P/J14 correctly, then go to step 6. Go to step 2. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43 / Replacement 11.) Go to step 5. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 3.
Reconnect the connector P/J 503 correctly, then go to step 4. End of work.
Go to step 5.
Go to step 7.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP for continuity. Disconnect J501 from the PWBA LVPS. Disconnect J14 from the PWBA MCU. Is each cable of J501 <=> J14 continuous?
Go to step 7.
End of work. Replace the HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP.
Go to step 8.
1 - 189
Step
Check
Checking the power to the FAN. Disconnect J503 from the PWBA LVPS. Is the voltage across P503-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA LVPS, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed?
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 9.
Checking after replacing the PWBA LVPS. Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?
Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)
End of work.
1 - 190
FIP-1.2 003-340: IOT Firmware Error

Step
Possible causative parts: PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 2 Does the error still occur after several ON/OFF procedures of the power? Checking the firmware version. Is the firmware the latest version? Checking after resetting the PWBA MCU. Reseat the PWBA MCU. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PWBA MCU. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 2. Go to step 3. End of work. *1 Upgrade the firmware, then go to step 3. End of work. *1
Check
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 4.
Go to Electrical Noise.
End of work.
*1: Though some kind of foreign noise would be possible cause, go to FIP Electrical Noise in Other FIP and check, to make sure.
1 - 191
FIP-1.3 003-356: IOT NVRAM Error

If the error occurred after replacing the PWBA MCU, transfer the internal data of the old PWBA MCU to a new one.
Step
Check
Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) PWBA EEPROM (XPRO) (PL8.2.16) HARN ASSY PHD XPRO (PL9.1.11)
Remedy Yes No
Does the error still occur after several ON/OFF procedures of the power? Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY and TONER CARTRIDGEs. Reseat the PHD ASSY and four TONER CARTRIDGEs. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after resetting the PWBA MCU. Reseat the PWBA MCU. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA EEPROM and PWBA MCU. Are P/J 144, and P/J 42 connected surely? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO for continuity. Disconnect J42 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J144 from the PWBA EEPROM (XPRO). Is each cable of J42 <=> J144 continuous? Checking the power to the PWBA EEPROM (XPRO). Disconnect J42 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P42-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking after replacing the PWBA MCU. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?
Go to step 2.
End of work. *1
Go to step 3.
End of work. *1
Go to step 4.
End of work. *1 Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J42 and P/J144 surely, then go to step 5. End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO.
Go to step 6.
Go to step 6.
Go to step 7.
Replace the PWBA EEPROM (XPRO).
Go to step 8.
Go to Electrical Noise.
End of work.
*1: Though some kind of foreign noise would be possible cause, go to FIP Electrical Noise in Other FIP and check, to make sure.
1 - 192
FIP-1.4 004-311: IOT Duplexer Failure (2150cdn only)

Step Check
Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (PL1.2.13) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARNESS ASSY DUP (PL11.1.14) FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (PL11.1.1) HARN ASSY OPTION (PL3.1.20) 1 2 Checking the Option Duplex for installation. Is the Option Duplex installed correctly? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA DUP and PWBA MCU. Are P/J27, P/J271,P/J272 and P/J 601 connected surely? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARNESS ASSY DUP for continuity. Disconnect P/J601 from the PWBA DUP. Disconnect P/J272 from the HARNE ASSY DUP. Is each cable of P/J601 <=> P/J272 continuous? Checking the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY for continuity. Disconnect P/J271 from the HARNESS ASSY DUP. Disconnect P/J 272 from the HARN ASSY OPTION. Is each cable of P/J271<=> P/J272 continuous? Checking the HARN ASSY OPTION for continuity. Disconnect P/J27 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P/J 271 from the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY. Is each cable of P/J27<=> P/J271 continuous? Checking after replacing the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD. Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD.(Refer to Removal 56/ Replacement 57.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 3. Go to step 3. Reseat the Option Duplex, then go to step 2. End of work. Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J27, P/J271,P/ J272 and/or P/J 601 surely, then go to step 4. End of work Replace the HARNESS ASSY DUP. Replace the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY. (Refer to Removal 28/ Replacement 26.) Replace the HARN ASSY OPTION.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 5.
Go to step 5.
Go to step 6.
Go to step 7.
Go to step 8.
End of work.
1 - 193
FIP-1.5 004-312: IOT Feeder Configuration Failure

Step Check
Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY OPTION (PL3.1.20) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT (PL12.1.99) HARN ASSY TRAY (PL12.3.23) 1 2 Checking the Optional Feeder for installation. Is the Optional Feeder installed correctly? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA FEED H and PWBA MCU. Are P/J27, P/J273, and P/J419 connected surely? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TRAY for continuity. Disconnect P/J419 from the PWBA FEED H. Disconnect P/J273 from the HARN ASSY OPTION. Is each cable of P/J419 <=> P/J273 continuous? Checking the HARN ASSY OPTION for continuity. Disconnect P/J27 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P/J273 from the HARN ASSY TRAY. Is each cable of P/J27 <=> P/J273 continuous? Checking after replacing the KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT. Replace the KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT. (Refer to Removal 58/ Replacement 59.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 3. Go to step 3. Reseat the Optional Feeder, then go to step 2. End of work. Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J27, P/J273 and/ or P/J419 surely, then go to step 4. End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY TRAY. Replace the HARN ASSY OPTION.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 5.
Go to step 5.
Go to step 6.
Go to step 7. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)
End of work.
1 - 194
FIP-1.6 006-370: IOT ROS Failure

Step Check
Possible causative parts: ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1) HARN ASSY ROS RE (PL4.1.22) HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO (PL4.1.23) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after resetting the PWBA MCU. Reseat the PWBA MCU. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after resetting the ROS ASSY. Reseat the ROS ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Check the connections between the ROS ASSY and PWBA MCU. Are P/J40, P/J41, P/J411 and P/J412 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J40, P/J41, P/J411 and/or P/J412 correctly, then go to step 5. Go to step 2. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 3.
End of work.
Go to step 4.
End of work.
Go to step 6.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY ROS RE for continuity. Disconnect P/J40 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P/J411 from the ROS ASSY. Is each cable of J40 <=> J411 continuous? Checking the HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO for continuity. Disconnect J41 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J412 from the ROS ASSY. Is each cable of J41 <=> J412 continuous? Checking after replacing the KIT ROS. Replace the KIT ROS. (Refer to Removal 45/Replacement 9.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?
Go to step 6.
End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY ROS RE. Replace the HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO.
Go to step 7.
End of work.
1 - 195
FIP-1.7 007-340: IOT Main Motor Failure

Step Check
Possible causative parts: DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP (PL9.1.7) 1 Does the error occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY. Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the Main Motor for rotation. Does the Main Motor function normally? - PC Operation : Checked by [Main Motor Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] in Tool Box. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-0] of [IOT Diag] in diagnosis. Checking the connectors of the MAIN MOTOR for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Are P/J21 and P/J211 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J21 and/or P/J211 correctly, then go to step 5. Go to step 2. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 3.
End of work.
Go to step 4.
Go to step 6.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP for continuity. Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J211 from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Is each cable of J21 <=> J211 continuous? Checking after resetting the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Reseat the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Are the voltages across J21-2pin/J21-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed?
Go to step 6.
End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP.
Go to step 7.
Go to step 8. Replace the KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Refer to Removal 32/ Replacement 22.)
End of work. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)
1 - 196
FIP-1.8 007-341: IOT Sub Motor Failure

Step Check
Possible causative parts: DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY SUB MOT MG SFP (PL9.1.8) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after resetting the FUSER ASSY and PHD ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY and PHD ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the Sub Motor for rotation. Does the Sub Motor function normally? - PC Operation : Checked by [Fuser Motor Operation Check] of the [Machine Check] in Tool Box. - Panel Operation : Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-5] of [IOT Diag] in diagnosis. Checking the connectors of the SUB MOTOR for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY SUB. Are P/J22 and P/J221 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J22 and/or P/J221 correctly, then go to step 5. Go to step 2. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 3.
End of work.
Go to step 4.
Go to step 6.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY SUB MOT MG SFP for continuity. Disconnect J22 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J221 from the DRIVE ASSY SUB. Is each cable of J22 <=> J221 continuous? Checking after resetting the DRIVE ASSY SUB. Reseat the DRIVE ASSY SUB. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY SUB. Disconnect J22 from the PWBA MCU. Are the voltages across J22-2pin/J22-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed?
Go to step 6.
End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY SUB MOT MG SFP.
Go to step 7.
Go to step 8. Replace the DRIVE ASSY SUB. (Refer to Removal 33/ Replacement 21.)
End of work. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)
1 - 197
FIP-1.9 007-344: 250 FEEDER Motor Failure

Step Check
Possible causative parts: MOTOR ASSY SUB (PL12.2.16) PWBA FEED H (PL12.2.1) HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT (PL12.2.2) KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT (PL12.1.99) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connectors of the MOTOR ASSY SUB for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA FEED H and MOTOR ASSY SUB. Are P/J422 and P/J4221 connected correctly? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT for continuity. Disconnect J422 from the PWBA FEED H. Disconnect J4221 from the MOTOR ASSY SUB. Is each cable of J422 <=> J4221 continuous? Checking after resetting the MOTOR ASSY SUB. Reseat the MOTOR ASSY SUB. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 2. End of work. Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J422 and/or P/ J4221 correctly, then go to step 3. End of work. Replace the HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 4.
Go to step 4.
Go to step 5. Replace the KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT. (Refer to Removal 58/ Replacement 59.)
End of work.
1 - 198
FIP-1.10 007-371 / 007-372: IOT K Mode Solenoid Error 1/2

Step Check
Possible causative parts: DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (PL9.1.9) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the K Mode Solenoid (Color Mode Switching Solenoid) for operation. Does the K Mode Solenoid function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-a] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Does the K Mode Solenoid click sound arise from the DRIVE ASSY PH, when the K Mode Solenoid check is performed? Checking after resetting the DRIVE ASSY PH. Reseat the DRIVE ASSY PH. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connector of the K Mode Solenoid in the DRIVE ASSY PH for connection. Check the connection between the PWBA MCU and K Mode Solenoid. Is P/J24 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector P/J24 correctly, then go to step 5. Go to step 2. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 3.
Go to step 4.
Go to step 8.
End of work.
Go to step 6.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the power to the K Mode Solenoid. Disconnect J24 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P24-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the K Mode Solenoid for resistance. Disconnect P/J24 from the PWBA MCU. Is the resistance across J24-1 and J24-2 about 80 to 110ohm?
Go to step 6.
End of work. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH. (Refer to Removal 31/ Replacement 23.)
Go to step 7.
1 - 199
Step
Check
Checking the connectors of the K Mode Sensor in the DRIVE ASSY PH for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and K Mode Sensor. Are P/J26 and P/J261 connected correctly?
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 10.
Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J26 and/or P/ J261correctly, then go to step 9.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL for continuity. Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J261 from the K Mode Sensor. Is each cable of J26 <=> J261 continuous? Checking the power to the K Mode Sensor. Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P26-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the K Mode Sensor for operation. Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH from the printer once, but P/ J261 and P/J24 should be connected. Checked by [Digital Input]-[DI-04] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Does the status (L or H) change, when a piece of paper is inserted into the gap of the K Mode Sensor?
Go to step 10.
End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH. (Refer to Removal 31/ Replacement 23.)
10
Go to step 11.
11
Go to step 12.
12
1 - 200
FIP-1.11 009-340: IOT CTD (ACD) Sensor Error

Step Check
Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1) FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2) MOTOR ASSY DISP (PL5.1.3) TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) (PL5.1.24) TONER CARTRIDGE (M) (PL5.1.23) TONER CARTRIDGE (C) (PL5.1.22) TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (PL5.1.21) HARN ASSY TNR MOT (PL5.1.25) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking the protection sheet staying. Is there the protection sheet on the PHD ASSY?
Remedy Yes No
Remove the protection sheet.
Go to step 2.
Checking the CTD (ADC) Sensor Window. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Is the CTD (ADC) Sensor window dirty?
ADC Sensor window
Go to step 3.
Go to step 4.
Rio01012KA
Turn off the power, and gently wipe the CTD (ADC) Sensor window with a clean dry cloth or cotton swab. After wiping the window, close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after resetting the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C and K). Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C and K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?
Go to step 4.
End of work.
Go to step 5.
End of work.
1 - 201
Step
Check
Checking the DISPENSE MOTOR (Y, M, C and K) for rotation. Does the DISPENSE MOTOR (Y, M, C and K) function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-21(Y),DO-23(M),DO25(C),DO-27(K)] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY for shape and operation. Are the shape and operation of the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY normal? Example: For Yellow
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 6.
Go to step 7.
Go to step 11.
Replace the defective gear(s) or DISPENSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)
Gear
Rio01014KA
Checking the connector for connection. Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and DISPENSE MOTOR (Y, M, C and K). Are P/J18 and P/J181(Y)/P/J182(M) connected correctly? Are P/J19 and P/J191(C)/P/J192(K) connected correctly? Example: For Yellow 7 Go to step 9.
Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J18 and P/J181 surly, then go to step 8. or reconnect the connector(s) P/ J19 and P/J191 surly, then go to step 8.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TNR MOT for continuity. Disconnect J18 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J181(Y)/J182(M)/J191(C)/J192(K) from the DISPENSE MOTOR (YMCK) MOT. Is each cable of J18 <=> J181/182 continuous? or Is each cable of J19 <=> J191/192 continuous? Checking the power to TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP). Disconnect J18 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P18-3pin <= > ground on PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed. Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY. Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?
Go to step 9.
End of work.
Go to step 10.
Replace the HARN ASSY TNR MOT.
10
Replace the MOTOR ASSY DISP or FRAME ASSY MOT.
11
Go to step 12.
End of work.
1 - 202
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
12
Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Go to step 13. Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after resetting the TRANSFER ASSY. Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?
End of work.
13
Go to step 14.
End of work.
14
Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34.)
End of work.
1 - 203
FIP-1.12 009-360 / 009-361 / 009-362 / 009-363: IOT Toner (YMCK) CRUM Comm Error
Step Check
Possible causative parts: TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) (PL5.1.24) TONER CARTRIDGE (M) (PL5.1.23) TONER CARTRIDGE (C) (PL5.1.22) TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (PL5.1.21) CONNECTOR CRUM (PL5.1.14) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY TONER CRUM (PL5.1.26) Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K) for installing. Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and CONNECTOR CRUM (Y, M, C or K). Are P/J31 and P/J311(Y) / P/J312 (M) / P/J313(C) / P/J314 (K) connected surely? Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM for continuity. Disconnect P/J31 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P/J311(Y) / P/J312 (M) / P/J313(C) / P/J314 (K) from the CONNECTOR CRUM (YMCK). Is each cable of P/J31 <=> P/J311(Y) / P/J312 (M) / P/ J313(C) / P/J314 (K) continuous? Checking the output power of CONNECTOR CRUM (Y, M, C or K). Disconnect P/J31 on the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across ground <=> J31-3(Y)/7(M)/11(C)/ 15(K) pin on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3VDC? Checking after the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on?
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 2.
End of work.
Go to step 4.
Reconnect the connector(s) surely, then go to step 3. End of work.
Go to step 4.
Go to step 5.
Replace the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM.
Replace the DISPENSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10) Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11)
Go to step 6.
End of work.
1 - 204
FIP-1.13 010-317: IOT Fuser Detached

Step Check
Possible causative parts: FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP (PL6.1.2) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1) Checking after resetting the FUSER ASSY. Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connectors for connection. Remove the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU (P/J17) and FUSER ASSY (P/J171). Check the connections between the FUSER ASSY (P/J171) and PWBA LVPS (P/J47). Check the connections between the PWBA LVPS (P/J501 and P/J502) and PWBA MCU (P/J14 and P/J15). Are these connectors connected correctly?
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 2.
End of work.
Go to step 4.
"Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J17, P/J47, P/ J171, P/J501, P/ J502, P/J14 and/ or P/J15 correctly, then go to step 3."
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP for continuity. Disconnect J17 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J47 from the PWBA LVPS. Is each cable of J17 and J47 <=> P171 continuous? NOTE: P171 is attached to the frame.
Go to step 4.
End of work.
Go to step 5.
Replace the HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP.
1 - 205
Step
Check
Checking the resistances of Temp. Sensor in the FUSER ASSY. Remove the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Check the resistances across the following pins of the removed FUSER ASSY. J171-5pin <=> J171-4pin J171-6pin <=> J171-8pin J171-6pin <=> J171-7pin Can the resistances be measured? (The resistances are 7 k-ohm at 180 degrees C).
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 6.
Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49) After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value.
Checking after the PWBA LVPS. Replace the PWBA LVPS.(Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on?
Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11)
End of work.
1 - 206
FIP-1.14 010-351: IOT Fuser Life Over

Step
Possible causative parts: FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value.
Check
Remedy Yes No
Checking the life counter value of the FUSER ASSY. Does the life counter value show the near of the end?
Go to step 2.
Checking after resetting the FUSER ASSY. Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value.
Go to step 3.
End of work.
End of work.
1 - 207
FIP-1.15 010-354: IOT Environment Sensor Error

Step Check
Possible causative parts: SENSOR HUM (PL8.2.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY HUM (PL9.1.6) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after resetting the SENSOR HUM. Reseat the SENSOR HUM. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY HUM for continuity. Disconnect J20 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J201 from the SENSOR HUM. Is each cable of J20 <=> J201 continuous? Replace the HARN ASSY HUM. Go to step 2. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 3.
End of work.
Go to step 4.
Checking the power to SENSOR HUM. Disconnect the connector of J20 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P20-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +5 VDC?
Replace the SENSOR HUM. (Refer to Removal 18/ Replacement 36.)
1 - 208
FIP-1.16 010-377: IOT Fuser Failure

Step Check
Possible causative parts: FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP (PL6.1.2) PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP (PL9.1.3) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after resetting the FUSER ASSY. Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connectors for connection. Remove the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU (P/J17) and FUSER ASSY (P/J171). Check the connections between the FUSER ASSY (P/J171) and PWBA LVPS (P/J47). Check the connections between the PWBA LVPS (P/J501 and P/J502) and PWBA MCU (P/J14 and P/J15). Are these connectors connected correctly? Go to step 2. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 3.
End of work.
Go to step 5.
"Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J17, P/J47, P/ J171, P/J501, P/ J502, P/J14 and/ or P/J15 correctly, then go to step 4."
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP for continuity. Disconnect J17 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J47 from the PWBA LVPS. Is each cable of J17 and J47 <=> P171 continuous? NOTE: P171 is attached to the frame. Checking the HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP for continuity. Disconnect J14 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J501 from the PWBA LVPS. Is each cable of J14 <=> J501 continuous?
Go to step 5.
End of work.
Go to step 6.
Replace the HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP.
Go to step 7.
Replace the HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP.
1 - 209
Step
Check
Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value. Checking after the PWBA LVPS. Replace the PWBA LVPS.(Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on?
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 8.
End of work.
Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11)
End of work.
1 - 210
FIP-1.17 010-421: IOT Fuser Near Life

Step
Possible causative parts: FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Checking the FUSER ASSY for installation. Is the FUSER ASSY installed correctly? Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value. Go to step 3. Reseat the FUSER ASSY, then go step 2. End of work.
Check
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 3.
End of work
1 - 211
FIP-1.18 016-300 / 016-301 / 016-302 / 016-310 / 016-313 / 016-315 / 016-317 / 016-323 / 016-324 / 016-327 / 016-340 / 016-392 / 016-393 / 016-394: ESS Error
Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
1 - 212
FIP-1.19 016-316 / 016-318: ESS DIMM Slot RAM R/W Check Fail / ESS DIMM Slot RAM Error
Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) MEMORY CARD (OPTION) (PL8.1.15) 1 Is the customer using the recommended memory card? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the MEMORY CARD (OPTION) installation. Reseat the MEMORY CARD (OPTION). Does the error still occur when turning on the power? Checking after resetting the MEMORY CARD (OPTION). Replace the MEMORY CARD.(Refer to Removal 55/ Replacement 55.) Does the error still occur when turning on the power? Go to step 3. Replace to the recommended memory card,then go step 2. End of work. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
2 3
Go to step 3. Go to step 4. Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)
End of work.
1 - 213
FIP-1.20 016-338: Optional Wireless Adapter Error

Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) WIRELESS ADAPTER (OPTION) (PL8.1.16) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 2. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Checking the WIRELESS ADAPTER (OPTION) installation. Reseat the WIRELESS ADAPTER (OPTION). Go to step 3. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the WIRELESS ADAPTER (OPTION). Replace the WIRELESS ADAPTER (OPTION).(Refer to Removal 54/ Replacement 54.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after resetting the PWBA ESS SFP. Reseat the PWBA ESS SFP. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?
End of work.
Go to step 4.
End of work.
Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)
End of work.
1 - 214
FIP-1.21 016-347: On Board Network Fatal Error

Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) Checking after removing the ethernet cable. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Initialize the Network settings and configutre of the Network settings.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 2.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?
End of work.
1 - 215
FIP-1.22 016-362 / 016-363 / 016-364 / 016-366 / 016-367 / 016-368: PCI Bus# (0 / 1) Host Bridge Controller Error / PCI Bus# (0 / 1) Error Detected / PCI Error Messages received from Bus#0-Device# (0 / 1)
Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) Checking the error. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
1 - 216
FIP-1.23 016-369: Operator Panel - ESS Communication Fail

Step Check
Possible causative parts: CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (PL1.2.3) HARNESS ASSY PNL A (PL1.2.12) HARNESS ASSY B (PL9.1.12) PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) 1 Checking the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL for installation. Is the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL installed correctly? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connections between the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL and PWBA ESS SFP. Are P/J202, P/J5301and P/J 403 connected surely? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARNESS ASSY PNL A for continuity. Disconnect P/J202 from the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL. Disconnect P/J5301 from the HARNESS ASSY B. Is each cable of P/J202 <=> P/J5301 continuous? Checking the HARNESS ASSY B for continuity. Disconnect P/J5301 from the HARNESS ASSY PNL A. Disconnect P/J403 from the PWBA ESS SFP. Is each cable of P/J5301<=> P/J403 continuous? Checking after replacing the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL. Replace the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL.(Refer to Removal 25/ Replacement 29.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version? Go to step 3. Reseat the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL, then go to step 2. End of work. Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J202, P/J5301and P/J 4031 surely, then go to step 4. End of work Replace the HARNESS ASSY PNL A.(Refer to Removal 27/ Replacement 27.) Replace the HARNESS ASSY B.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 3.
Go to step 5.
Go to step 5.
Go to step 6.
Go to step 7.
Go to step 8.
End of work.
Upgrade the firmware.
1 - 217
FIP-1.24 016-370: MCU-ESS Communication Fail

Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARNESS ASSY ESS MG SFP (PL9.1.1) Checking after resetting the PWBA ESS SFP and PWBA MCU. Reseat the PWBA ESS SFP and PWBA MCU. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and PWBA ESS SFP. Are P/J10 and P/J101 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J10 and/or P/J101 correctly, then go to step 3.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 2.
End of work.
Go to step 4.
Go to step 4.
End of work. Replace the HARNESS ASSY ESS MG SFP. Upgrade the firmware.
Checking the HARNESS ASSY ESS MG SFP for continuity. Disconnect J10 from the PWBA MCU. Go to step 5. Disconnect J101 from the PWBA ESS SFP. Is each cable of J10 <=> J101 continuous? Checking the firmware version Is the firmware the latest version? Checking after replacing the PWBA MCU. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 6. Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)
End of work.
1 - 218
FIP-1.25 016-383 / 016-384 / 016-385 / 016-386 / 016-387/ 016-388 / 016-391: Download ID Error / Download Range Error / Download header Error / Download Check Sum Error / Download Format Error / Download Initial Error / Download Protect Error
Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) 1 Checking the download file. Was the file for 2150cn/cdn downloaded? Checking the connection between PC and printer. Are your PC and the printer correctly connected by USB or LAN? Disconnect and reconnect the USB or network cable. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after reseating the PWBA ESS SFP. Reseat the PWBA ESS SFP. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking re-downloading the correct file for 2150cn/cdn. Re-download the correct file from Dell web site. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 2. Re-download the correct file.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 3.
End of work.
Go to step 4. Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)
End of work.
End of work.
1 - 219
FIP-1.26 016-520: Ipsec Certificate Error

Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PWBA ESS SFP. Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Go to step 2. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) End of work.
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
1 - 220
FIP-1.27 016-700: Memory Over flow

Step Check
Possible causative parts: MEMORY CARD (OPTION) (PL8.1.15) 1 Checking for memory expansion. Is additional memory installed? Is the additional memory installed properly? Checking after setting the Print Mode to "Standard" via the printer driver Set the Print Mode of the printer driver to "Standard". Does the error persist during printing? Go to step 2. Install additional memory.Or, reinstall it properly. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 3. The current printing job process cannot be continued because the memory capacity is exceeded.
Deleting the data by executing Clear Storage.Execute "Clear Storage"under [Maintenance] in the Control Panel. Does the error persist during printing?
End of work.
1 - 221
FIP-1.28 016-720: PDL Error

Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) 1 Checking cable plug/unplug. Plug and unplug the cable. (USB cable or I/F cable) Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after replacing the Cable. Replace the cable. (USB cable or I/F cable) Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Go to step 2. Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) End of work.
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
1 - 222
FIP-1.29 016-753 / 016-755: PDF password error / PDF print disabled error
Step
Possible causative parts: 1 Checking the PDF data. -Enter the correct PDF document password again. -Change the PDF document security setting. Does the error still occur when printing? End of work. Upgrade the firmware.
Check
Remedy Yes No
1 - 223
FIP-1.30 016-756: Auditron -Print Prohibited time

Step
Possible causative parts: 1 Checking the Available Time setting. Set the correct Available Time again. Does the error still occur when printing? End of work. Upgrade the firmware.
Check
Remedy Yes No
1 - 224
FIP-1.31 016-757: Auditron - Invalid User

Step
Possible causative parts: 1 Checking the users account setting. Set the correct users account (user name and password). Does the error still occur when printing? End of work. Upgrade the firmware.
Check
Remedy Yes No
1 - 225
FIP-1.32 016-758: Auditron - Disabled Function

Step
Possible causative parts: 1 Checking the Black&White setting. Set the [Color Mode] to the [Color]. Does the error still occur when printing? End of work. Upgrade the firmware.
Check
Remedy Yes No
1 - 226
FIP-1.33 016-759: Auditron - Reached Limit

Step
Possible causative parts: 1 Checking the Dell Color Track setting. Set the correct value of [User Registration] exceed the limitation. Does the error still occur when printing? End of work. Upgrade the firmware.
Check
Remedy Yes No
1 - 227
FIP-1.34 016-799: Job Environment Violation

Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) 1 2 3 4 5 Checking the paper size. Does the paper size in use meet the specifications? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the paper size setup. Does the using paper size match the printer setup value? Setup the paper size through your PC. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the printing job. Does the error still occur when printing the Windows test print? Checking the firmware version. Is the firmware the latest version? Go to step 3. Go to step 3. Go to step 5. Go to step 5. Go to step 6. Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) Use the paper that meets the specifications, then go to step 2. End of work. Go to step 4. End of work. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Upgrade the firmware.
1 - 228
FIP-1.35 016-920: Wireless Setting Error Time-out Error

Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) Checking the wireless LAN access point (Registrar). Try connecting again. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
1 - 229
FIP-1.36 016-921: Wireless Setting Error Download Error

Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) Checking the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) in WPS mode. Try connecting again. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
1 - 230
FIP-1.37 016-922: Wireless Setting Error Session Overlap Error

Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) Checking the wireless LAN access point (Registrar) in the WPS-PBC mode. Set only one wireless access point (Registrar) to operate in the WPS-PBC mode, and execute the process again according to the procedure. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
1 - 231
FIP-1.38 016-980: Disc Full
Step
Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) MEMORY CARD (OPTION) (PL8.1.15)
Remedy Yes No
Checking the file data in the printer. Print or clear the stored files and data at the printer memory. Go to step 2. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the memory capacity for print. Print the small size file (like a Windows test page). Does the error still occur when printing? Is the customer using the recommended memory card? Checking the MEMORY CARD (OPTION) installation. Reseat the MEMORY CARD (OPTION). Does the error still occur when turning on the power? Checking after resetting the MEMORY CARD (OPTION). Replace the MEMORY CARD.(Refer to Removal 55/ Replacement 55.) Does the error still occur when turning on the power? Go to step 3.
End of work. Add the MEMORY CARD or divide the printing job. Replace to the recommended memory card. End of work.
Go to step 4.
Go to step 5. Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.)
End of work.
1 - 232
FIP-1.39 016-981: Collate Full

Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) 1 Checking the error. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and Go to step 2. ON? Checking RAM Disk size settings. Does the error occur when printing after reducing the size setting of the RAM Disk? Split the document into blocks to decrease the number of pages to be collated. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
1 - 233
FIP-1.40 024-360: MCU DownLoad Error

Step
Possible causative parts: PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Checking the firmware version. Is the firmware the latest version? Go to step 2. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Upgrade the firmware,then go step 2.
Check
Remedy Yes No
Checking the error. Does the error still occur when printing?
End of work.
1 - 234
FIP-1.41 024-362: IOT Start Image Marking Time-out

Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) 1 Checking the firmware version. Is the firmware the latest version? Go to step 2. Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/Replacement 12) Upgrade the firmware,then go step 2.
Remedy Yes No
Checking the error. Does the error still occur when printing?
End of work.
1 - 235
FIP-1.42 024-985: Waiting for "Continue" key to be pressed after reloading paper to the SSF
Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) Checking the firmware version. Is the firmware the latest version? Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Refer to Removal 42/ Replacement 12.) Upgrade the firmware.
Remedy Yes No
1 - 236
FIP-1.43 027-446 / 027-452: IPv6 duplicate / IPv4 duplicate

Step
Possible causative parts: 1 Checking the IP addresses. Remove the duplicate IP addresses. Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? End of work. Upgrade the firmware.
Check
Remedy Yes No
1 - 237
FIP-1.44 042-700:IOT Over Heat Stop

Step Check
Possible causative parts: SENSOR HUM (PL8.2.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY HUM (PL9.1.6) Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR HUM. Are P/J20 and P/J201 connected surely? Does the error still occur when the power is turned off and on? Checking the HARN ASSY HUM for continuity. Disconnect P/J20 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P/J201 from the SENSOR HUM. Is each cable of P/J20 <=> P/J201 continuous? Checking the output power of SENSOR HUM. Disconnect P/J20 on the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across ground <=> J20-4pin on the PWBA MCU, about +5VDC? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J20 and/or P/ J201 surely, then go to step 2 End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY HUM. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11)
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 3.
Go to step 3.
Go to step 4. Replace the SENSOR HUM.(Refer to Removal 18/ Replacement 36)
1 - 238
FIP-1.45 071-100: IOT Tray1 Misfeed JAM

Step Check
Possible causative parts: CASSETTE ASSY 250 (PL2.1.1) HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5) CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL3.1.11) HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4) ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M (PL3.2.8) ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13) DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP (PL9.1.7) HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (PL9.1.9) 1 2 3 Checking the paper condition. Is the paper in the Tray 1 wrinkled or damaged? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reloading a new paper. Reload a new paper in the Tray 1. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT MG for latching. Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) for operation. Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Checking the DRIVE ASSY PH for operation. Does the ROLL ASSY FEED, ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-29] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper feeding position. Is the paper not fed from the Tray 1? Checking after resetting the Guide Sides and End Guide on the Tray 1. Reset the Guide Sides and End Guide, and reseat the Tray 1 to the printer correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Replace the paper with a new and dry one, then go to step 2. Go to step 3. Go to step 4. Go to step 3. End of work. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 5.
End of work.
Go to step 6.
Go to step 19.
Go to step 7.
Reseat or replace the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH. (Refer to Removal 31/ Replacement 23.) Go to step 12.
Go to step 8.
Go to step 9.
End of work.
1 - 239
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
Replace the KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52.) Replace the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED. (Refer to Removal 9/ Replacement 45.)
Checking the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR on the Tray 1 for shape and rotation. Go to step 10. Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer. Is the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR not contaminated and/ or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED for shape and rotation. Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer. Is the ROLL ASSY FEED not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Checking the Tray 1 Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MSI) for operation. Does the Tray 1 Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MSI) operate properly? Check by [Digital Output] - [DO-b] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper lead edge staying position. Does the paper lead edge stay before the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL?
10
Go to step 11.
11
Replace the CASSETTE ASSY Go to step 22. 250. (Refer to Removal 1/ Replacement 53.) The paper lead edge stay after the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL, then go to step 16. Go to step 14. Reseat the ACTUATOR REGI IN. If broken or deformed, replace it.
12
Go to step 13.
13
Checking the paper transfer path between the ROLL ASSY FEED and ROLL ASSY REGI. Are there any obstacles on the paper transfer path?
Remove the obstacles or stains from the paper transfer path.
14
Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN for shape and operation. Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check Go to step 15. the shape and operation. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI IN normal? Checking the Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the Go to step 16. actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-2] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) for operation, and ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for rotation. Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-29] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Does the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) operate properly, and the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate? During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK).
15
Go to step 26.
16
Go to step 17.
Go to step 30.
1 - 240
Step
Check
Checking the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M for shape and operation. Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the shape and operation. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M normal? Checking the Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-2] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Main Motor). Are P/J21 and P/J211 connected correctly?
Remedy Yes No
Reseat the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M. If broken or deformed, replace it with a new one.
17
Go to step 18.
18
Go to step 26.
19
Go to step 20.
Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J21 and/or P/J211 correctly.
20
Checking the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP for continuity. Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J211 from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Is each cable of J21 <=> J211 continuous? Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Are the voltages across J21-2pin/J21-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the connectors of the SOLENOID FEED MSI (Tray 1 Feed Solenoid) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SOLENOID FEED MSI. Are P/J23 and P/J231 connected correctly?
Go to step 21.
Replace the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)
21
Replace the KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Refer to Removal 32/ Replacement 22.)
22
Go to step 23.
1 - 241
Step
Check
Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P231 from the SOLENOID FEED MSI. Is each cable of J23 <=> P231 continuous? Checking the power to the SOLENOID FEED MSI. Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the SOLENOID FEED MSI for resistance. Disconnect P/J231 of the SOLENOID FEED MSI. Is the resistance across J231-1 and J231-2 about 96 ohm? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly?
Remedy Yes
Go to step 24.
No
Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/ CLUTCH. (Refer to Removal 35/ Replacement 19.)
23
24
Go to step 25.
25
26
Go to step 27.
27
Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity. Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J232 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO. Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation. Check the voltage across J23-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated?
Go to step 28.
Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO:REGI. (Refer to Removal 49/ Replacement 5.)
28
Go to step 29.
29
1 - 242
Step
Check
Checking the connectors of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV (Regi Clutch) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and CLUTCH ASSY DRV. Are P/J26 and P/J262 connected correctly?
Remedy Yes No
30
Go to step 31.
31
Checking the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL for continuity. Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P262 from the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. Is each cable of J26 <=> P262 continuous? Checking the power to the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. Disconnect J26 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P26-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the CLUTCH ASSY DRV for resistance. Disconnect P/J262 of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. Is the resistance across J262-1 and J262-2 approximately 280-ohm?
Go to step 32.
Replace the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. (Refer to Removal 30/ Replacement 24.)
32
Go to step 33.
33
1 - 243
FIP-1.46 072-100: IOT Tray2 Misfeed JAM

Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARNESS ASSY TEAY MOT (PL12.2.2) HARNESS ASSY TEAY COMP (PL12.2.20) PWBA FEED H (PL12.2.1) SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL12.2.15) CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL12.2.6) MOTOR ASSY SUB (PL12.2.16) ROLL ASSY FFED (PL12.4.4) SENSOR PHOTO (12.4.13) CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT (PL12.5.1) HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (12.5.5) 1 2 3 Checking the paper condition. Is the paper in the Tray 2 wrinkled or damaged? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reloading a new paper. Reload a new paper in the Tray 2. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT MG for latching. Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Replace the paper with a new and dry one, then go to step 2. Go to step 3. Go to step 4. Go to step 3. End of work. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 5.
End of work.
Checking the Paper Path Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the Go to step 6. actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-a] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the MOTOR ASSY SUB for operation. Does the MOTOR ASSY SUB operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-5] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper feeding. Is the paper fed from the Tray 2? Checking after resetting the Guide Sides and End Guide on the Tray 2. Reset the Guide Sides and End Guide, and reseat the Tray2 to the printer correctly. Does the error still occur when printing?
Go to step 15.
Go to step 7.
Go to step 19.
Go to step 12.
Go to step 8.
Go to step 9.
End of work.
Checking the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR on the Tray 2 for shape and rotation. Go to step 10. Pull the Tray 2 out from the printer. Is the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR not contaminated and/ or damaged, and rotated smoothly?
Replace the KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52.)
1 - 244
Step
Check
Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED for shape and rotation Pull the Tray 2 out from the printer. Is the ROLL ASSY FEED not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Checking the Tray 2 Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MSI) for operation. Does the Tray 2 Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MSI) operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-31] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the Tray 2 Turn Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) for operation. Does the Tray 2 Turn Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-33] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper lead edge staying position. Does the paper lead edge stay before the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL? Checking the paper path. Remove the Tray 1 and Tray 2 paper cassettes. Are there any obstacles on the paper transfer path between the Tray 2 and the Regi Assy? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Paper Path Sensor) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA FFE D and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J420 and P/J4200 connected correctly? Checking the HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP for continuity. Disconnect J420 from the PWBA FEED H. Disconnect J4200 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J420 <=> J4200 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO. Disconnect J420 from the PWBA FEED H. Is the voltage across P420-6pin <=> ground on the PWBA FEED H, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation. Check the voltage across J420-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA FEED H. Does the voltage change, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA FEED H and MOTOR ASSY SUB. Are P/J422 and P/J4211 connected correctly?
Remedy Yes No
Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED. (Refer to Removal 59/ Replacement 58.)
10
Go to step 11.
11
Replace the CASSETTE ASSY Go to step 22. 250 OPT.
12
Go to step 13.
Go to step 26.
13
Go to step 14.
Replace the KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT.(Refer to Removal 58/ Replacement 59.) Replace the KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT.(Refer to Removal 58/ Replacement 59.) Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J420 and/or P/ J4200 correctly. Replace the HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP Replace the PWBA FEED H. Replace the SENSOR PHOTO (Paper Path Sensor). Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J422 and/or P/ J4211 correctly.
14
15
Go to step 16.
16
Go to step 17.
17
Go to step 18.
18
Replace the PWBA FEED H.
19
Go to step 20.
1 - 245
Step
Check
Checking the HARNESS ASSY TEAY MOT for continuity. Disconnect J422 from the PWBA FEED H. Disconnect J4211 from the MOTOR ASSY SUB. Is each cable of J422 <=> J4211 continuous? Checking the power to the MOTOR. Disconnect J422 from the PWBA FEED H. Are the voltages across J422-6pin <=> ground on the PWBA FEED H, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the connectors of the SOLENOID FEED for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA FEED H and SOLENOID FEED. Are P/J421 and P/J4211 connected correctly? Checking the HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP for continuity. Disconnect J421 from the PWBA FEED H. Disconnect P4211 from the SOLENOID FEED. Is each cable of J421 <=> P4211 continuous? Checking the power to the SOLENOID FEED MSI. Disconnect J421 from the PWBA FEED H. Is the voltage across P421-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA FEED H, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the SOLENOID FEED MSI for resistance. Disconnect P/J4211 of the SOLENOID FEED MSI. Is the resistance across J4211-1 and J4211-2 approximately 96 ohm? Checking the connectors of the Feed Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA FEDD H and Feed Clutch. Are P/J420 and P/J4201 connected correctly? Checking the HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP for continuity. Disconnect J420 from the PWBA FEED H. Disconnect P4201 from the Feed Clutch. Is each cable of J420 <=> P4201 continuous? Checking the power to the Feed Clutch. Disconnect J420 from the PWBA FEED H. Is the voltage across P420-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA FEED H, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the Feed Clutch for resistance. Disconnect P/J4201 of the Feed Clutch. Is the resistance across J4201-1 and J4201-2 approximately 280-ohm?
Remedy Yes
Go to step 21.
No
Replace the HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT.
20
21
Replace the MOTOR ASSY SUB.
22
Go to step 23.
Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J421 and/or P/ J4211 correctly. Replace the HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP.
23
Go to step 24.
24
Go to step 25.
25
Replace the SOLENOID FEED MSI. Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J420 and/or P/ J4201 correctly. Replace the HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP.
26
Go to step 27.
27
Go to step 28.
28
Go to step 29.
29
Replace the Feed Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV).
1 - 246
FIP-1.47 072-101: IOT Feeder 2 JAM

Step Check
Possible causative parts: CASSETTE ASSY 250 (PL2.1.1) HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5) CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL3.1.11) HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4) ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M (PL3.2.8) ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13) DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP (PL9.1.7) HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (PL9.1.9) 1 2 3 Checking the paper condition. Is the paper in the Tray 1 or Tray 2 wrinkled or damaged? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reloading a new paper. Reload a new paper in the Tray 1 or Tray 2. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT MG for latching. Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) for operation. Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the DRIVE ASSY PH for operation. Does the ROLL ASSY FEED, ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-29] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper feeding position Is the paper not fed from the Tray 1 or Tray 2? Checking after resetting the Guide Sides and End Guide on the Tray 1 or Tray 2. Reset the Guide Sides and End Guide, and reseat the Tray 1 or Tray 2 to the printer correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Replace the paper with a new and dry one, then go to step 2. Go to step 3. Go to step 4. Go to step 3. End of work. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 5.
End of work.
Go to step 6.
Go to step 19.
Go to step 7.
Go to step 8.
Go to step 9.
End of work.
1 - 247
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
Replace the KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR.(Ref er to Removal 2/ Replacement 52.) Replace the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED.(Refer to Removal 9/ Replacement 45.)
Checking the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR on the Tray 1 or Tray 2 for shape and rotation. Go to step 10. Pull the Tray 1 or Tray 2 out from the printer. Is the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR not contaminated and/ or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED for shape and rotation. Pull the Tray 1 or Tray 2 out from the printer. Is the ROLL ASSY FEED not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Checking the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MSI) for operation. Does the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED MSI) operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-b] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper lead edge staying position. Does the paper lead edge stay before the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL?
10
Go to step 11.
11
Replace the CASSETTE ASSY Go to step 22. 250. (Refer to Removal 1/ Replacement 53.) The paper lead edge stay after the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL, then go to step 16. Go to step 14. Reseat the ACTUATOR REGI IN. If broken or deformed, replace it.
12
Go to step 13.
13
Checking the paper transfer path between the ROLL ASSY. FEED and ROLL ASSY REGI. Are there any obstacles on the paper transfer path?
14
Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN for shape and operation. Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check Go to step 15. the shape and operation. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI IN normal? Checking the Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-29] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
15
Go to step 16.
Go to step 26.
16
Checking the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) for operation, and ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for rotation. Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-2] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Go to step 17. Does the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) operate properly, and the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate? During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK).
Go to step 30.
1 - 248
Step
Check
Checking the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M for shape and operation. Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the shape and operation. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M normal? Checking the Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-2] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the connectors for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Main Motor). Are P/J21 and P/J211 connected correctly?
Remedy Yes No
17
Go to step 18.
18
Go to step 26.
19
Go to step 20.
20
Checking the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP for continuity Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J211 from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Is each cable of J21 <=> J211 continuous? Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Are the voltages across J21-2pin/J21-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the connectors of the SOLENOID FEED MSI (Cassette Feed Solenoid) for connection Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SOLENOID FEED MSI. Are P/J23 and P/J231 connected correctly?
Go to step 21.
21
22
Go to step 23.
1 - 249
Step
Check
Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P231 from the SOLENOID FEED MSI. Is each cable of J23 <=> P231 continuous? Checking the power to the SOLENOID FEED MSI Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the SOLENOID FEED MSI for resistance. Disconnect P/J231 of the SOLENOID FEED MSI. Is the resistance across J231-1 and J231-2 about 96 ohm? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly?
Remedy Yes
Go to step 24.
No
Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/ CLUTCH. (Refer to Removal 35/ Replacement 19.)
23
24
Go to step 25.
25
26
Go to step 27.
27
Go to step 28.
Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO:REGI.(Re fer to Removal 49/ Replacement 5.)
28
Go to step 29.
29
1 - 250
Step
Check
Checking the connectors of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV (Regi Clutch) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and CLUTCH ASSY DRV. Are P/J26 and P/J262 connected correctly?
Remedy Yes No
30
Go to step 31.
31
Go to step 32.
32
Go to step 33.
33
1 - 251
FIP-1.48 072-908: IOT Remain Option Feeder JAM

Step Check
Possible causative parts: SENSOR PHOTO (PL12.4.13) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP (PL12.2.20) Checking the Paper Path Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-a] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA FEED H and Paper Path Sensor. Are P/J420 and P/J4200 connected correctly? Checking the HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP for continuity. Disconnect J420 from the PWBA FEED H. Disconnect J4200 from the Paper Path Sensor. Is each cable of J420 <=> J4200 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO. Disconnect J420 from the PWBA FEED H. Is the voltage across P420-6pin <=> ground on the PWBA FEED H, about +3.3 VDC? Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Go to step 3.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 2.
Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J420 and/or P/ J4200 correctly. Replace the HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11)
Go to step 4. Replace the KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT.(Refer to Removal 58/ Replacement 59)
1 - 252
FIP-1.49 075-101 / 075-102 / 075-923: IOT SSF Insert JAM / IOT SSF Paper Pullout JAM / Waiting for reseat paper of SSF
Step Check
Possible causative parts: HARNESS ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Checking the customer operation. Did the customer insert the paper to the SSF during print? Checking the SSF No Paper Sensor for operation. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR SSF) is operated by paper. Checked by [Digital Input] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the error. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (SSF No Paper Sensor) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J233 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J233 correctly, then go to step 5. After print completion, insert the paper to the SSF. Go to step 2.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 3.
Go to step 4.
Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/Replacement 11)
End of work.
Go to step 6.
5 6
Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity. Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J233 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J233 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO. Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-6pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation. Check the voltage across J23-8pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the ACTUATOR SSF is operated?
Go to step 6. Go to step 7.
End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/Replacement 11)
Go to step 8.
Replace the SENSOR PHOTO.
1 - 253
FIP-1.50 077-100: IOT Reg On early JAM

Step Check
Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13) PWBA MCU(PL8.2.13) 1 Checking the error. Replace to known good paper. Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 2. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Checking the Regi Rolls installation. Open the Front Cover and check the Regi Rolls installation. Go to step 3. Is the ROLL REGI METAL pressed against the ROLL ASSY REGI by the spring pressure? Checking the Regi Clutch. Does the clutch noise occur? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-29] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Go to step 4.
Replace the printer.
Replace the printer.
Replace the Checking the Regi Sensor for operation. PWBA MCU. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the (Refer to Removal actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated? 43/ Replacement Checked by [Digital Input]-[DI-2] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. 11.) Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN for shape and operation. Remove the CHUTE LOW CST (PL3.2.35) once to check Go to step 6. the shape and operation. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI IN normal?
Go to step 5.
Reseat the ACTUATOR REGI IN. (Refer to Removal 51/ Replacement 3) If broken or deformed, replace it.
1 - 254
Step
Check
Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly?
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 7.
Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity. Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J232 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO. Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation. Check the voltage across J23-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE LOW CST (PL3.2.35) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) is operated?
Go to step 8.
Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO:REGI. (Refer to Removal 49/ Replacement 5.)
Go to step 9.
1 - 255
FIP-1.51 077-101: IOT Reg OFF Jam

Step Check
Possible causative parts: CASSETTE ASSY 250 (PL2.1.1) HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5) CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL3.1.11) HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4) ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M (PL3.2.8) ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13) DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP (PL9.1.7) HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (PL9.1.9) 1 2 3 Checking the paper condition. Is the paper in the Tray 1 wrinkled or damaged? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reloading a new paper. Reload a new paper in the Tray 1. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT MG for latching. Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) for operation. Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-0] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the DRIVE ASSY PH for operation. Does the ROLL ASSY FEED, ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-29] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper feeding position. Is the paper not fed from the Tray 1? Checking after resetting the Guide Sides and End Guide on the Tray 1. Reset the Guide Sides and End Guide, and reseat the Tray 1 to the printer correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Replace the paper with a new and dry one, then go to step 2. Go to step 3. Go to step 4. Go to step 3. End of work. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 5.
End of work.
Go to step 6.
Go to step 18.
Go to step 7.
Go to step 8.
Go to step 9.
End of work.
1 - 256
Step
Check
Checking the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR on the Tray 1 for shape and rotation. Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer. Is the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR not contaminated and/ or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED for shape and rotation. Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer. Is the ROLL ASSY FEED not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Checking the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED) for operation. Does the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED) operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-b] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper lead edge staying position. Does the paper lead edge stay before the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL?
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 10.
10
Go to step 11.
11
Replace the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Refer to Removal 1/ Replacement 53.)
Go to step 21.
12
Go to step 13.
The paper lead edge stay after the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL, then go to step 16. Go to step 14. Reseat the ACTUATOR REGI IN.(Refer to Removal 51/ Replacement 3) If broken or deformed, replace it.
13
14
15
Go to step 25.
16
Go to step 17.
Go to step 29.
1 - 257
Step
Check
Checking the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M for shape and operation. Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the shape and operation. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M normal? Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Main Motor). Are P/J21 and P/J211 connected correctly?
Remedy Yes
No
17
18
Go to step 19.
19
Checking the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP for continuity. Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J211 from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Is each cable of J21 <=> J211 continuous? Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Are the voltages across J21-2pin/J21-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the connectors of the SOLENOID FEED (Cassette Feed Solenoid) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SOLENOID FEED. Are P/J23 and P/J231 connected correctly?
Go to step 20.
20
21
Go to step 22.
22
Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity. Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P231 from the SOLENOID FEED. Is each cable of J23 <=> P231 continuous? Checking the power to the SOLENOID FEED. Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed?
Go to step 23.
Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)
23
Go to step 24.
1 - 258
Step
Check
Remedy Yes
No
Replace the KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/ CLUTCH. (Refer to Removal 35/ Replacement 19.)
24
Checking the SOLENOID FEED for resistance. Disconnect P/J231 of the SOLENOID FEED. Is the resistance across J231-1 and J231-2 about 96 ohm? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly?
25
Go to step 26.
26
Go to step 27.
Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO:REGI. (Refer to Removal 49/ Replacement 5)
27
Go to step 28.
28
1 - 259
FIP-1.52 077-102 / 077-103 / 077-106: IOT Exit On JAM / IOT Exit On early JAM / IOT Stop Reservation JAM
Step Check
Possible causative parts: CASSETTE ASSY 250 (PL2.1.1) HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5) CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL3.1.11) HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4) ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M (PL3.2.8) ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13) DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP (PL9.1.7) HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (PL9.1.9) 1 2 3 Checking the paper condition. Is the paper in the Tray 1 wrinkled or damaged? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reloading a new paper. Reload a new paper in the Tray 1. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT MG for latching. Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) for operation. Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-0] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the DRIVE ASSY PH for operation. Does the ROLL ASSY FEED, ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-29] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper feeding position. Is the paper not fed from the Tray 1? Checking after resetting the Guide Sides and End Guide on the Tray 1. Reset the Guide Sides and End Guide, and reseat the Tray 1 to the printer correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Replace the paper with a new and dry one, then go to step 2. Go to step 3. Go to step 4. Go to step 3. End of work. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 5.
End of work.
Go to step 6.
Go to step 18.
Go to step 7.
Go to step 8.
Go to step 9.
End of work.
1 - 260
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
Checking the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR on the Tray 1 for shape and rotation. Go to step 10. Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer. Is the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR not contaminated and/ or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED for shape and rotation. Pull the Tray 1 out from the printer. Is the ROLL ASSY FEED not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Checking the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED) for operation. Does the Cassette Feed Solenoid (SOLENOID FEED) operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-b] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the paper lead edge staying position. Does the paper lead edge stay before the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL?
10
Go to step 11.
11
Replace the CASSETTE ASSY Go to step 21. 250. (Refer to Removal 1/ Replacement 53.) The paper lead edge stay after the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL, then go to step 16. Go to step 14. Reseat the ACTUATOR REGI IN.(Refer to Removal 51/ Replacement 3) If broken or deformed, replace it.
12
Go to step 13.
13
14
15
Go to step 25.
16
Go to step 17.
Go to step 29.
1 - 261
Step
Check
Checking the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M for shape and operation. Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the shape and operation. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M normal? Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Main Motor). Are P/J21 and P/J211 connected correctly?
Remedy Yes
No
17
18
Go to step 19.
19
Checking the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP for continuity. Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J211 from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Is each cable of J21 <=> J211 continuous? Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Are the voltages across J21-2pin/J21-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed? Checking the connectors of the SOLENOID FEED (Cassette Feed Solenoid) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SOLENOID FEED. Are P/J23 and P/J231 connected correctly?
Go to step 20.
20
21
Go to step 22.
22
Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity. Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect P231 from the SOLENOID FEED. Is each cable of J23 <=> P231 continuous? Checking the power to the SOLENOID FEED. Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the Interlock Switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed?
Go to step 23.
Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)
23
Go to step 24.
1 - 262
Step
Check
Remedy Yes
No
Replace the KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/ CLUTCH. (Refer to Removal 35/ Replacement 19.)
24
Checking the SOLENOID FEED for resistance. Disconnect P/J231 of the SOLENOID FEED. Is the resistance across J231-1 and J231-2 about 96 ohm? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly?
25
Go to step 26.
26
Go to step 27.
Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO:REGI. (Refer to Removal 49/ Replacement 5)
27
Go to step 28.
28
1 - 263
FIP-1.53 077-104 / 077-105: IOT Exit Off JAM / IOT Exit Off early JAM
Step Check
Possible causative parts: FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP (PL6.1.2) 1 Checking the error. Replace to known good paper. Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 2. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Checking the Exit Sensor for operation. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator of the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY is Go to step 7. operated? Checked by [Digital Input]-[DI-3] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Checking the connectors of the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and FUSER ASSY. Are P/J17 and P/J171 connected correctly?
Go to step 3.
Go to step 4.
Checking the HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP for continuity. Remove the FUSER ASSY. Disconnect J17 from the PWBA MCU. Is each cable of J17 <=> P171 continuous? NOTE: P171 is attached to the frame.
Go to step 5.
Replace the HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value.
Checking the power to the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY. Disconnect the connector of J17 on the PWBA MCU. Go to step 6. Is the voltage across J17-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC?
Checking the Exit Sensor for operation. Check the voltage across J17-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Does the voltage change, when the actuator of the Exit Sensor is operated?
1 - 264
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
Replace the printer. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)
Checking the Regi Rolls installation. Open the Front Cover and check the Regi Rolls installation. Go to step 8. Is the ROLL REGI METAL pressed against the ROLL ASSY REGI by the spring pressure? Checking the Regi Clutch. Does the clutch noise occur? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-29] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Replace the printer.
1 - 265
FIP-1.54 077-107 / 077-108: IOT Duplex Misfeed JAM / IOT Duplex JAM (2150cdn only)
Step Check
Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (PL1.2.13) HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) HARN ASSY OPTION (PL3.1.20) ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9) ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL11.2.9) SENSOR PHOTO(Regi Sensor) (PL3.2.13) FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (PL11.1.1) 1 Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT MG for latching. Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, then check the latching. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after resetting the FUSER ASSY. Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after resetting the Duplex. Reseat the Duplex. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the DRIVE ASSY EXIT for operation. Does the DRIVE ASSY EXIT operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-D] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the DRIVE ASSY DUP for operation. Does the DRIVE ASSY DUP operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-12] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the Duplex Clutch for operation. Does the Duplex Clutch operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output]-[DO-35] on [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) for operation. Does the number on the screen increase by one, every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO (REGI SENSOR) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input]-[DI-2] in [IOT Diagnosis] of diagnosis. Go to step 2. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 3.
End of work.
Go to step 4.
End of work. Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (Refer to Removal 56/ Replacement 57). Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (Refer to Removal 56/ Replacement 57). Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (Refer to Removal 56/ Replacement 57).
Go to step 5.
Go to step 6.
Go to step 7.
Go to step 8.
Go to step 10.
Checking the ROLLER ASSY DUP for shape and operation. Are ROLLER ASSY DUP seated correctly? Go to step 9. Also, are they not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Check these items by turning with your finger.
Replace ROLLER ASSY DUP (Refer to Removal 57/ Replacement 56).
1 - 266
Step
Check
Checking the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY for continuity Disconnect J27 from PWBA MCU. Disconnect P272 from HARN ASSY DUP RELAY. Is each cable of J27 <=> P272 continuous? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly? Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity. Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J232 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO. Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation. Check the voltage across 23-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO is operated? Checking after replacing FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD. Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after replacing FUSER ASSY. Replace FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when printing? NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear life counter value.
Remedy Yes No
Replace HARN ASSY DUP RELAY(Refer to Removal 28/ Replacement 26). Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J232 correctly. Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)
Go to step 14.
10
Go to step 11.
11
Go to step 12.
12
Go to step 13.
13
Replace the Regi Sensor.
14
Go to step 15.
End of work.
15
End of work.
1 - 267
FIP-1.55 077-300: IOT Cover Front Open

Step Check
Possible causative parts: COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1) PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1) HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP (PL9.1.3) Replace the COVER ASSY Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (Front Cover) for FRONT MG. shape. (Refer to Removal Are there any damages on the COVER ASSY FRONT MG? 24/ Replacement 30.) Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT MG for latching. Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Is the COVER ASSY FRONT MG latched correctly?
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 2.
Go to step 3.
Reseat or replace the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. (Refer to Removal 24/ Replacement 30.)
Replace the Checking the interlock switch for operation. PWBA MCU. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the (Refer to Removal COVER ASSY FRONT MG is closed and opened? 43/ Replacement Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-7] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. 11.) Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connections between PWBA MCU and PWBA LVPS. Are P/J14 and P/J501 connected correctly?
Go to step 4.
Go to step 6.
Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J14 and/or P/J501 correctly, then go to step 5.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP for continuity. Disconnect J14 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J501 from the PWBA LVPS. Is each cable of J14 <=> J501 continuous?
Go to step 6.
End of work. Replace the HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP.
Go to step 7.
1 - 268
Step
Check
Checking the power to the Interlock Switch Disconnect the connector of J44 on the PWBA LVPS. Is the voltage across P44-1 <=> ground on the PWBA LVPS, about +24 VDC?
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 8.
Checking the Interlock Switch for operation Check the voltage across P44-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA LVPS. Does the voltage change, when the Interlock Switch is turned ON/OFF?
Replace the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK. (Refer to Removal 17/ Replacement 37.)
1 - 269
FIP-1.56 077-301: IOT Side Cover Open

Step Check
Possible causative parts: COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (PL1.1.7) SWITCH (PL5.1.9) HARN ASSY SIDE SW (PL5.1.27) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Side Cover) for shape. Are there any damages on the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR? Replace the KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Refer to Removal 8/ Replacement 46.)
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 2.
Checking the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR for latching. Open and close the COVER ASSY WINDOW TRN. Is the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR latched correctly?
Go to step 3.
Reseat or replace the KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Refer to Removal 8/ Replacement 46.)
Replace the Checking the Side R Switch (SWITCH) for operation. PWBA MCU. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the (Refer to Removal COVER ASSY WINDOW TRN is closed and opened? 43/ Replacement Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-6] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. 11.) Checking the HARN ASSY SIDE SW for continuity. Disconnect J29 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J291 from the SIDE R SWITCH. Is each cable of J29 <=> J291 continuous?
Go to step 4.
Go to step 5.
Replace the HARN ASSY SIDE SW.
Checking after replacing the Side R Switch (SWITCH). Replace the Side R Switch (SWITCH). (Refer to Removal 13/ Replacement 41.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?
End of work.
1 - 270
FIP-1.57 077-900: IOT Exit JAM

Step Check
Possible causative parts: FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP (PL6.1.2) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 2 3 4 5 6 Checking the paper feeding Was a paper fed from SSF? Checking the paper setting Was the paper correctly set to SSF without slant? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the paper condition Is the paper wrinkled or damaged? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reloading a new paper Reload a new paper. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT MG for latching Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the FUSER ASSY Are there any remaining paper and/or foreign substance in the FUSER ASSY? Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Checking after resetting the FUSER ASSY Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the Exit Sensor for operation Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator of the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY is operated? Checked by [Digital Input] - [DI-3] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Go to step 2. Go to step 4. Go to step 4. Replace the paper with a new and dry one, then go to step 5. Go to step 7. Go to step 7. Go to step 4. Set the paper to SSF correctly, and go to step 3. End of work. Go to step 6. End of work. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 8.
End of work.
Remove the paper and/or substance, then go to step 9.
Go to step 9.
Go to step 10.
End of work.
10
Go to step 11.
1 - 271
Step
Check
Checking the connectors of the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and FUSER ASSY. Are P/J17 and P/J171 connected correctly?
Remedy Yes No
11
Go to step 12.
12
Checking the HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP for continuity. Remove the FUSER ASSY. Disconnect J17 from the PWBA MCU. Is each cable of J17 <=> P171 continuous? NOTE: P171 is attached to the frame.
Go to step 13.
Replace the HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value.
13
Checking the power to the Exit Sensor in the FUSER ASSY. Disconnect the connector of J17 on the PWBA MCU. Go to step 14. Is the voltage across J17-1pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC?
14
Checking the Exit Sensor for operation. Check the voltage across J17-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Does the voltage change, when the actuator of the Exit Sensor is operated?
1 - 272
FIP-1.58 077-901: IOT Remain Registration JAM

Step Check
Possible causative parts: CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M (PL3.2.8) ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9) ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) SENSOR PHOTO (PL3.2.13) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP (PL9.1.7) HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (PL9.1.9) 1 2 3 4 5 Checking the paper size. Does the using paper size meet the specification? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the paper condition. Is the paper wrinkled or damaged? Does the error still occur when printing? Checking after reloading a new paper. Reload a new paper. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking the COVER ASSY FRONT MG for latching. Open and close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, and then latch correctly. Does the error still occur when printing? Checking around the Regi Sensor. Are there any remaining paper and/or foreign substance around the Regi Sensor? Does the error still occur when printing? Go to step 3. Go to step 3. Replace the paper with a new and dry one, then go to step 4. Go to step 6. Go to step 6. Use the paper that meets the specifications, then go to step 2. End of work. Go to step 5. End of work. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 7. Remove the paper and/or substance, then go to step 8. Go to step 9. Remove the remaining paper. If the belt is damaged, replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34.)
End of work.
7 8
Go to step 9. End of work.
Checking the TRANSFER ASSY. Are there any remaining paper and/or damage on the belt of the TRANSFER ASSY?
Go to step 10.
10
Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for shape and operation. Remove the PHD ASSY once to check the followings. Are ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL seated correctly? Also, are they not contaminated and/or damaged, and rotated smoothly? Check these items by turning with your finger.
Go to step 11.
Clean or replace the defective ROLL(s).
1 - 273
Step
Check
Checking the ACTUATOR REGI IN and ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M for shape and operation. Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the following. Are the shape and operation of the ACTUATOR REGI IN and ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M normal? Checking the Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) for operation. Does the number on the screen increase by one, when the actuator (ACTUATOR REGI IN) of the Regi. Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO) is operated? Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Checked by [Digital Input] - [D-2] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) for operation, and ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for rotation. Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-29] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Does the Regi. Clutch (CLUTCH ASSY DRV) operate properly, and the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL rotate? During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) for operation. Does the Main Motor (DRIVE ASSY MAIN) operate properly? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking after resetting the TRANSFER ASSY Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the error still occur when printing?
Remedy Yes No
Reseat the ACTUATOR REGI IN and/or ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M. If broken or deformed, replace it or they.
11
Go to step 12.
12
Go to step 13.
Go to step 16.
13
Go to step 14.
Go to step 20.
14
Go to step 15.
Go to step 24.
15
Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34)
End of work.
1 - 274
Step
Check
Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J232 connected correctly? Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity. Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J232 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J232 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO. Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-3pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Checking the SENSOR PHOTO for operation. Check the voltage across 23-5pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU. Remove the CHUTE ASSY LOW (PL3.2.27) once to check the operation. Does the voltage change, when the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO is operated? Checking the connectors of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV (Regi Clutch) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and CLUTCH ASSY DRV (Regi Clutch). Are P/J26 and P/J262 connected correctly?
Remedy Yes No
Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J232 correctly. Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)
16
Go to step 17.
17
Go to step 18.
18
Go to step 19.
19
Replace the SENSOR PHOTO.
20
Go to step 21.
21
Go to step 22.
22
Go to step 23.
23
1 - 275
Step
Check
Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Main Motor). Are P/J21 and P/J211 connected correctly?
Remedy Yes No
24
Go to step 25.
25
Checking the HARN ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP for continuity. Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J211 from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Is each cable of J21 <=> J211 continuous? Checking the power to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Disconnect J21 from the PWBA MCU. Are the voltages across J21-2pin/J21-4pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed?
Go to step 26.
26
1 - 276
FIP-1.59 077-907: IOT Remain Duplex JAM (2150cdn only)

Step Check
Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) SENSOR PHOT (SSF No Paper Sensor) (PL3.2.13) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking the SENSOR PHOTO (SSF No Paper Sensor) for operation. Does the number on the screen increase by one, every time the actuator of the SENSOR PHOTO (SSF No Paper Sensor) is operated? Checked by [Digital Input]-[DI-0] in [IOT Diagnosis] of diagnosis. Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (SSF No Paper Sensor) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J233 connected correctly? Checking the connectors of the SENSOR PHOTO (SSF No Paper Sensor) for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and SENSOR PHOTO. Are P/J23 and P/J233 connected correctly? Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity. Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J233 from the SENSOR PHOTO. Is each cable of J23 <=> J233 continuous? Checking the power to the SENSOR PHOTO. Disconnect J23 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P23-6pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC? Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 2.
Go to step 3.
Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J233 correctly. Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J23 and/or P/J233 correctly. Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)
Go to step 4.
Go to step 5.
Replace the SENSOR PHOTO(SSF No Paper Sensor)
1 - 277
FIP-1.60 091-402: IOT PHD Life Pre Warning

Step
Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Checking the life counter value of the PHD ASSY. Does the life count value show the near of the end? Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY. Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) CAUTION: Be sure to pull eight sealing tapes out from a new PHD ASSY before installation. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
Check
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
End of work.
1 - 278
FIP-1.61 091-912: PHD Tape Staying

Step
Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking the sealing tapes of the PHD ASSY staying. Turn off the power, and open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Remove the PHD ASSY. Has the sealing tapes (total eight sealing tapes) been pulled out? After checking, reseat the PHD ASSY correctly. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) CAUTION: Be sure to pull eight sealing tapes out from a new PHD ASSY before installation. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?
Check
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 3.
Pull the sealing tapes out, then go to step 2.
End of work.
End of work.
1 - 279
FIP-1.62 091-935: IOT PHD Life Over

Step
Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Checking the life counter value of the PHD ASSY. Does the life count value show the near of the end? Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY. Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) CAUTION: Be sure to pull eight sealing tapes out from a new PHD ASSY before installation. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Go to step 3. Go to step 2.
Check
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
End of work.
1 - 280
FIP-1.63 091-972: IOT PHD Detached

Step Check
Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY PHD XPRO (PL9.1.11) 1 Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY. Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and PHD ASSY. Are P/J42 and P/J422 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J42 and/or P/J422 surly, then go to step 3. Go to step 2. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 4.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO for continuity. Disconnect P422 from the PHD ASSY. Disconnect J42 from the PWBA MCU. Is each cable of P422 <=> J42 continuous? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) CAUTION: Be sure to pull eight sealing tapes out from a new PHD ASSY before installation. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?
Go to step 4.
End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO.
Go to step 5.
End of work.
1 - 281
FIP-1.64 092-310 / 092-910: IOT CTD (ADC) Sensor Dustiness / CTD (ADC) Sensor Dustiness Warning
Step Check
Possible causative parts: HARN ASSY L SIDE (PL3.1.18) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Turn OFF the power, and gently wipe the CTD (ADC) Sensor window with a clean dry cloth or cotton swab. After wiping the window, close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?
ADC Sensor window
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 2.
End of work.
Rio01012KA
Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and CTD (ADC) Sensor. Are P/J28 and P/J281connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J28 and/or P/J281 correctly, then go to step 3.
Go to step 4.
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY L SIDE for continuity. Disconnect J28 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J281 from the TRANSFER ASSY. Is each cable of J28 <=> J281 continuous? Checking the surface of the belt on the TRANSFER ASSY. Is the belt dirty? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?
Go to step 4.
End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY L SIDE. Go to step 7. End of work.
Go to step 5. Clean the belt with a clean dry cloth, then go to step 6. Go to step 7. Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)
5 6
End of work.
1 - 282
FIP-1.65 093-423 / 093-424 / 093-425 / 093-426: IOT Toner Cartridge Near Life
Step Check
Possible causative parts: TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) (PL5.1.24) TONER CARTRIDGE (M) (PL5.1.23) TONER CARTRIDGE (C) (PL5.1.22) TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (PL5.1.21) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) Checking after replacing the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). Replace the Dell-TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.)
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
1 - 283
FIP-1.66 093-919 / 093-920 / 093-921 / 093-922: IOT YMCK Toner Low Density
Step Check
Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1) FRAME ASSY MOT (PL5.1.2) MOTOR ASSY DISP (PL5.1.3) GEAR IDLER (PL5.1.6) GEAR IDLER AUG (PL5.1.7) GEAR IDLER AGI (PL5.1.8) TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) (PL5.1.24) TONER CARTRIDGE (M) (PL5.1.23) TONER CARTRIDGE (C) (PL5.1.22) TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (PL5.1.21) HARN ASSY TNR MOT (PL5.1.25) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Checking the Toner Type. Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking the sealing tapes on the PHD UNIT staying. Are there sealing tapes on the PHD UNIT? Go to step 2. Go to step 5.
Remedy Yes No
Pull the tape out.
Go to step 3.
Checking the life count value of the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). Check the life count value of the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K) in [Parameter] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Does the remainder value shows the near of the end? (Refer to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the toner remainder in the Non-Dell Toner Cartridge (Y, M, C or K). Is the toner that remains in the Non-Dell Toner Cartridge (Y, M, C or K) a little? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?
Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K), then go to step 4. (Refer to Removal 6/ Replacement 48.) Go to step 7. Replace the NonDell Toner Cartridge (Y, M, C or K), then go to step 6. Go to step 7.
Go to step 7.
End of work.
Go to step 7.
End of work.
1 - 284
Step
Check
Checking the sealing tapes for yellow toner of the PHD ASSY staying. Turn off the power, and open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Remove the PHD ASSY. Has the sealing tapes for yellow toner been pulled out? After checking, reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after resetting the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K), and shake it from side to side. Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the DISPENSE MOTOR (Y, M, C and K) for rotation. Does the DISPENSE MOTOR (Y, M, C and K) function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-21(Y),DO-23(M),DO25(C),DO-27(K)] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY for shape and operation. Are the shape and operation of the gears of the DISPENSER ASSY normal? Example: For Yellow
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 9.
Pull the sealing tapes out, then go to step 8.
Go to step 9.
End of work.
Go to step 10.
End of work.
10
Go to step 11.
Go to step 12.
11
Go to step 16.
Replace the defective gear(s) or DISPENSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)
Gear
Rio01014KA
Checking the connector for connection. Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and DISPENSE MOTOR (Y, M, C and K). Are P/J18 and P/J181(Y)/P/J182(M) connected correctly? Are P/J19 and P/J191(C)/P/J192(K) connected correctly? Example: For Yellow 12 Go to step 14.
Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J18 and P/J181 surly, then go to step 8. or reconnect the connector(s) P/ J19 and P/J191 surly, then go to step 8.
1 - 285
Step
13
Check
Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TNR MOT for continuity. Disconnect J18 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J181(Y)/J182(M)/J191(C)/J192(K) from the DISPENSE MOTOR (YMCK) MOT. Is each cable of J18 <=> J181/182 continuous? or Is each cable of J19 <=> J191/192 continuous? Checking the power to TNR (Y) MOT (MOTOR ASSY DISP). Disconnect J18/J19 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P18P/19-3pin <= > ground on PWBA MCU, about +24 VDC when the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK) is pushed.
Remedy Yes
Go to step 14.
No
End of work.
14
Go to step 15.
Replace the HARN ASSY TNR MOT.
15
Replace the MOTOR ASSY DISP or FRAME ASSY MOT. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.)
16
Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Go to step 17. Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after resetting the TRANSFER ASSY. Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?
End of work.
17
Go to step 18.
End of work.
18
Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34.)
End of work.
1 - 286
FIP-1.67 093-930 / 093-931 / 093-932 / 093-933: IOT Toner Cartridge Life Over
Step Check
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
1 - 287
FIP-1.68 093-934 / 093-935 / 093-936 / 093-937: IOT CRU Waste (YMCK) Full
Step Check
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
1 - 288
FIP-1.69 093-960 / 093-961 / 093-962 / 093-963: IOT (YMCK) CRUM ID Error

Step Check
Possible causative parts: CONNECTOR CRUM (PL5.1.14) TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) (PL5.1.24) TONER CARTRIDGE (M) (PL5.1.23) TONER CARTRIDGE (C) (PL5.1.22) TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (PL5.1.21) HARN ASSY TONER CRUM (PL5.1.26) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Close the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR correctly. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the Toner Type. Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking after resetting the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 2. End of work. Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 3.
Go to step 4.
End of work.
Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. (Refer to Removal 6/ Go to step 5. Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connector for connection. Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and CONNECTOR CRUM. Are P/J31 and P/J311(Y),P/J312(M),P/J313(C),P/J314(K) connected correctly? Example: For Yellow
End of work.
Go to step 7.
Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J31 and/or P/J311 (Y),P/J312 (M),P/ J313 (C),P/J314 (K) surly, then go to step 6.
Go to step 7.
End of work. Replace the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM(Y, M, C or K).
Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM for continuity. Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. Go to step 8. Disconnect J311 from the CONNECTOR CRUM. Is each cable of J31 <=> J311/J312/J313/J314 continuous?
1 - 289
Step
Check
Checking the power to CONNECTOR CRUM. Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. Is the voltage across P31-3pin(Y)/-7pin(M)/-11pin(C)/-15pin <=> ground on the PWBA MCU, about +3.3 VDC?
Remedy Yes
Replace the CONNECTOR CRUM(Y, M, C or K).
No
1 - 290
FIP-1.70 093-965: IOT PHD CRUM ID Error

Step Check
Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) HARN ASSY PHD XPRO (PL9.1.11) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the PHD ASSY type. Is the seated PHD ASSY for 2150cn/cdn? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY. Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connectors between the PWBA MCU and PHD ASSY. Are P/J42 and P/J422 connected correctly? Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO for continuity. Disconnect P422 from the PHD ASSY. Disconnect J42 from the PWBA MCU. Is each cable of P422 <=> J42 continuous? Replace the HARN ASSY PHD XPRO. Go to step 2. End of work. Replace the PHD ASY for 2150cn/ cdn, then go to step 3. End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 4.
Go to step 4.
Go to step 5.
End of work. Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J42 and/or P/J422 surly, then go to step 6. End of work.
Go to step 7.
Go to step 7.
Go to step 8.
Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON?
End of work.
1 - 291
FIP-1.71 093-970 / 093-971 / 093-972 / 093-973: IOT Print Cartridge Detached

Step Check
Possible causative parts: TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) (PL5.1.24) TONER CARTRIDGE (M) (PL5.1.23) TONER CARTRIDGE (C) (PL5.1.22) TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (PL5.1.21) HARN ASSY TONER CRUM (PL5.1.26) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 2 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the Toner Type. Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking after resetting the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). Reseat the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K), and check that the lock key is in the lock position. Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking after replacing the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). Replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K). (Refer to Removal 6/Replacement 48.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Checking the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM for continuity. Disconnect J31 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J311 (Y) from the connector CRUM. Are P/J31 and P/J311(Y),P/J312(M),P/J313(C),P/J314(K) connected correctly? Checking after resetting the PWBA MCU. Reseat the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/ Replacement 11.) Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 2. Go to step 3. End of work. Change the Toner Type setting to Non-Dell Toner.
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 4.
End of work.
Go to step 5.
End of work.
Go to step 6.
Replace the HARN ASSY TONER CRUM.
Replace the PWBA MCU. (Refer to Removal 43/Replacement 11.)
End of work.
1 - 292
FIP-1.72 094-422: IOT Belt Unit Near Life

Step Check
Possible causative parts: TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 2. Initialize the life counter value at the Customer Diag, after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ replacement 34.) End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Checking the life counter value of the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the life counter value show the near of the end? (Refer to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value.)
1 - 293
FIP-1.73 094-911: IOT Belt Unit Life Over

Step Check
Possible causative parts: TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) 1 Does the error still occur when the power is turned OFF and ON? Go to step 2. Initialize the life counter value at the Customer Diag, after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ replacement 34.) End of work.
Remedy Yes No
Checking the life counter value of the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the life counter value show the near of the end? (Refer to Chapter 2 for details of the life counter value.)
1 - 294
FIP-1.74 193-700: Custom Toner Mode

Step Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7) 1 2 Checking the Toner Cartridge. Go to step 2. Is the installed toner cartridge to the printer the DELL toner? Checking the printer setting. Is the [Non-Dell Toner] of the [Maintenance] on the [Admin Menu] of the [SET UP] the [On]? Checking the Toner Cartridge. Replace to the known good toner cartridges. Does the error still occur when turning on the power? Set to the [Off]. Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP.(Removal 42/ Replacement 12). End of work. Go to step 3.
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
1 - 295
4. Image Quality Trouble

4.1 Entry Chart for Image Quality Troubleshooting
Start
Test Printing
Is there a corresponding FIP?
No
Yes
Carry out the corresponding troubleshooting. Replace TONER CARTRIDGE, PHD ASSY TRANSFER ASSY and FUSER ASSY.
No
The trouble is restored?
No
The trouble is restored?
Yes
End
Yes
End
Leg_Sec001_001FA
It is stated as the ESS is normal. By operating test print with the Printer Engine only, if the trouble is on ESS side or the Printer Engine side can simply be diagnosed, except those phenomena that are not able to be diagnosed by test print. - Test print result with the Printer Engine only is normal. --- >Malfunction on ESS side - Test print result with the Printer Engine only is also abnormal. ---> Malfunction on the Printer Engine side When it is the case of [Malfunction on ESS side], replace with normal ESS and normal Interface Cable, and check. When the trouble still occurs after replacement, check the host computer side, and operate Troubleshooting efficiently, using the following image quality FIP according to each phenomenon.
1 - 296
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting When an image quality problem occurs, output a sample print to grasp the nature of the problem, and then perform troubleshooting using "Image Quality FIP List". If the problem persists even after a troubleshooting with the Image Quality FIP, check using the FIP again, and then replace the Possible causative parts listed in the relevant FIP one by one. Image Quality FIP List -FIP-1.P1 The output is too light -FIP-1.P2 The entire output is blank -FIP-1.P3 Part or the entire output is black. -FIP-1.P4 Toner smears -FIP-1.P5 Random spots -FIP-1.P6 Streaks appear on the output -FIP-1.P7 Pitched color dots -FIP-1.P8 Vertical blanks -FIP-1.P9 Ghosting -FIP-1.P10 Light-Induced Fatigue -FIP-1.P11 Fog -FIP-1.P12 Bead-Carry-Out (BCO) -FIP-1.P13 Jagged characters -FIP-1.P14 Banding/Horizontal band cross out -FIP-1.P15 Auger mark -FIP-1.P16 Wrinkled/Stained paper (Envelope Wrinkle) -FIP-1.P17 The top margin is incorrect / The side margin is incorrect -FIP-1.P18 Color registration is out of alignment -FIP-1.P19 Images are skewed -FIP-1.P20 Paper Damage -FIP-1.P21 Unfusing -FIP-1.P22 Label Stuck
1 - 297
When horizontal lines and/or spot occur periodically, it is possibly caused by the trouble of a particular roll. In this case, compare the trouble intervals on the test print with the Pitch Chart. The interval does not necessarily match circumference of the roll. The trouble may be solved easily by the check.
Exit Roll [FUSER ASSY] Dup Gate [FUSER ASSY] Heat Roll [FUSER ASSY] Pressure Belt [FUSER ASSY]
Drum [PHD ASSY]
Dup Roll [ROLLER ASSY DUP]
Belt [TRANSFER ASSY]
Regi Roll (rubber) [PRINTER]
Dup Roll [ROLLER ASSY DUP] Regi Roll (metal) [PRINTER]
Feed Roll [ROLL ASSY FEED]
Separator Roller [PRINTER]
No 1 2 3 4 5
Roll Parts Heat Roll Pressure Belt Drum Belt Regi Roll (rubber)
Period (mm) 67 63 76 410 37
Replaceable parts FUSER ASSY FUSER ASSY PHD ASSY TRANSFER ASSY PRINTER
1 - 298
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting -Pitch Chart The chart is printed [Contamination Check] in the [Test Print] of the [Diagnosis].
Page 1
Page 2
13
13
Wsb02028KA
Wsb02027KA
Page 3
Page 4
13 13
Wsb02029KA
Wsb02030KA
Page 5
Wsb02025KA
1 - 299
4.2 Print Image Quality Specifications

Image Quality Guarantee Conditions The image quality is specified and guaranteed under the following conditions.
1) Environmental Condition Temperature: 5C - 32C Humidity:15% RH - 85% RH (85% RH at 28C) Note that defect may occur due to condensation after around 30 minutes if the printer is turned on in a critical environment. 2) Guaranteed Paper The print image quality specified in this chapter should be guaranteed when the standard paper is fed from the cassette tray. The print image quality is evaluated on the maximum size of each standard paper. Color print quality: X-Pression 24 lb paper Black and White quality: 4200 paper 3) Paper condition The paper used is flesh paper immediately after unpacked, which has been left in the operating environment for 12 hours before unpacking. 4) Printer condition The print image quality specified in this chapter is guaranteed with the printer in normal condition. 5) Criterion for judgment The print image quality is guaranteed with Spec. In rate = 90% ( =90%). 6) For Color chart, Parallelism, Perpendicularity, Skew, Linearity, Magnification Error, Registration and Printed Guaranteed Area, refer to each chart below.
1 - 300
Chart
Parallelism
Perpendicularity
1 - 301
Skew
Linearity
Magnification Error
Registration
1 - 302
Guaranteed Printing Area

4.1mm 4.1mm
4.1mm
355.6mm (14inch)
Guaranteed printing area
351.5mm
4.1mm
211.8mm 215.9mm (8.5inch)
Rio01001KA
1 - 303
4.3 Image Quality FIP FIP-1.P1 The output is too light
Faint
Mnt01100KA
Mnt01101KA
ESS and possible causative parts - TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7)

- PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) - DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1) - ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1) - PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19) Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.
Step
Check
Remedy Yes
Printing data is incorrect,then check the printing data which the problem generated.
No
Checking the printing. Checked by [Test Print]-[Gradation] in diagnosis. Is the image printed correctly? Changing the printer driver setting. 1.Reset Image Settings (Brightness/Contrast) to defaults. - Click [Restore Defaults] in [Image Settings] on the [Graphics] tab. 2.Disable Toner Saving Mode. - Deselect the [Toner Saving Mode] check box on the [Advanced] tab. Is the image printed correctly?
Go to step 2.
End of work.
Go to step 3.
Checking the paper. Is the installed paper with a new and dry one? or does the paper satisfy the specification?
Go to step 4.
1 - 304
Step
Check
Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K) for installation. Shake and reseat the suspected TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C, or K). Is the image printed correctly? Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y,M,C or K). Is the toner cartridges installed to the printer the DELL toner? Set the Non-Dell toner option to [Off]. (Refer to [Non-Dell Toner] in "18 Understanding the Tool Box Menus".) Is the image printed correctly? Checking the PHD ASSY sealing ribbon. After turning the printer off, open the front cover and remove the PHD ASSY from the printer.Remove any of the 8 pieces of sealing ribbon that may be left on the PHD ASSY.Then, install the PHD ASSY into the printer.If the ribbon is found, it takes a long time until the density is recovered. To use the printer immediately, change the PHD ASSY to another one. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Are four HV terminals on the right side of the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed?
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
Go to step 5
Go to step 7
Go to step 6
End of work.
Go to step 7
End of work.
Go to step 8
Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING(s), then go to step 9.
Go to step 9.
1 - 305
Step
Check
Checking the PHD ASSY for connection. Remove the PHD ASSY. Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY, and five springs on the frame (PL4.1.10 and PL4.1.15 to 18) dirty and/or deformed?
Remedy Yes No
Clean and/or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING(s),then go to step 5.
Go to step 10.
10
Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY. Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the laser beam windows of the ROS ASSY. Are the laser beam windows on the ROS ASSY clean?
End of work.
Go to step 10.
11
Go to step 12.
Clean the window(s) with soft cloth or cotton swab gently.
Checking the laser beam path. Are there any foreign substances between the ROS ASSY and PHD ASSY? Remove the foreign substances.
12
Go to step 13.
1 - 306
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
Replace the DISPENSER ASSY (refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10), then go to step 14. Replace the printer. Go to step 16.
13
Does the Toner Dispenser Motor function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-21(Y), DO-23(M), DO25(C), DO-27(K)] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
Go to step 15.
14 15
Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the PWBA MCU. Reseat the PWBA MCU. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the PWBA ESS SFP. Reseat the PWBA ESS SFP. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the TRANSFER ASSY. Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY. Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the PWBA HVPS. Reseat the PWBA HVPS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the DISPENSER ASSY. Replace the DISPENSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the KIT ROS. Replace the KIT ROS. (Refer to Removal 45/Replacement 9.) Is the image printed correctly?
End of work. End of work.
16
End of work.
Go to step 17.
17
End of work.
Go to step 18.
18
End of work.
Go to step 19.
19
End of work.
Go to step 20.
20
End of work.
Go to step 21.
21
End of work.
Go to step 22. Replace the PWBA HVPS. (Refer to Removal 47/Replacement 7.)
22
End of work.
1 - 307
FIP-1.P2 The entire output is blank

- PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) - DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1) - ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1) - PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19)
Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.
Step
Check
Remedy Yes
Printing data form is not suitable for the printer, then check the printing data which the problem generated.
No
Checking the blank print. Print the Windows test page. Is the image printed correctly?
Go to step 2.
Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K) for installation. Shake and reseat the suspected TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C, or K). Is the image printed correctly? Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y,M,C or K). Is the toner cartridges installed to the printer the DELL toner? Set the Non-Dell toner option to [Off]. (Refer to [Non-Dell Toner] in "18 Understanding the Tool Box Menus".) Is the image printed correctly?
End of work.
Go to step 3
Go to step 5
Go to step 4
End of work.
Go to step 5 Replace the paper with a new and dry one. or Change the paper to the one that satisfies the specification. (Refer to "14 Print Media Guidelines" in the User Guide.)
Go to step 6.
1 - 308
Step
Check
Checking the PHD ASSY sealing ribbon. After turning the printer off, open the front cover and remove the PHD ASSY from the printer.Remove any of the 8 pieces of sealing ribbon that may be left on the PHD ASSY. Then, install the PHD ASSY into the printer.If the ribbon is found, it takes a long time until the density is recovered. To use the printer immediately, change the PHD ASSY to another one. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Are four HV terminals on the right side of the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed?
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
Go to step 7
Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING(s), then go to step 8.
Go to step 8.
Clean and/or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING(s),then go to step 9.
Go to step 9.
Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY. Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly?
End of work.
Go to step 10.
1 - 309
Step
Check
Checking the laser beam windows of the ROS ASSY. Are the laser beam windows on the ROS ASSY clean?
Remedy Yes No
10
Go to step 11.
Clean the window(s) with soft cloth or cotton swab gently.
Checking the laser beam path. Are there any foreign substances between the ROS ASSY and PHD ASSY? Remove the foreign substances.
11
Go to step 12.
12
Does the Toner Dispenser Motor function normally? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-21(Y), DO-23(M), DO25(C), DO-27(K)] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
Go to step 14.
Replace the DISPENSER ASSY (refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10), then go to step 13. Replace the printer. Go to step 15.
13 14
Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the PWBA MCU. Reseat the PWBA MCU. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the PWBA ESS SFP. Reseat the PWBA ESS SFP. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the TRANSFER ASSY. Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY. Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the PWBA HVPS. Reseat the PWBA HVPS. Is the image printed correctly?
15
End of work.
Go to step 16.
16
End of work.
Go to step 17.
17
End of work.
Go to step 18.
18
End of work.
Go to step 19.
19
End of work.
Go to step 20.
1 - 310
Step
Check
Checking after replacing the DISPENSER ASSY. Replace the DISPENSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the KIT ROS. Replace the KIT ROS. (Refer to Removal 45/Replacement 9.) Is the image printed correctly?
Remedy Yes
End of work.
No
20
21
End of work.
1 - 311
FIP-1.P3 Part or the entire output is black.

ESS and possible causative parts - PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19)
- PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
Step
Check
Remedy Yes
Printing data is incorrect, then check the printing data which the problem generated. Go to step 3. Go to step 4. End of work.
No
Checking the solid black. Checked by [Test Print]-[Test Pattern 600] in diagnostic. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the printer driver setting. Is the [Output Color] option under the [Graphics] tab set to "Color (Auto)"? Checking the Toner Type. Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY. Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the PWBA HVPS. Reseat the PWBA HVPS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly?
Go to step 2.
2 3 4
Set the option to "Color (Auto)". Replace the toner with the Dell toner. Go to step 5.
End of work.
End of work.
1 - 312
FIP-1.P4 Toner smears

Possible causative parts - PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
- TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) - FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1)
Step
Check
Checking the printer environment. Check that the printer is in a room where air conditioner is operating. If the air conditioner is not operating, turn it on or move the printer to a room with an air conditioner. Are printouts still toner smears after turning on the air conditioner?
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 2.
End of work.
Go to step 3.
Replace the paper with a new and dry one. or Change the paper to the one that satisfies the specification. (Refer to "14 Print Media Guidelines" in the User Guide.) Go to step 4.
Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the FUSER ASSY. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49) Is the image printed correctly? Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. NOTE: After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value.
End of work.
End of work.
Replace the TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34.)
1 - 313
FIP-1.P5 Random spots

- PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) - FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1)
13
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
Printing data is incorrect,then Checking the Print. check the printing Checked by [Test-Print]-[Contamination check] in diagnosis. data which the Is the image printed correctly? problem generated. Checking after cleaning Inside the Printer. Is the image printed correctly? Shake and reseat the suspected TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C, or K) Is the image printed correctly? Checking the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY. Are there any damages on the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY? Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed? Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING(s). End of work. End of work. Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34.)
Go to step 2
2 3
Go to step 5.
Go to step 6.
1 - 314
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
Clean and/or replace the PHD ASSY or SPRING(s).
Go to step 7.
Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly?
End of work.
Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value.
1 - 315
FIP-1.P6 Streaks appear on the output

13
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
Printing data is incorrect,then Checking the Print. check the printing Checked by [Test-Print]-[Contamination check] in diagnosis. data which the Is the image printed correctly? problem generated. Checking after cleaning Inside the Printer. Is the image printed correctly? Shake and reseat the suspected TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C, or K) Is the image printed correctly? Checking the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY. Are there any damages on the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY? Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed? Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING(s). End of work. End of work. Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34.)
Go to step 2
2 3
Go to step 5.
Go to step 6.
1 - 316
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 7.
End of work.
1 - 317
FIP-1.P7 Pitched color dots

13
Step
Check
Checking the defective parts. Print the [Pitch Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box]. When the partial lacks of periodicity are observed, check the defective parts by comparing the printed partial lacks with the Pitch Chart. Are there any partial lackes matching the chart? Checking after cleaning Inside the Printer. Is the image printed correctly? Shake and reseat the suspected TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C, or K) Is the image printed correctly? Checking the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY. Are there any damages on the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY? Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed?
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 2.
2 3
End of work. End of work. Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34.)
Go to step 5.
Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING(s).
Go to step 6.
1 - 318
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 7.
End of work.
1 - 319
FIP-1.P8 Vertical blanks

ESS and possible causative parts - PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
- TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) - ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1)
13
- FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1)
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
Printing data is incorrect,then Checking the Print. check the printing Checked by [Test-Print]-[Contamination check] in diagnosis. data which the Is the image printed correctly? problem generated. Checking the belt surfaces of the TRANSFER ASSY. Are there any damages on the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY? Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed? Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY or SPRING(s). Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34.)
Go to step 2
Go to step 3.
Go to step 4.
1 - 320
Step
Check
Checking the laser beam path. Are there any foreign substances between the ROS ASSY and PHD ASSY?
Remedy Yes No
Remove the foreign substances.
Go to step 5.
Go to step 6.
Checking the ROS ASSY for connection. Check the connections between the ROS ASSY and PWBA MCU. Are P/J40, P/J 41, P/J411 and P/J 412 connected correctly? Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J40, P/J41, P/J411 and/or P/J412 surely, then go to step 7.
Go to step 8.
7 8
Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the KIT ROS. Replace the KIT ROS. (Refer to Removal 45/Replacement 9.) Is the image printed correctly?
1 - 321
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
1 - 322
FIP-1.P9 Ghosting
ESS and possible causative parts - LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8)
- HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP (PL9.1.3) - PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) - TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7)
Mnt01114KA
Step
Check
Checking the Afterimage (Ghost). Print the Ghost Configuration Chart Page. - To print "Ghost Configuration Chart", click [Ghost Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] on the diagnosis tab of Tool Box. Is the image printed correctly?
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
Go to step 2.
Checking the paper. Does the paper satisfy the specification?
Go to step 3.
Adjusting the transfer bias. Adjust the voltage value of the BTR. - To adjust the voltage value of the BTR, use [Adjust BTR] on the Printer Maintenance tab of Web Tool. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after "Drum Refresh Mode". Execute the "Drum Refresh Mode". - To execute the "Drum Refresh Mode", click [Drum Refresh Mode] in [Refresh Mode] on the diagnosis tab of Tool Box. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the erase lamps. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT, and remove the PHD ASSY. Cheat the safety interlock switch. Does the four erase LEDs light correctly?
End of work.
Go to step 4.
End of work.
Go to step 5.
Go to step 8.
Go to step 6.
1 - 323
Step
Check
Checking the connectors for connection. Check the connections between the PWBA MCU and LED ASSY ERASE. Are P/J141 and P/J14 connected correctly?
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 7.
Reconnect the connector(s) P/ J141 and/or P/J14 surely, then go to step 7.
Checking the HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP for continuity. Disconnect J14 from the PWBA MCU. Disconnect J141 from the LED ASSY ERASE. Is each cable of J14 <=> J141 continuous? Checking the PHD ASSY for connection Remove the PHD ASSY. Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY, and five springs on the frame (PL4.1.10 and PL4.1.15 to 18) dirty and/or deformed?
Replace the LED ASSY ERASE (Refer to Removal 14/ Replacement 40.),then go to step 8.
Replace the HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP.
Go to step 9.
Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY. Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly?
End of work.
Go to step 10.
1 - 324
Step
Check
Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection.Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed?
Remedy Yes No
10
Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.)
1 - 325
FIP-1.P10 Light-Induced Fatigue

Step
Check
Checking after "Drum Refresh Mode". Execute the "Drum Refresh Mode". - To execute the "Drum Refresh Mode", click [Drum Refresh Mode] in [Refresh Mode] on the diagnosis tab of Tool Box. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.) Does the error still occur when printing?
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
Go to step 2.
End of work.
1 - 326
FIP-1.P11 Fog
Mnt01115KA
Step
Check
Remedy Yes
No
Checking the printing. Checked by [Test Print]-[Gradation] in diagnosis. Is the image printed correctly? Changing the printer driver setting. Reset Image Settings (Brightness/Contrast) to defaults. - Click [Restore Defaults] in [Image Settings] on the [Graphics] tab. Is the image printed correctly?
Go to step 2.
End of work.
Go to step 3.
Go to step 4.
Checking after "Drum Refresh Mode". Execute the "Drum Refresh Mode". - To execute the "Drum Refresh Mode", click [Drum Refresh Mode] in [Refresh Mode] on the diagnosis tab of Tool Box. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY. Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the PWBA HVPS. Reseat the PWBA HVPS. Is the image printed correctly?
End of work.
Go to step 5.
5 6
Replace the toner with the Dell toner. Go to step 7.
End of work.
Go to step 8.
1 - 327
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
Replace the PWBA HVPS. (Refer to Removal 47/Replacement 7.)
End of work.
1 - 328
FIP-1.P12 Bead-Carry-Out (BCO)

Step
Check
Setting the altitude. Set the altitude. - To set the altitude, use [Adjust Altitude] on the Printer Maintenance tab of Tool Box. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY. Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the PWBA HVPS. Reseat the PWBA HVPS. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly?
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
Go to step 2.
End of work.
Go to step 3.
End of work.
End of work.
1 - 329
FIP-1.P13 Jagged characters

Possible causative parts - ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1)
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 2.
Checking the printer setting. Change the Screen setting to "Fineness" via the printer driver. - To change the Screen settings, use [Screen] on the Advanced Property tab of the printer driver. NOTE: If using a downloaded font, ensure that the font is recommended for the printer, operating system, and the application being used. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the printer setting. Change the Print Mode setting to "High Quality" via the printer driver. - To change the Print Mode settings, use [Print Mode] on the Graphics Property tab of the printer driver. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the printer setting. Change the Bitmap Smoothing setting to On via the printer driver. - To change the Bitmap Smoothing setting,use [Bitmap Smoothing] on the Advanced Property tab of the printer driver. Is the image printed correctly?
End of work.
Go to step 3.
End of work.
Go to step 4.
End of work.
Go to step 5.
1 - 330
Step
5 Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated?
Check
Remedy Yes
Go to step 6.
No
Replace the toner with the Dell toner. Replace the KIT ROS. (Refer to Removal 45/ Replacement 9.)
Checking after resetting the KIT ROS ASSY. Reseat the KIT ROS ASSY. Is the image printed correctly?
End of work.
1 - 331
FIP-1.P14 Banding/Horizontal band cross out
13
13
Possible causative parts - ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1)

- PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) - TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) - PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19) Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
Printing data is incorrect,then Checking the Print. check the printing Checked by [Test-Print]-[Contamination check] in diagnosis. data which the Is the image printed correctly? problem generated.
Go to step 2
Go to step 3.
Replace the paper with a new and dry one. or Change the paper to the one that satisfies the specification. (Refer to "14 Print Media Guidelines" in the User Guide.) End of work.
Checking for foreign objects in the paper transfer path. Remove any foreign objects in the paper transfer path Go to step 4. between the KIT TRANSFER ASSY and the FUSER ASSY. Does the printout have Banding/Horizontal band cross out? Checking the defective parts. Print the [Pitch Configuration Chart] in [Chart Print] in [Diagnosis] tab of [Tool Box]. When the vertical stripes of periodicity are observed, check the defective parts by comparing the printed vertical stripes with the Pitch Chart. Are there any vertical stripes matching the chart?
Go to step 5.
1 - 332
Step
Check
Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT. Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed?
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 6.
Go to step 7.
Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY. Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the ROS ASSY. Replace the ROS ASSY. (Refer to Removal 45/ Replacement 9.) Is the image printed correctly?
End of work.
Go to step 8.
End of work.
End of work.
1 - 333
FIP-1.P15 Auger mark

- DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1)
Step
Check
Checking the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C or K) for installation. Shake and reseat the suspected TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C, or K) Is the image printed correctly? Checking the Toner Type Is the Dell Toner seated? Checking Dispense Motor (Y, M, C or K) for operation. Operate the Dispense Motor (Y, M, C or K) for the color in which the problem lies. - To check the operation of the Dispense Motor (Y, M, C or K), click [Dispense Motor (Y, M, C or K)] in [Machine Check] on the diagnosis tab of Tool Box. Is the image printed correctly? Execute the "Clean Developer" - To execute the "Clean Developer", click Start in [Clean Developer] on the diagnosis tab of Tool Box. Is the image printed correctly?
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
Go to step 2
Go to step 3.
Replace the toner with the Dell toner.
End of work.
Go to step 4
End of work.
Go to step 5
1 - 334
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 6.
Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY. Reseat the PHD ASSY. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Is the image printed correctly?
End of work.
Go to step 7. Replace the DISPENSER ASSY (refer to Removal 44/ Replacement 10)
End of work.
1 - 335
FIP-1.P16 Wrinkled/Stained paper (Envelope Wrinkle)

.Possible causative parts - HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5)
- ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4) - ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9) - ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10)
Tray is recommended for paper feeding because sheets fed via SSF is prone to skew depending on how the sheet is placed on SSF.
Step
1 2
Check
Checking the paper feeding tray. Is the skewed paper fed from the SSF? Checking the side guides setting of SSF. Reset the side guides. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the paper path. Are there any foreign substances on the paper path? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL ASSY METAL for rotation. Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag], and then enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-29] in [IOT Diag]. Does the Roll Assy Regi and Roll Regi Metal rotate? During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking after resetting the Paper Cassette. Reseat the Paper Cassette. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the paper. Reseat the paper in the Paper Cassette. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the side guides of the Paper Cassette. Reset the side guides. Is the image printed correctly?
Remedy Yes
Go to step 2. End of work. Remove the foreign substances, then go to step 4. End of work.
No
3 4
Go to step 5. Go to step 5. Replace the ROLL ASSY REGI and/ or ROLL REGI METAL.
End of work.
End of work.
Go to step 7.
End of work.
Go to step 8.
End of work.
Go to step 9.
1 - 336
Step
Check
Remedy Yes
Remove the foreign substances, then go to step 10. End of work. End of work.
No
Go to step 11. Go to step 11. Go to step 12.
9 10 11
Checking the paper path. Are there any foreign substances on the paper path? Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. Reseat the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. Is the image printed correctly?
12
Checking after replacing the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. Replace the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to End of work. Removal 2/Replacement 52.) Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the ROLL ASSY FEED. Reseat the ROLL ASSY FEED. Is the image printed correctly?
Go to step 13. Replace the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED. (Refer to Removal 9/ Replacement 45.)
13
End of work.
1 - 337
FIP-1.P17 The top margin is incorrect / The side margin is incorrect
Mnt05100KA
Mnt05101KA
ESS and possible causative parts - PHD UNIT (PL4.1.21)

- TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) - ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1) Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.
Step
Check
Remedy Yes
No
Checking the printing. Checked by [Test Print]-[Gradation] in diagnosis. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after replacing the PHD ASSY. Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/Replacement 50.) Does the error appear on the printed material when printing? Checking after replacing the TRANSFER ASSY. Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34.) Does the error appear on the printed material when printing?
Go to step 2.
Go to step 3.
End of work.
Go to step 4.
Replace the KIT ROS ASSY. (Refer to Removal 45/ Replacement 9.)
1 - 338
FIP-1.P18 Color registration is out of alignment
Mnt01119KA
Possible causative parts - TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7)

- PHD UNIT (PL4.1.21) Before commencing troubleshooting, check the paper transfer path. Make sure there is no foreign materials on the transfer path, such as staples, paper clips, scraps of paper and so on.
Step
Check
Checking the Color registration. Print the Color Regi Chart. - To print "Color Regi Chart", click [Color Regi Chart] in [Color Registration Adjustments] on the Printer Maintenance tab of Tool Box. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after cleaning the CTD (ADC) Sensor. Clean the CTD (ADC) Sensor, and print the Color Regi Chart. - For details on how to clean the CTD (ADC) Sensor, refer to "Appendix_3.2 Cleaning the CTD (ADC) Sensor". Is the image printed correctly? Checking after automatic color registration. Execute the automatic color registration. - To execute the automatic color registration, click [Auto Correct] in [Color Registration Adjustments] on the Printer Maintenance tab of Tool Box. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after manual color registration. Manually adjust the color registration. - To adjust the color registration manually, use [Color Registration Adjustment 1 or 2] in [Color Registration Adjustments] on the Printer Maintenance tab of Tool Box. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after Replacing the TRANSFER ASSY. Replace the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34.) Does the color registration appear on the printed material when printing?
Remedy Yes No
End of work.
Go to step 2.
End of work.
Go to step 3.
End of work.
Go to step 4.
End of work.
Go to step 5.
Replace the PHD ASSY. (Refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50.)
End of work.
1 - 339
FIP-1.P19 Images are skewed

ESS and possible causative parts - HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5)
Mnt01116KA
Step
1 2
Check
Checking the paper feeding tray. Is the skewed paper fed from the SSF? Checking the side guides setting of SSF. Reset the side guides. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the paper path. Are there any foreign substances on the paper path? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL ASSY METAL for rotation. Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag], and then enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-29] in [IOT Diag]. Does the Roll Assy Regi and Roll Regi Metal rotate? During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking after resetting the Paper Cassette. Reseat the Paper Cassette. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the paper. Reseat the paper in the Paper Cassette. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the side guides of the Paper Cassette. Reset the side guides. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the paper path. Are there any foreign substances on the paper path? Is the image printed correctly?
Remedy Yes
No
3 4
End of work.
End of work.
Go to step 7.
End of work.
Go to step 8.
End of work. Remove the foreign substances, then go to step 10. End of work.
Go to step 9.
9 10
1 - 340
Step
Check
Checking after resetting the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. Reseat the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. Is the image printed correctly?
Remedy Yes
End of work.
No
Go to step 12.
11
12
13
End of work.
1 - 341
FIP-1.P20 Paper Damage

.Possible causative parts - HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5)
Mnt01117KA
Step
1 2
Check
Checking the paper feeding tray. Is the skewed paper fed from the SSF? Checking the side guides setting of SSF. Reset the side guides. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the paper path. Are there any foreign substances on the paper path? Is the image printed correctly? Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL ASSY METAL for rotation. Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag], and then enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-29] in [IOT Diag]. Does the Roll Assy Regi and Roll Regi Metal rotate? During this check, cheat the interlock switch (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK). Checking after resetting the Paper Cassette. Reseat the Paper Cassette. Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the paper. Reseat the paper in the Paper Cassette. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the side guides of the Paper Cassette. Reset the side guides. Is the image printed correctly? Checking the paper path. Are there any foreign substances on the paper path?
Remedy Yes
No
3 4
End of work.
End of work.
Go to step 7.
End of work.
Go to step 8.
End of work. Remove the foreign substances, then go to step 10.
Go to step 9.
Go to step 11.
1 - 342
Step
10 11
Check
Is the image printed correctly? Checking after resetting the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. Reseat the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. Is the image printed correctly?
Remedy Yes
No
12
13
End of work.
1 - 343
FIP-1.P21 Unfusing
Possible causative parts - FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1)
Mnt01118KA
Step
Check
Remedy Yes
No
Use the paper that meets the specifications,then go to step 2. Go to step 3. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Replace the FUSER ASSY. (Refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49.) After replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value.
1 2
Checking the using paper Does the using paper meet the specifications? Is the image printed correctly?
Checking after resetting the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Is the image printed correctly?
End of work.
1 - 344
FIP-1.P22 Label Stuck

.Possible causative parts - FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1)
Step
Check
Remedy Yes No
Checking for foreign materials around the paper transfer path. Are there any foreign materials such as precut adhesive labels in the paper transfer path?
Remove the foreign materials.
1 - 345
5. Abnormal Noise Trouble

5.1 Entry Chart for Abnormal Noise Troubleshooting
Does abnormal noise arise during adjustment after Power ON? Y N
Check the Operation Mode Table of Power ON. Check the components are normal without any stains and/or damages. (Refer to FIP1 N1.)
Does abnormal noise arise during Standby? N
Check the Operation Mode Table of Standby. Check the components are normal without any stains and/or damages. (Refer to FIP1 N2.)
Does abnormal noise arise during printing?
Check the Operation Mode Table of Printing. Check the components are normal without any stains and/or damages. (Refer to FIP1 N3.)
1 - 346
5.2 Operation Mode Table FIP-1.N1 Noise: When Power is Turned On
Step
Check
Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1) DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2)
Remedy Yes No
Checking the Main Motor. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [CE Diag] tab of [CE Diag]. Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY. Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking after resetting the TRANSFER ASSY. Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
Go to step 2.
Go to step 5.
Go to step 3.
End of work.
Go to step 4.
End of work.
Checking after resetting the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Reseat the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
Try replacing the PHD ASSY (refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50), KIT TRANSFER ASSY (refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34) and KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (refer to Removal 32/ Replacement 22) one after another. Go to step 6.
End of work.
Checking the Sub Motor. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-5] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY. Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-5] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking after resetting the FUSER ASSY. Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Warning: Start the operation after the FUSER ASSY has cooled down. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-5] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
Check the installation situation of printer.
Go to step 7.
End of work.
Go to step 8.
End of work.
1 - 347
Step
Check
Remedy Yes
Try replacing the PHD UNIT (refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50), FUSER ASSY (refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49) after replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value, and DRIVE ASSY SUB (refer to Removal 33/ Replacement 21) one after another.
No
Checking after resetting the DRIVE ASSY SUB. Reseat the DRIVE ASSY SUB. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-5] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
End of work.
1 - 348
FIP-1.N2 Noise: During Standby
Step
Possible causative parts: FAN (PL8.1.1) PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1)
Check
Remedy Yes No
Checking the FAN. Does the noise arise from the Fan? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-1e] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
1 - 349
FIP-1.N3 Noise: During Printing (Checking for other items than "power on noise")
Step
Check
Possible causative parts: HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5) ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4) ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9) ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1) DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) FAN (PL8.1.1) FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (PL11.1.1)
Remedy Yes No
Checking the paper feeding. Does the noise arise from the printer when the paper is fed from the Tray 1? Checking the paper condition in the Paper Cassette. Is the paper dry and recommended paper? Checking noise when the paper is fed from the Tray 1. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checking the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR in the Paper Cassette for rotation. Remove the Paper Cassette from the printer. Does the SEPARATOR ROLLER rotate smoothly? Turning it with your finger. Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED for rotation. Remove the Paper Cassette from the printer. Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag] and then enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-b] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Does the noise arise from this Roller? Checking the paper guide sides setting and paper setting of SSF. Were the paper guide sides of SSF correctly set, and was the paper correctly inserted into SSF?
Go to step 2.
Go to step 6. Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one, then go to step 3. End of work. Replace the KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR. (Refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52.)
Go to step 4.
Go to step 4.
Go to step 5.
Replace the ROLL ASSY FEED. (Refer to Removal 9/ Replacement 45.)
Go to step 9.
Go to step 7.
Reset the paper guide sides, and correctly insert the paper to SSF, then go to step 7. Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one, then go to step 8. End of work. Go to step 12.
Checking the paper condition. Is the paper dry and recommended paper? Checking noise when the paper is fed from the SSF. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checking the Duplex. Does the noise arise when feeding the paper from the Duplex?
Go to step 9.
8 9
1 - 350
Step
Check
Checking the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD for installation. Reseat the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checking the Duplex Motor (MOTOR ASSY DUP). Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-12] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the Main Motor. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking after resetting the PHD UNIT. Reseat the PHD UNIT. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking after resetting the TRANSFER ASSY. Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the foreign substances on the surfaces of the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL. Are there any foreign substances on the surfaces of these parts? Checking noise when printing. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checking the ROLL ASSY REGI and ROLL REGI METAL for rotation. Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag] and then enter the [Digital Output] - [DO-29] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Does the noise arise from the Roller(s)?
Remedy Yes
Go to step 11. Replace FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (Refer to Removal 56/ Replacement 57). Go to step 13.
No
End of work.
10
11
End of work.
12
Go to step 19.
13
Go to step 14.
End of work.
14
Go to step 15.
End of work.
15
Remove the foreign substances, then go to step 16. Go to step 17. Replace the ROLL ASSY REGI and/ or ROLL REGI METAL. Try replacing the PHD ASSY (refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50), KIT TRANSFER ASSY (refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34) and KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (refer to Removal 32/ Replacement 22) one after another. Go to step 20.
Go to step 17.
16
End of work.
17
Go to step 18.
18
Checking the DRIVE ASSY MAIN for installation. Reseat the DRIVE ASSY MAIN. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-0] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
End of work.
19
Checking the Sub Motor. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-5] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
Check the installation situation of the printer.
1 - 351
Step
Check
Checking the PHD ASSY for installation. Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-5] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis. Checking the FUSER ASSY for installation. Reseat the FUSER ASSY. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-5] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
Remedy Yes No
20
Go to step 21.
End of work.
21
Go to step 22.
End of work.
22
Checking the DRIVE ASSY SUB for installation. Reseat the DRIVE ASSY SUB. Does the noise arise from the printer? Checked by [Digital Output] - [DO-5] in [IOT Diag] of diagnosis.
Try replacing the PHD UNIT (refer to Removal 4/ Replacement 50), FUSER ASSY (refer to Removal 5/ Replacement 49) after replacement, be sure to clear the life counter value, and DRIVE ASSY SUB (refer to Removal 33/ Replacement 21) one after another.
End of work.
1 - 352
6. Other FIP
Other FIP covers the Electrical Noise FIP, Power Supply FIP and Multiple Feed FIP, except Error Code FIP, Abnormal Noise FIP and Image Quality FIP.
FIP-Electrical Noise
Step
Check
Possible causative parts: PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19) Checking the external noise. Are there any other electrical appliances within 3 meters form the printer, such as generators, radio and appliances with motors? Either turn off the other electrical appliances, or relocate the printer at least 6 meters away from other appliances. Does the electrical noise error still occur? Checking the AC ground. Is AC power supply outlet wired and grounded appropriately? Checking the TRANSFER ASSY for connection. Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Are four HV terminals on the TRANSFER ASSY, and four springs on the frame (PL4.1.11, 12, 13 and 14) dirty and/or deformed? Checking the PHD ASSY for connection. Remove the PHD ASSY. Are five HV terminals on the PHD ASSY, and five springs on the frame (PL4.1.10 and PL4.1.15 to 18) dirty and/or deformed? Checking after resetting the PHD ASSY. Reseat the PHD ASSY. Does the electrical noise error still occur? Checking after resetting the TRANSFER ASSY. Reseat the TRANSFER ASSY. Does the electrical noise error still occur?
Remedy Yes No
Go to step 2.
End of work.
Go to step 3. Clean or replace the TRANSFER ASSY (refer to Removal 20/ Replacement 34) or SPRING(s).
Request the client to fix AC power supply outlet.
Go to step 4.
Clean or replace the PHD ASSY (refer to Removal Go to step 5. 4/ Replacement 50) or SPRING(s). Go to step 6. Reseat the PWBA HVPS.(refer to Removal 47/ Replacement 7) End of work.
End of work.
1 - 353
FIP-AC Power
Step
Check
Possible causative parts: SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP (PL8.2.9) PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1)
Remedy Yes No
Checking the printer. Does the motor noise arise when turning on the power? During this test, close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Checking the power supply on wall outlet. Connect the power cord with other wall outlet. Does the printer operate normally? Checking the power code for connection. Reconnect the power cord. Does the printer operate normally? Checking the connector of SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP for connection. Disconnect the power cord and wait for one minute. Reconnect the connector of SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP. Does the printer operate normally? Checking the connector of PWBA LVPS for connection. Disconnect the power cord and wait for one minute. Reconnect the all connectors of PWBA LVPS. Does the printer operate normally?
Go to FIP-DC.
Go to step 2.
End of work.
Go to step 3.
End of work.
Go to step 4.
End of work.
Replace the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP ,then go to step 5. Replace the PWBA LVPS. (Refer to Removal 11/ Replacement 43.)
End of work.
1 - 354
FIP-DC Power
Step
Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1) PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13) PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.17)
Remedy Yes No
Checking the connector of the PWBA LVPS for connection. Disconnect the power cord and wait for one minute. Reconnect the all connectors of the PWBA LVPS. Does the printer operate normally? Checking the connector of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL for connection. Reconnect the connector (P/J202) of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL. Does the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL operate normally? Checking after resetting the PWBA MCU and PWBA ESS SFP. Reseat the PWBA MCU and PWBA ESS SFP. Does the printer operate normally?
End of work.
Go to step 2.
End of work.
Go to step 3.
End of work.
1 - 355
FIP-Multiple Feed
This multiple feed trouble occurs only when the paper is fed from the Paper Cassette.
Step
Check
Possible causative parts: HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5) ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4) ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9) ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10)
Remedy Yes No
1 2
Checking the using paper. Does the using paper meet the specifications? Does the multi feed still occur when printing? Checking paper condition. Is the paper dry and recommended paper? Does the multi feed still occur when printing?
Use the paper that meets the specifications, then go to step 2. End of work. Replace the paper with a new dry and recommended one, then go to step 4. End of work. Replace the KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (refer to Removal 9/ Replacement 45) or KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (refer to Removal 2/ Replacement 52).
Go to step 5.
Go to step 5.
Checking the ROLL ASSY FEED and HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR for rotation. Does the ROLL ASSY FEED and HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR rotate smoothly and operate correctly?
End of work.
1 - 356
FIP-Control Panel Freezes
Step
Check
Possible causative parts: PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7)
Remedy Yes No
1 2
Checking the operating environment. Is the printer connected to the Network? Checking the IP address. Can you change the IP address? Checking the internet connectivity. Is there any internet connection available for your PC? Updating the firmware to the latest version. Download the latest version of the firmware from the DELL Support Web site, and execute the update. NOTE: Before updating the firmware to the latest version, reset the error following the steps of procedure described below. In addition, update the firmware by way of a USB storage. 1) Remove the network cable. 2) Connect the USB cable. 3) Turn the power off and on. Does the error persist when the power is turned off and on? Changing the IP address. Contact your system administrator for obtaining a new IP address. Refer to Reference_1 for details of how to change the IP address. Does the error persist when the power is turned off and on?
Replace the Printer. Go to step 3. Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Removal 42/ Replacement 12)
Go to step 4.
Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Removal 42/ Replacement 12)
End of work.
Replace the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Removal 42/ Replacement 12)
End of work.
Reference_1:Changing the IP address 1) Remove the network cable, and power off the printer and then on 2) Change the IP address on the Control Panel. 3) Plug the network cable back into the printer, and then turn the power on. 4) On the Control Panel, open [Admin] > [Network] > [TCP/IP], and confirm that the IP address has been changed.
1 - 357
Appendix
This section describes procedure of clearing paper jams, procedure of replacing the main parts, and procedure of cleaning the printer.
Appendix_1 Clearing Jams

1.1 Clearing Paper Jams From the SSF
1) Pull the jammed paper out of the single sheet feeder. If no jammed paper can be found or you are unable to remove the paper, go to the next step to remove the jammed paper from the inside of the printer. 3) Push the side button to open the front cover.
4)
Open the belt unit until it stops and remove the jammed paper. Confirm that there are no scraps of paper remaining inside the printer.
2)
Remove the standard 250-sheet tray from the printer, and then pull out the jammed paper remaining inside the printer. If no jammed paper can be found or you are unable to remove the paper, go to the next step to remove the jammed paper from the inside of the printer.
1 - 358
5)
Close the belt unit, and push at the top of the unit until it clicks.
1.2 Clearing Paper Jams From the Standard 250-Sheet Tray

1) Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer carefully. Hold the tray with both hands, lift the front slightly, and remove it from the printer.
6)
Close the front cover.
2)
Remove all the jammed and/or creased paper from the tray.
7)
Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
3)
Pull the jammed paper out carefully to avoid tearing it. If you are still unable to remove the paper, go to the next step to remove the jammed paper from the inside of the printer.
4)
Push the side button to open the front cover.
1 - 359
5)
Open the belt unit until it stops and remove the jammed paper. Confirm that there are no scraps of paper remaining inside the printer. 7) Close the front cover.
8)
6)
1 - 360
1.3 Clearing Paper Jams From the Fuser

1) Turn off the printer and wait for 30 minutes. 2) Push the side button to open the front cover.
6)
Close the cover of the fuser and press down the levers at both ends of the fuser.
3)
Open the belt unit.
7)
Confirm that there are no scraps of paper remaining inside the printer, and then close the belt unit.
4)
Lift the levers at both ends of the fuser, and remove the jammed paper. If you are still unable to remove the paper, go to the next step.
8)
5)
Open the cover of the fuser and remove the jammed paper.
1 - 361
1.4 Clearing Paper Jams From the Duplexer

1) Push the side button to open the front cover.
1.5 Clearing Paper Jams From the Optional 250-Sheet Feeder

1) Pull the optional 250-sheet feeder out of the printer carefully. Hold the feeder with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
2) 3)
Open the cover of the duplexer. Remove the jammed paper from the duplexer. 2) Remove all jammed and/or creased paper from the feeder.
4) 5)
Close the cover of the duplexer. Close the front cover. 3) Pull the jammed paper out carefully to avoid tearing it. If you are still unable to remove the paper, go to the next step to remove the jammed paper from the inside of the printer.
1 - 362
4)
6)
5)
Open the belt unit until it stops and remove the jammed paper. Confirm that there are no scraps of paper remaining inside the printer.
7)
8)
Insert the optional 250-sheet feeder into the printer, and push until it stops.
1 - 363
Appendix_2 Replacing the Main Parts

2.1 Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts Life
2.1.1 Replacement Timing of Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts (1) Types of Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts Listed below are the consumables and periodic replacement parts for this printer (including options).
Product Name
TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (Starter capacity) TONER CARTRIDGE (YMC) (Starter capacity) Consumables TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (Standard capacity) TONER CARTRIDGE (YMC) (Standard capacity) FUSER Periodic Replacement Parts PHD ASSY SEPARATOR ROLLERS (Retard Roller) *1: The page counts are for reference only.
Life span (approximate)*1

1,200 pages 1,200 pages 3,000 pages 2,500 pages 100,000 pages 24,000 pages 150,000 pages
The actual page count may vary greatly depending on conditions such as print settings, document contents, or power-on/off frequency. (2) Replacement Timing of Consumables When a consumable part is about to reach its replacement period, one of the following messages appears on the Operator Panel:
Message TONER CARTRIDGE (YMCK)

<Near Life> Ready to Print 093-XXX*1
Meaning
The TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C, or K) is near its replacement period. Have ready a new TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C, or K). You can still print approximately another 900 pages (Standard capacity: 1,800 pages) in K, and 600 (Standard capacity: 1,200 pages) in Y, M, and C.
Detection device
Flip YYY*1 Cartridge Is close to life <Life Over> Replace Cart. 093-XXX*2 Flip Replace YYY*2 Cartridge
The TONER CRUM detects the replacement period from the remaining toner amount. The TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C, or K) has reached The CTD (ADC) Sensor detects the life its replacement period. The printer stops operating. Immediately replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C, end. or K) with a new one.
*1-*2: XXX/YYY in the message denotes the following. *1: 423/Yellow, 424/Magenta, 425/Cyan, 426/Black *2: 930/Yellow, 931/Magenta, 932/Cyan, 933/Black
1 - 364
Chapter 1 Troubleshooting (3) Replacement Timing of Periodic Replacement Parts When a periodic replacement part is about to reach its replacement period, one of the following messages appears on the Operator Panel:
Message
<Near Life> Ready to Print 010-421
Meaning
The FUSER ASSY is near its replacement period. Have ready a new FUSER ASSY. You can still print approximately another 5,000 pages before the Life Over message appears.
Detection device
FUSER ASSY
Flip Ready to Print Contact Support

<Life Over> Replace FUSER 010- 351
Flip Replace FUSER Contact Support

<Near Life> Ready to Print 091-402
The replacement period is detected with the operation The FUSER ASSY has reached its replacement period. counter of the FUSER You can still print some more pages, but the print quality ASSY. will not be assured. It is recommended that you replace the FUSER ASSY with a new one immediately.
PHD ASSY

<Life Over> Replace PHS 091-935
The PHD ASSY is near its replacement period. Have ready a new PHD ASSY. You can still print approximately another 2,400 pages before the Life Over message appears.
Flip Replace PHD Contact Support
The replacement period is detected with the operation counter of the PHD The PHD ASSY has reached its replacement period. You can still print some more pages, but the print quality ASSY. will not be assured. It is recommended that you replace the PHD ASSY with a new one immediately.
1 - 365
2.2 Replacing the Toner Cartridges

- Removing the Toner Cartridges
- Installing a Toner Cartridge
1)
Ensure that the color of the new toner cartridge matches that on the handle before replacing it. Shake the new toner cartridge five or six times to distribute the toner evenly.
1)
Open the toner access cover.
2)
Push the latch(es) backwards to pop open the toner cartridge(s) that you want to replace.
2)
Insert the toner cartridge into the associated cartridge holder, and then slide the latch of the toner cartridge.
3)
Pull the cartridge holder until it clicks, and then pull out the toner cartridge.
1 - 366
3)
Close the toner access cover.
2.3 Replacing the Print Head Device (PHD) Unit

- Removing the PHD Unit
1) 2)
Ensure that the printer is turned off. Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
3)
4)
Open the belt unit.
1 - 367
5)
Turn the four PHD lock levers 90degrees counterclockwise.
3)
Completely pull out the eight yellow ribbons from the PHD unit.
6)
Hold the gray tabs, and then pull the PHD unit out of the printer.
Tab
Tab
4)
Remove the rear protective cover from the PHD unit.
- Installing a PHD Unit
1)
Open the PHD packaging.
5)
Insert the PHD unit until the line on the handle aligns with the white line on the printer.
2)
Take out the PHD unit from the packaging.
1 - 368
6)
Turn the four PHD lock levers 90degrees clockwise to lock the PHD unit.
9)
10) Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops. 7) Remove the front protective cover from the PHD unit.
8)
1 - 369
2.4 Replacing the Retard Roller

- Removing the Retard Roller in the Standard 250Sheet Tray
- Installing a Retard Roller in the Standard 250Sheet Tray
1)
Align the new retard roller with the groove on the axle.
1)
Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
2)
Insert the retard roller into the axle until it snaps. The protrusions fit completely into the slots and the roller hook reseats into the groove on the axle.
2)
Holding the retard roller tabs with your fingers, pull the retard roller out of the groove in the axle.
3)
Load paper in the standard 250-sheet tray, and then insert the tray into the printer and push until it stops.
1 - 370
Appendix_3 Cleaning the Printer

3.1 Cleaning Inside the Printer
1) 2) Ensure that the printer is turned off. Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
5)
Turn the four PHD lock levers 90degrees counterclockwise.
6)
Hold the gray tabs, and then pull out the PHD unit.
Tab
3)
Tab
4)
Open the belt unit.
7)
Clean the feed roller inside the printer with a dry cloth.
1 - 371
8)
Insert the PHD unit until it stops, and then turn the four PHD lock levers 90degrees clockwise to lock the PHD unit.
11) Insert the standard 250-sheet tray into the printer, and push until it stops.
9)
10) Close the front cover.
1 - 372
3.2 Cleaning the CTD (ADC) Sensor

1) 2) Ensure that the printer is turned off. Pull the standard 250-sheet tray out of the printer about 200 mm. Hold the standard 250-sheet tray with both hands, and remove it from the printer.
5)
Clean the CTD (ADC) sensor inside the printer with a clean dry cotton swab.
6)
3)
7) 4) Open the belt unit.
1 - 373
8)
1 - 374
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic CONTENTS 1. Overview......................................................................................................................2 - 1

1.1 Purpose of This Software.................................................................................................................. 2 - 1 1.2 Operating Methods ........................................................................................................................... 2 - 1
2. Configuration ...............................................................................................................2 - 2 3. How to use Diag in Customer Mode............................................................................2 - 3

3.1 Control Panel Functions for Diag ...................................................................................................... 2 - 3 3.2 Entering Customer Mode .................................................................................................................. 2 - 4 3.3 Selecting Diag Item........................................................................................................................... 2 - 4 3.4 Changing Parameter Values............................................................................................................. 2 - 4 3.5 Executing/Exiting Diag Mode ............................................................................................................ 2 - 4 3.6 Diag Mode Menu Tree ...................................................................................................................... 2 - 5
4. Diag Types and Test Contents ....................................................................................2 - 7

4.1 IOT Diag............................................................................................................................................ 2 - 7 4.1.1 Digital Input (DI) Test ................................................................................................................ 2 - 7 4.1.2 Executing Digital Input (DI) Test ............................................................................................... 2 - 7 4.1.3 Digital Output (DO) Test of Customer Mode........................................................................... 2 - 16 4.1.4 Executing Digital Output (DO) Test of Customer Mode ......................................................... 2 - 16 4.2 Print Info.......................................................................................................................................... 2 - 34 4.2.1 Executing Print Info................................................................................................................. 2 - 34 4.2.2 Config Page ............................................................................................................................ 2 - 34 4.2.3 Print Settings........................................................................................................................... 2 - 34 4.3 Test Print......................................................................................................................................... 2 - 35 4.3.1 Executing Test Print................................................................................................................ 2 - 35 4.3.2 No Image [IOT] ....................................................................................................................... 2 - 35 4.3.3 Test Pattern 600 [IOT] ............................................................................................................ 2 - 35 4.3.4 Grid 2 ...................................................................................................................................... 2 - 36 4.3.5 Cyan 20% ............................................................................................................................... 2 - 37 4.3.6 Magenta 20%.......................................................................................................................... 2 - 37 4.3.7 Yellow 20% ............................................................................................................................. 2 - 38 4.3.8 Black 20% ............................................................................................................................... 2 - 38 4.3.9 CMY 20%................................................................................................................................ 2 - 39 4.3.10 Gradation .............................................................................................................................. 2 - 40 4.3.11 Toner Pallet Check ............................................................................................................... 2 - 41 4.3.12 Contamination Check............................................................................................................ 2 - 42 4.4 Parameter ....................................................................................................................................... 2 - 43 4.4.1 Executing Parameter (Registration Adjustment)..................................................................... 2 - 43 4.4.2 Executing Parameter (Life Counter) ....................................................................................... 2 - 45 4.4.3 Executing Parameter (Printing the parameter list) .................................................................. 2 - 46 4.5 Complete......................................................................................................................................... 2 - 47 4.5.1 Executing Complete................................................................................................................ 2 - 47
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic CONTENTS
1. Overview
1.1 Purpose of This Software
This software is mainly intended for the following purposes: ESS diagnosis to locate a chip which causes a problem Diagnosing IOT Setting parameters such as registration in the feeding direction.
1.2 Operating Methods

This software can be operated via the Control Panel.
2-1
2. Configuration
The operation of this Diag can be selected from the following three modes according to the purpose, target user, and function. Only "Customer Mode" is detailed in this manual. Customer Mode: This mode is intended for the end user to use for isolating a problem to a replaceable unit level. This mode allows operations such as ESS diagnostic, test printing, and parameter setting to be performed via the Control Panel. CE (Customer Engineer) Mode: This mode is intended for the customer engineer (CE) to use for isolating a problem to a replaceable unit level. This mode allows operations such as ESS diagnostic, test printing, and parameter setting to be performed via the Control Panel. This mode is protected by password. Production Line Mode: This mode is intended for the production line to use for isolating a problem. The diag is executed by sending commands via a serial debug terminal. This mode is protected by password.
2-2
3. How to use Diag in Customer Mode

3.1 Control Panel Functions for Diag
LCD
Rio02001KA
CANCEL
LCD : , , : : :
Displays the Diag item and its results. Selects the Diag item or parameter value. Moves the cursor to the left or right. Confirms or executes the Diag item or parameter value selected. put test.
MENU : Returns to the previous menu from any test item of the Digital Input or Digital OutCancel : Cancels the Diag menu (Returns to the menu one level higher).
2-3
3.2 Entering Customer Mode

1) 2) 3) 4) Power off the printer. Power on the printer while pressing " " and " " keys. Release the keys when "Diagnosing..." is displayed. "Customer Mode" and "IOT Diag" are displayed. (Now in the Customer Diag mode.)
3.3 Selecting Diag Item

The Diag setting menu can be operated via the control panel keys. Select the menu item with the arrow keys, and press "" key to execute the operation.
3.4 Changing Parameter Values

To change the parameter setting, select the currently set value and press "" key. Select a numeric value using " " and " " keys, and then press "" key to write the value into the NVM (Non-Volatile Memory).
3.5 Executing/Exiting Diag Mode

To execute the Diag, use the following procedure: 1) 2) A test item is displayed. Press "" key to confirm the selection. The display prompts the user to start the test. Press "" key to start the test.
To exit the Diag, use the following procedure: 1) 2) During the Diag test, press the "Cancel" key. The Diag is stopped, and the display moves to a menu one level higher.
2-4
3.6 Diag Mode Menu Tree

The menu tree of the Customer Mode is as follows:
Customer Mode Press the 2 key
IOT Diag
Digital Input
Press the key
Press the key
Digital Output
Press the CANCEL key
Print Info
Config Page Print Settings
Test Print
No Image [IOT] TestPat600 [IOT] Grid2 Cyan20% Magenta20% Yellow20% Black20% CMY20% Gradation TonerPaletteCheck ContaminationChk
2-5

1
Parameter Slow Scan KtoP Slow Scan 600M Slow Scan 600Y Slow Scan 600C Fast Scan KtoM Fast Scan KtoY Fast Scan KtoC Fast Scan SSF Fast Scan Tray1 Fast Scan Tray2 Fast Scan Duplex Fast Scan 2 KtoM Fast Scan 2 KtoY Fast Scan 2 KtoC Life Y Toner Life M Toner Life C Toner Life K Toner Life Fuser Sheet Life Print Sheet Life DTB Waste Life YWaste Toner Life MWaste Toner Life CWaste Toner Life KWaste Toner Life Drum Y Time Life Drum M Time Life Drum C Time Life Drum K Time Life Drum Xero Life Drum Deve K Life SSF Feed Life Tray1 Sheet Life Tray2 Sheet Life Duplex Sheet Life Custom In Life Custom Out Print
Complete
Complete
2-6
4. Diag Types and Test Contents

4.1 IOT Diag
4.1.1 Digital Input (DI) Test This function checks whether the DI components operate normally. The DI test is performed for all DI components. Exiting the DI Test moves the Control Panel display to the Customer Diag Functions menu. During the DI test, other Customer Diag functions cannot be performed simultaneously. Therefore, the printer does not accept any operation except operations for the DI components and exit operation of the DI test. At the start of the DI test, number "0" is displayed on the control panel. This number is counted up when a DI component is turned on from off, allowing the user to know that the component is active. When a paper jam has occurred, or an error message or code is displayed, execute this test to locate the faulty parts. Before executing the test, isolate the faulty parts by examining the jam or error in detail. (Refer to the FIP in Chapter 1.) Test Result: NG (Go to the FIP or replace the parts.) OK (Power off the printer and then on.) 4.1.2 Executing Digital Input (DI) Test 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) Power off the printer. Power on the printer while pressing " " and " " keys. Release the keys when "Diagnosing..." is displayed. "Customer Mode" and "IOT Diag" are displayed. (Now in the Customer Diag mode.) Press "" key. Press " " key to select "Digital Input", and then press "" key. Press " " or " " key to select the test item. Press "" key twice to execute the test. To exit the test, press the "Cancel" key. To return to the previous menu, press the "Menu" key.
2-7
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic <Example of Digital Input Test Operation> Checking Interlock Switch (DI-7) via Digital Input Test This test is intended for checking whether the Interlock (open/close detection) Switch of the Front Cover functions properly. 1) 2) Power on the machine and enter the Diag mode. Execute Interlock Switch (DI-7). The LCD Panel displays the following: Displays the test item name of the IOT Diag.
Displays the test count. Displays the status (L or H) of the sensor, etc. Displays the Diag Code Number of the target component. 3) Check the operation of the sensor. Opening the Front Cover turns off the Interlock Switch, changing "H" in the bottom line of the display to "L".
Closing the Front Cover turns on the Interlock Switch, changing "L" in the bottom line to "H". Meanwhile, the rightmost number in the bottom line changes from "0" to "1", indicating that the sensor check has been completed once.
When the rightmost number in the bottom line of the display changes from "0" to "1", the Interlock Switch is functioning properly. Otherwise, it is suspected that a component related to the Interlock Switch is faulty.
2-8
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic Parameters for the Digital Input Test are as follows. Code DI-0 DI-1 DI-2 DI-3 DI-4 DI-6 DI-7 DI-9 DI-a SSF No Paper Sensor Tray 1 No Paper Sensor Regi Sensor Exit Sensor K Mode Sensor Side Cover Switch Interlock Switch Tray 2 No Paper Sensor Tray 2 Paper Path Sensor Component
1 JAH ? 5MEJ?D ,1 %
-NEJ 5A I H ,1 ! 5E@A + LAH 5MEJ?D ,1 $
,1 "
@A 5A I H
4ACE 5A I H ,1 55. 2=FAH 5A I H ,1 6H=O ,1 6H=O 2=FAH 2=JD 5A I H ,1 = 6H=O ,1 ' 2=FAH 5A I H 2=FAH 5A I H E5 )
2-9
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic - About Sensor A transmission type sensor is composed of the light-emitting side and the light-receiving side that are placed opposite to each other, allowing the light to pass from the former to the latter. On the basis of whether or not the light path is blocked by the actuator, etc., the sensor detects the paper absence/presence or the moving part position such as at the home position or elsewhere.
Actuator
Leg_Sec02_016FA
- About Switch A micro-switch closes the internal contacts via the button which is pushed down under the provided leaf spring which is held down by the actuator of the cover or door that is being closed. When the door or cover is opened, the leaf spring returns to its original position, and the button is pushed up by the spring in the switch, allowing the internal contacts to open.
Actuator Button
Contact
Blade
Leg_Sec02_018FA
2 - 10
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic - Printer Checking the Sensor and Switch Sensor Name (Diag. Code) 1) 2) 3) Check Procedure Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. Execute DI-0. The bottom line of the LCD displays: [DI-0 H 0 ] Insert a sheet into the SSF to check whether the sensor functions properly.
SSF No Paper Sensor (DI-0)
E5 ! )
4) 5) 1) 2) 3) 4)
Confirm that the number shown on the bottom of the display increases each time the sheet is inserted. [DI-0 H 1 ] Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. Remove the paper from Tray1. Execute the DI-1. The bottom line of the LCD displays: [DI-1 L 0 ] Check whether the sensor functions properly by removing and replacing the Tray1.
Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (DI-1)
E5 " )
5) 6)
Confirm that the number in the lower section of the display increases each time the Tray1 is removed and replaced. [DI-1 L 1] Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test.
2 - 11
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic Sensor Name (Diag. Code) Check Procedure NOTE: When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. 1) 2) 3) 4) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. Open the Front Cover. Execute DI-2. The bottom line of the LCD displays: [DI-2 H 0 ] Manually operate the actuator to check whether the sensor functions properly.
)?JK=J H
Regi Sensor (DI-2)
E5 # )
5) 6) 7)
Check that the number in the bottom line of the display increases by one every time the actuator is operated. [DI-2 H 1] Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Close the Front Cover.
NOTE: Because the Fuser is very hot, be careful not to burn yourself. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Open the Front Cover. 3) Execute DI-3. The bottom line of the LCD displays: [DI-3 H 0 ] 4) Manually operate the actuator to check whether the sensor functions properly.
Exit Sensor (DI-3)
E5 $ )
5) 6) 7)
Check that the number in the bottom line of the display increases by one every time the actuator is operated. [DI-3 H 1] Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Close the Front Cover.
2 - 12
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic Sensor Name (Diag. Code) Check Procedure NOTE: These procedures are for the technical staff. When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. 1) Remove the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (Refer to Removal 31). (Step 1 to 9, and Step 11 to 14). 2) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 3) Execute the DI-4. The bottom line of the LCD displays: [DI-4 H 0 ] 4) Block the sensor light path by placing a piece of paper or the like between the light emitting unit and the light receiving unit to check whether the sensor functions properly.
Actuator
Paper
K Mode Sensor (DI-4) (Color Mode Switching Sensor)

K Mode Solenoid
K Mode Sensor
MiS02007KA
5) 6) 7) 1) 2) 3)
Check that the number in the bottom line of the display increases by one every time the sensor light path is blocked. [DI-4 H 1 ] Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Replace the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (Refer to Replacement 23). (Step 3 to 6). Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. Execute DI-6. The bottom line of the LCD displays: [DI-6 L 0 ] Open or close the Toner Access Cover to check whether the sensor functions properly.
Side Cover Switch (DI-6) (Toner Access Cover Switch)

E5 & )
4)
5) 6)
Check that the number in the bottom line of the display increases by one every time the Front Cover is opened or closed. [DI-6 L 1 ] Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Close the Toner Access Cover.
2 - 13
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic Sensor Name (Diag. Code) 1) 2) 3) Check Procedure Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. Execute DI-7. The bottom line of the LCD displays: [DI-7 L 0 ] Open or close the Front Cover to check whether the sensor functions properly.
Interlock Switch (DI-7) (Front Cover Switch)
E5 ' )
4)
5) 6) 1) 2) 3) 4)
Check that the number in the bottom line of the display increases by one every time the Front Cover is opened or closed. [DI-7 L 1 ] Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Close the Front Cover. Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. Remove the paper from Tray2. Execute the DI-9. The bottom line of the LCD displays: [DI-9 L 0 ] Check whether the sensor functions properly by removing and replacing the Tray2.
Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (DI-9)
E5 )
5) 6)
Confirm that the number in the lower section of the display increases each time the Tray2 is removed and replaced. [DI-9 L 1] Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test.
2 - 14
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic Sensor Name (Diag. Code) Check Procedure NOTE: This procedure is for the technical staff. 1) Remove the COVER CHUTE (PL12.1.5). NOTE: To remove the COVER CHUTE, remove the Optional 250Sheet Feeder from the printer. 2) Remove the Tray 1. 3) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 4) Execute the DI-a. The bottom line of the LCD displays: [DI-a L 0 ] 5) Manually operate the actuator to check whether the sensor functions properly.
Tray 2 Paper Path Sensor (DI-a)
)?JK=J H
E5 )
6) 7) 8) 9)
Check that the number in the bottom line of the display increases by one every time the actuator is operated. [DI-a L 1 ] Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Replace the Tray 1. Replace the COVER CHUTE.
2 - 15
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 4.1.3 Digital Output (DO) Test of Customer Mode This function checks whether the DO components operate normally. The DO test is performed for some of DO components in Customer Mode. If the interlock is opened during the DO test, each component comes to rest. In this Test Mode, each DO component can be turned on individually. When all the Diag functions are stopped, all DO components can be turned off. DO test can operate all components at the same time. When a paper jam or PQ problem occurs, or an error message or code is displayed, this test enables to pinpoint the faulty part. Before executing the test, examine the details of the jam, PQ problem, or error, and isolate the faulty parts. (Refer to the FIP in Chapter 1.) Test result: NG (Go to the FIP or replace the parts.) OK (Power off the printer and then on.) 4.1.4 Executing Digital Output (DO) Test of Customer Mode 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) Power off the printer. Power on the printer while pressing " " and " " keys. Release the keys when "Diagnosing..." is displayed. "Customer Mode" and "IOT Diag" are displayed. (Now in the Customer Diag mode.) Press "" key. Press " " key to select "Digital Output", and then press "" key. Press " " or " " key to select the test item. Press "" key twice to execute the test. To exit the test, press the "Cancel" key. To return to the previous menu, press the "Menu" key.
2 - 16
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic <Example of Digital Output Test Operation> Checking Fan Motor (DO-1e) via Digital Output Test This test is intended for checking whether the Fan functions properly. 1) 2) Power on the printer, and enter the Customer Diag Mode. Execute Fan Motor (DO-1e) to check whether the Fan Motor is rotating. If rotating, the Fan is functioning properly. Otherwise, it is suspected that a component related to the Fan Motor is faulty.
Rio02015KA
2 - 17
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic Parameters for the Digital Output Test are as follows. Code DO-0,1 DO-2 DO-5,6 DO-7 DO-a DO-b DO-c DO-d,e,f DO-10 DO-15 DO-1a DO-1e DO1f DO-21 DO-23 DO-25 DO-27 DO-29 DO-2f DO-31 DO-33 DO-35 DO-3d DO-3f Component Main Motor (Full Rotation) Main Motor (Half Rotation) Sub Motor (Full Rotation) Sub Motor (Half Rotation) K Mode Solenoid Tray1 Feed Solenoid (Half Rotation) Tray1 Feed Solenoid (Initial Position Rotation) Exit Motor (Full Rotation) Exit Motor (Half Rotation) Duplex Motor (Half Rotation) Tray 2 Feed Motor (Half Rotation) Fan Motor (Full Rotation) Fan Motor (Half Rotation) Yellow Toner Motor Magenta Toner Motor Cyan Toner Motor Black Toner Motor Regi Clutch Tray 1 Feed Solenoid (Auto OFF) Tray 2 Feed Solenoid (Auto OFF) Tray 2 Turn Clutch Duplex Clutch Black Drum Erase Lamp Yellow, Magenta and Cyan Drum Erase Lamp
DO-12,13,14 Duplex Motor (Full Rotation) DO-17,18,19 Tray 2 Feed Motor (Full Rotation)
2 - 18
.= J H , A B
* =? 6 AH J H , % +O= 6 AH J H , # =CA J= 6 AH J H , ! ;A M 6 AH J H , * =? ,HK -H=IA = F , !@ ;A M =CA J= = @ +O= ,HK -H=IA = F , !B
5K> J H , #$% =E J H , @A 5 A E@ , = 4ACE + KJ?D , ' 6H=O .AA@ J H , % & ' = 6H=O 6KH + KJ?D , !! 6H=O .AA@ 5 A E@ )KJ .. , !
6H=O .AA@ 5 A E@ 0= B 1 EJE= 2 IEJE 4 J=JE , >? 6H=O .AA@ 5 A E@ )KJ .. , B E5 )
,KF AN + KJ?D , !# -NEJ J H , @ A B
,KF AN J H , ! " #
E5 ! )
2 - 19
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic - About Clutch The electromagnetic clutch in the printer controls the rotation of the roller by allowing or interrupting the torque transmission from the motor to the roller. By the passage of electric current through the coil inside the case, the electromagnetic clutch becomes an electromagnet, and attracts the armature and gear to the rotating rotor, thereby rotating the gear. Upon the loss of power to the coil, electromagnetic force is lost and the armature comes off the rotor, and the gear comes to rest. The clutch makes so soft noises that you must be close the component to audibly confirm the operation of the component.
OFF
Case Shaft
Coil Gear Rotor Armature
ON
Leg_Sec02_050FA
2 - 20
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic - About Solenoid The solenoid in the printer opens or closes the shutter, or controls the position of the gear for transferring the torque of the motor to the roller. By the passage of electric current through the coil inside the case, the solenoid becomes an electromagnet and attracts the plunger. Upon the loss of power to the coil, electromagnetic force is lost, and the plunger returns to its original position by spring action, thereby allowing the shutter to operate or the gear to move to the predefined position. Unlike a clutch, a solenoid generates a loud operation noise.
Plunger
Magnetic coil Leg_Sec02_051FA
- About Interlock
+DA=J 1 JAH ? 5MEJ?D
E5 " )
2 - 21
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic - Checking Motor, Clutch and Solenoid Before executing the DO test, close all covers and doors.
Motor/Clutch/Solenoid Name (Diag. Code)
Check procedure NOTE: This procedure is for the Customer. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Execute the DO-0. Upon pressing the "" key, the operating noise of the motor will be heard. 3) Press the "Cancel" key to stop the motor. NOTE: This procedure is for the technical staff. When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Open the Front Cover 3) Cheat the Safety Interlock System. 4) Execute DO-0. 5) Check that the Drum rotates.
Main Motor (DO-0/DO-1/DO-2)
Drum Belt
Rio02011KA
6) 7) 8)
Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Remove the cheater. Close the Front Cover.
2 - 22
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic Motor/Clutch/Solenoid Name (Diag. Code) 1) 2) 3) Check procedure Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. Execute DO-5. Check that the Exit Roll rotates.
Exit Roll
Sub Motor (DO-5/DO-6/DO-7)
Rio02012KA
4)
Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test.
NOTE: This procedure is for the Customer. Since the solenoid noise is so soft that it may be hard to recognize, the noise check described below should be performed in as silent an environment as possible. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Execute DO-a. Upon pressing the "" key, the operating noise of the solenoid will be heard. 3) Press the "Cancel" key to stop the solenoid. NOTE: This procedure is for the technical staff. When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. 1) Remove the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (Refer to Removal 31). (Step 1 to 9, and Step 11 to 14). 2) Cheat the safety Interlock System. 3) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 4) Execute the DO-a. 5) Check the K Mode Solenoid movement.
K Mode Solenoid (DO-a)
K Mode Solenoid
Mnt02013KA
6) 7) 8)
Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Remove the cheater. Replace the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (Refer to Replacement 23). (Step 3 to 6).
2 - 23
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic Motor/Clutch/Solenoid Name (Diag. Code) 1) 2) 3) 4) Check procedure Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. Open the Tray 1. Execute DO-c. Check that the Feed Roll rotates.
Feed Roll
Tray1 Feed Solenoid (Half / Initial position) (DO-b/DO-c)
Rio02014KA
5) 6) 1) 2) 3)
Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Replace the Tray 1. Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. Execute DO-d. Check that the Exit Roll rotates.
Exit Roll
Exit Motor (DO-d/DO-e/DO-f/DO-10)
Rio02053KA
4)
Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test.
2 - 24
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic Motor/Clutch/Solenoid Name (Diag. Code) Check procedure NOTE: This procedure is for the Customer. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Execute DO-12. Upon pressing the "" key, the operating noise of the motor will be heard. 3) Press the "Cancel" key to stop the motor. NOTE: This procedure is for the technical staff. When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Open the Front Cover and CHUTE DUP IN (PL11.1.2). 3) Cheat the Safety Interlock System. 4) Execute DO-12. 5) Check that the Duplex Roller rotates.
Duplex Motor (DO-12/DO-13/DO-14/DO-15)
CHUTE DUP IN
Duplex Roll
Rio02054KA
6) 7) 8)
Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Remove the cheater. Close the CHUTE DUP IN (PL11.1.2) and Front Cover.
2 - 25
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic Motor/Clutch/Solenoid Name (Diag. Code) Check procedure NOTE: This procedure is for the Customer. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Execute DO-17. Upon pressing the "" key, the operating noise of the motor will be heard. 3) Press the "Cancel" key to stop the motor. NOTE: This procedure is for the technical staff. 1) Remove the Tray 2. 2) Remove the COVER REAR OPT (PL12.1.6) and COVER SIDE L OPT (PL12.1.4). 3) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 4) Execute DO-17. 5) Check that the Tray 2 Feed Motor rotates. Tray 2 Feed Motor (DO-17/DO-18/DO-19/DO-1a)
CASSETTE2 Feed Motor

Rio02055KA
6) 7) 8) 1) 2) 3)
Press the "Cancel" key to stop the clutch. Replace the COVER REAR OPT (PL12.1.6) and COVER SIDE L OPT (PL12.1.4). Replace the Tray 2. Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. Execute DO-1e. Check that the Fan rotates.
Fan Motor (DO-1e/DO-1f)
Rio02015KA
4)
Press the "Cancel" key to stop the clutch.
2 - 26
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic Motor/Clutch/Solenoid Name (Diag. Code) Check procedure NOTE: This procedure is for the Customer. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Execute DO-21, DO-23 DO-25 or DO-27. Upon pressing the "" key, the operating noise of the motor will be heard. 3) Press the "Cancel" key to stop the motor. NOTE: These procedures are for the technical staff. Described below is the check procedure common among the four toner motor. Note the operation for the toner in the PHD ASSY spills if the motor is rotated for a long time. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Open the Toner Access Cover and remove the toner cartridge. 3) Execute DO-21, DO-23 DO-25 or DO-27. 4) Check that the Gear rotates.
Yellow Toner Motor (DO-21) / Magenta Toner Motor (DO-23) / Cyan Toner Motor (DO-25) / Black Toner Motor (DO-27)
Gear
Rio02016KA
5) 6)
Press the "Cancel" key to stop the clutch. Replace the toner cartridge and close the Toner Access Cover.
2 - 27
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic Motor/Clutch/Solenoid Name (Diag. Code) Check procedure NOTE: This procedure is for the Customer. Since the clutch noise is so soft that it may be hard to recognize, the noise check described below should be performed in as silent an environment as possible. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Execute DO-29. Upon pressing the "" key, the operating noise of the clutch will be heard. 3) Press the "Cancel" key to stop the clutch. NOTE: This procedure is for the technical staff. When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. Combination test is as follows: The Regi Roll rotates when the D-0(Main Motor) and the D-29 are executed. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Open the Front Cover. 3) Cheat the Safety Interlock System. 4) Execute DO-0 and DO-12. 5) Check that the Regi Roll rotates.
Regi Roll
Regi Clutch (DO-29)
Rio02017KA
6) 7) 8) 9) 10)
Press the "Cancel" key to stop the clutch. Press the " " key to display DO-0. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the motor. Remove the cheater. Close the Front Cover.
2 - 28
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic Motor/Clutch/Solenoid Name (Diag. Code) Check procedure NOTE: This procedure is for the Customer. Since the solenoid noise is so soft that it may be hard to recognize, the noise check described below should be performed in as silent an environment as possible. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Execute DO-2f. Upon pressing the "" key, the operating noise of the solenoid will be heard. 3) Press the "Cancel" key to stop the solenoid. NOTE: This procedure is for the technical staff. When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. 1) Remove the COVER SIDE L (Refer to Removal 17). 2) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 3) Cheat the Safety Interlock System. 4) Execute DO-2f. 5) Check that the Feed Solenoid movement. Tray 1 Feed Solenoid (Auto OFF) (DO-2f/DO-31)
Cassette1 Feed Solenoid
Rio02018KA
6) 7) 8)
Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Remove the cheater. Replace the COVER SIDE L (Refer to Replacement 37).
2 - 29
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic Motor/Clutch/Solenoid Name (Diag. Code) Check procedure NOTE: This procedure is for the Customer. Since the solenoid noise is so soft that it may be hard to recognize, the noise check described below should be performed in as silent an environment as possible. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Execute DO-31. Upon pressing the "" key, the operating noise of the solenoid will be heard. 3) Press the "Cancel" key to stop the solenoid. NOTE: This procedure is for the technical staff. 1) Remove the COVER REAR OPT (PL12.1.6) and COVER SIDE L OPT (PL12.1.4). 2) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 3) Execute DO-31. 4) Check that the Feed Solenoid movement. Tray 2 Feed Solenoid :Auto OFF (DO-31)
CASSETTE2 Feed Solenoid
Rio02056KA
5) 6)
Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Replace the COVER REAR OPT (PL12.1.6) and COVER SIDE L OPT (PL12.1.4).
2 - 30
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic Motor/Clutch/Solenoid Name (Diag. Code) Check procedure NOTE: This procedure is for the Customer. Since the clutch noise is so soft that it may be hard to recognize, the noise check described below should be performed in as silent an environment as possible. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Execute DO-33. Upon pressing the "" key, the operating noise of the clutch will be heard. 3) Press the "Cancel" key to stop the clutch. NOTE: This procedure is for the technical staff. Combination test is as follows: Tray 2 turn roll rotates when the DO-17 and the DO-33 are executed. 1) Remove the COVER CHUTE (PL12.1.5). 2) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 3) Remove the Tray 1 and Tray 2. 4) Execute DO-17 and the DO-33. 5) Check that the Turn Roll rotates.
CASSETTE2 Turn Roll
Tray 2 Turn Clutch (DO-33)
Rio02057KA
6) 7) 8) 9)
Press the "Cancel" key to stop the clutch. Press the " " key to display DO-17. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the motor. Replace the COVER CHUTE (PL12.1.5), Tray 1 and Tray 2.
2 - 31
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic Motor/Clutch/Solenoid Name (Diag. Code) Check procedure NOTE: This procedure is for the Customer. Since the clutch noise is so soft that it may be hard to recognize, the noise check described below should be performed in as silent an environment as possible. When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Execute DO-35. Upon pressing the "" key, the operating noise of the clutch will be heard. 3) Press the "Cancel" key to stop the clutch. NOTE: This procedure is for the technical staff. Combination test is as follows. The duplex gear rotates when the DO-d and the DO-35 are executed. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Open the Front Cover. 3) Cheat the Safety Interlock System. 4) Execute DO-d and DO-35. 5) Check that the Gear rotates.
Duplex Clutch (DO-35)
Rio02058KA
6) 7) 8) 9) 10)
Press the "Cancel" key to stop the clutch. Press the " " key to display DO-D. Press the "Cancel" key to stop the motor. Remove the cheater. Close the Front Cover.
2 - 32
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic Motor/Clutch/Solenoid Name (Diag. Code) Check procedure NOTE: This procedure is for the technical staff. When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Open the Front Cover. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. 4) Cheat the Safety Interlock System. 5) Execute the DO-3d. 6) Check that the ERASE LAMP (Black) illuminates.
Black Drum Erase Lamp (DO-3d)
Black Drum Erase Lamp
Rio02019KA
7) 8) 9) 10)
Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Replace the PHD ASSY. Remove the cheater. Close the Front Cover.
NOTE: This procedure is for the technical staff. When performing operation for five minutes or longer with the front cover open, remove the PHD ASSY, and cover the drum to avoid exposure to light. 1) Power on the printer, and enter the Diag Mode. 2) Open the Front Cover. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. 4) Cheat the Safety Interlock System. 5) Execute the DO-3f. 6) Check that the ERASE LAMP (YMC) illuminates.
Yellow, Magenta and Cyan Drum Erase Lamp (DO-3f)

Cyan Drum Erase Lamp Magenta Drum Erase Lamp
Yellow Drum Erase Lamp
Rio02020KA
7) 8) 9) 10)
Press the "Cancel" key to stop the test. Replace the PHD ASSY. Remove the cheater. Close the Front Cover.
2 - 33
4.2 Print Info

Outputs the detailed information on the printer settings and configuration. 4.2.1 Executing Print Info 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Power off the printer. Power on the printer while pressing " " and " " keys. Release the keys when "Diagnosing..." is displayed. "Customer Mode" and "IOT Diag" are displayed. (Now in the Customer Diag mode.) Press " " key to select "Print Info", and then press "" key. Press " " or " " key to select an item from "Print Info". Press "" key twice to execute the process. To exit the print or to return to one step higher menu, press the "Cancel" key.
A test is not performed when an obstacle is in IOT.
4.2.2 Config Page Allows you to check the IOT software version or printer configuration. 4.2.3 Print Settings Allows you to check the service tag, print count, and error count.
2 - 34
4.3 Test Print

Outputs test patterns stored in the printer. If an error such as paper jam or paper out occurs during printing, the test is suspended until the problem is solved. 4.3.1 Executing Test Print 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Power off the printer. Power on the printer while pressing " " and " " keys. Release the keys when "Diagnosing..." is displayed. "Customer Mode" and "IOT Diag" are displayed. (Now in the Customer Diag mode.) Press " " key to select "Test Print", and then press "" key. Press " " or " " key to select an item from "Test Print". Press "" key twice to execute the process. To stop the test or to return to one step higher menu, press "Cancel" key.
A test is not performed when an obstacle is in IOT.
4.3.2 No Image [IOT] Outputs a blank sheet. 4.3.3 Test Pattern 600 [IOT] Outputs the 600dpi pattern stored in the IOT. When a PQ problem occurs, this test isolates the problem to the print process or PWBA ESS by comparing the print with the sample chart. Check result: NG (Check the print process.) OK (Check the PWBA ESS.)
Kmy02001KA
2 - 35
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 4.3.4 Grid 2 Outputs the grid pattern stored in the ESS. When a PQ problem occurs, this test isolates the trouble to the printer or other causes by comparing the print with the sample chart. Check result: NG (Check the print process and PWBA ESS.) OK (Check the network, cable, PC, etc.)
Leg_Sec02_004FA
2 - 36
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 4.3.5 Cyan 20% Outputs the cyan 20% density solid pattern on the whole area of an A4 sheet. When a PQ problem occurs, this test isolates the problem to the cyan toner or other color toners by comparing the print with the sample chart. Check result: NG (Check the cyan toner.) OK (Check other color toners.)
Leg_Sec02_005FA
4.3.6 Magenta 20% Outputs the magenta 20% density solid pattern on the whole area of an A4 sheet. When a PQ problem occurs, this test isolates the problem to the magenta toner or other color toners by comparing the print with the sample chart. Check result: NG (Check the magenta toner.) OK (Check other color toners.)
Leg_Sec02_006FA
2 - 37
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 4.3.7 Yellow 20% Outputs the yellow 20% density solid pattern on the whole area of an A4 sheet. When a PQ problem occurs, this test isolates the problem to the yellow toner or other color toners by comparing the print with the sample chart. Check result: NG (Check the yellow toner.) OK (Check other color toners.)
Leg_Sec02_007FA
4.3.8 Black 20% Outputs the black 20% density solid pattern on the whole area of an A4 sheet. When a PQ problem occurs, this test isolates the problem to the black toner or other color toners by comparing the print with the sample chart. Check result: NG (Check the black toner.) OK (Check other color toners.)
Leg_Sec02_008FA
2 - 38
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 4.3.9 CMY 20% Outputs C/M/Y 20% density solid pattern on the whole area of an A4 sheet. When a PQ problem occurs, this test isolates the problem to the imbalance of C/M/Y toners or the black toner by comparing the print with the sample chart. Check result: NG (Check the yellow, magenta, and cyan toners.) OK (Check the black toner.)
Leg_Sec02_009FA
2 - 39
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 4.3.10 Gradation Outputs the gradation pattern of 2 to 100% density on an A4 sheet for each of the four colors. When a PQ problem occurs, this test isolates the problem to the print process or PWBA ESS by comparing the sample chart with the print. Check result: NG (Check the print process.) OK (Check the PWBA ESS.)
Leg_Sec02_010FA
2 - 40
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 4.3.11 Toner Pallet Check Outputs the 100% density color pattern of C/M/Y/K. When a PQ problem occurs, this test isolates the problem to the toner or otherwise by comparing the sample chart with the print. Check result: NG (Check the toner.) OK (Check the print job or print data.)
Leg_Sec02_011FA
2 - 41
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 4.3.12 Contamination Check Allows you to check the print for any regular lines or toner spots when encountering PQ problems. From the interval of regular lines or spots, you can determine the parts that have caused the problem. Page 1 to 4: Outputs the scale patterns in vertical and horizontal directions for evaluating regularity and intervals. Page 5: Outputs the correspondence between interval and faulty component. Page 1 Page 2
13
13
Wsb02027KA
Wsb02028KA
Page 3
Page 4
13
13
Wsb02029KA
Wsb02030KA
Page 5
6>J %
2 - 42
4.4 Parameter
This function reads/writes the following parameters stored in the printer. 4.4.1 Executing Parameter (Registration Adjustment) 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Turn off the power. Turn on the power while holding down " " and " " keys. Release the fingers from these keys when "Diagnosing..." is displayed. The "Customer Mode" and "IOT Diag" are displayed. (Now in the Customer Diag mode.) Press " Press " " key.) 7) Press " " key to execute the setting. To exit the test or to returning to one step higher menu, press "CANCEL" key. " to select " Parameter ", and then press " " key. " and " " key to select the Adjustment item , and then press " " key. " and "
The current registration adjustment value is displayed.(The value is changed with "
Item Slow Scan K to P Slow Scan 600 M,Y,C First Scan K to M,Y or C First Scan SSF, Tray 1, Tray 2, Duplex First Scan 2 K to M,Y or C
Range -128 to 127 -128 to 127 -30 to 30 -1 to 2
Description Sets the registration in the paper feeding direction. Sets the registration in the scanning direction.
Print the parameter list using the Print function of Parameter Menu in diagnosis before changing the value of the registration.
2 - 43
Shifts the print area in this direction by reducing the value.
Shifts the print area in this direction by increasing the value.
Fast Scan K to M, Y, C Fast Scan 2 K to M, Y, C Fast Scan SSF, Tray1, Tray2, Duplex
Slow Scan K to P Slow Scan 600 M, Y, C
Default Value
Shifts the print area in this direction by reducing the value.
Image Side
Shifts the print area in this direction by increasing the value.
Default Value
MiS02071KA
2 - 44
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 4.4.2 Executing Parameter (Life Counter) 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) Turn off the power. Turn on the power while holding down " " and " " keys. Release the fingers from these keys when "Diagnosing..." is displayed. The "Customer Mode" and "IOT Diag" are displayed. (Now in the Customer Diag mode.) Press " Press " " to select " Parameter ", and then press " " key. " and " " key to select the Life Counter item, and then press " " key .
Press " " key to execute the setting. The current life counter value is displayed. To exit the test or to returning to one step higher menu, press "CANCEL" key.
- Reference Counter Values These counter values are reference only. Do not use as the official value.
Counter Name Life Y Toner Life M Toner Life C Toner Life K Toner Life Fuser Life Printer Life DTB (Transfer Belt) Life Y Waste Toner Life M Waste Toner Life C Waste Toner Life K Waste Toner Life Y Drum Life M Drum Life C Drum Life K Drum Life Drum Xero Life Drum Deve K Life SSF (MPF) Sheet Life Tray 1 Sheet Life Tray 2 Sheet Life Duplex Sheet Life Custom In Life Custom Out
Value of life warning Std.:1000/High:2500 Std.:1000/High:2500 Std.:1000/High:2500 Std.:1000/High:3000 50000 100000 24000 24000 24000 24000 -
2 - 45
Chapter 2 Operation of Diagnostic 4.4.3 Executing Parameter (Printing the parameter list) 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Turn off the power. Turn on the power while holding down " " and " " keys. Release the fingers from these keys when "Diagnosing..." is displayed. The "Customer Mode" and "IOT Diag" are displayed. (Now in the Customer Diag mode.) Press " Press " " to select " Parameter ", and then press " " key. " key to select the " Print ", and then press " " key.
The parameter list is printed. To exit the test or to returning to one step higher menu, press "CANCEL" key.
2 - 46
4.5 Complete
Completes the Diag operation and reloads the data. 4.5.1 Executing Complete 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) Power off the printer. Power on the printer while pressing " " and " " keys. Release the keys when "Diagnosing..." is displayed. "Customer Mode" and "IOT Diag" are displayed. (Now in the Customer Diag mode.) Press " " key to select "Complete", and then press "" key. Press "" key twice to execute the process. To exit the print or to return to one step higher menu, press the "Cancel" key.
2 - 47
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)
1. Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs)

1.1 Before starting service procedure
- Start the procedure after turning off the power and removing the power cord from the outlet. - When performing the service operation around the FUSER ASSY, ensure that FUSER ASSY and its surrounding area have cooled down sufficiently. - Pay sufficient attention to the parts during the procedure because they may be broken or may not perform their functions properly if unreasonable force is applied. - Since various types of screws are used, ensure that the right screws are used in their right positions. Use special caution not to confuse the screws for plastic and the ones for sheet metal, because using the wrong type of screw may result in damage to the screw threads or other troubles. Major How to distinguish Points to be noted application locations Silver-colored Thread is coarser than that of the sheet metal type. Screw tip is thin. Silver-colored It has a flange. Screw thread is coarse comparing to the sheet metal type. Screw tip is thin. Silver-colored Diameter of the thread section is uniform. Silver-colored Provided with an external tooth washer. Diameter of the thread section is uniform. Oblique screwing damages the thread because this screw cuts female threads in the base material as it goes in. As it has a function to cut the thread by itself, if the screw is FUSER inserted in an ASSY angle and tightened, the screw thread will be damaged.
No.
Type
Application Plastic
Shape
Screw for plastic Silver, tap

Parts etc Plastic
Coarse
Plastic 2 Screw for plastic Silver, tap, with flange
Coarse Parts etc Plastic
Sheet metal Screw for metal sheet Silver

Parts etc Sheet metal
Sheet metal Screw for metal sheet Silver, with an external tooth washer Parts etc Sheet metal
Mounting positions of the ground wires.

Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) - Wear a wristband or the like as far as possible to remove static electricity of the human body. - Keep the front cover closed. Buzzer goes off when the machine is left powered on with the front cover open for five minutes or longer to prevent the drum deterioration due to exposure to light. - When opening the front door in a removal/replacement operation, cover the drum to keep it from being exposed to light. - Remove CASSETTE ASSY 250, PHD ASSY, TONER CARTRIDGE and FUSER ASSY, and put them in a place where they do not affect the procedure. (Note that the service procedures can be performed with those parts in place depending on the target section of removal/replacement.)
FUSER ASSY
PHD ASSY
TONER CARTRIDGE (K)
CASSETTE ASSY 250
TONER CARTRIDGE (C)
TONER CARTRIDGE (M)
TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) MiS03001KA

1.2 General notes

The string (PL X.Y.Z) suffixed to the part name in the procedure denotes that the part corresponds to the plate (PL) X.Y, item Z of [Engineering Parts list], and its shape and fitting position can be checked in [Engineering Parts list]. Directional descriptions used in the procedures are defined as follows: -Front -Rear -Left -Right : Direction toward you when facing the front of the printer. : Direction opposite to the front when facing the front of the printer. : Left-hand direction when facing the front of the printer. : Right-hand direction when facing the front of the printer.
Rio03002KA
Figure: Definitions of Printer Orientation The string (RRP X.Y) that appears in or at the end of the procedure denotes that the related service procedure is described in [RRP X.Y]. Screws shown in the illustrations are to be unscrewed and removed using a Phillips head (cross-slot) screwdriver, unless otherwise specified. Black arrows shown in the illustrations denote moving directions. When numbers are assigned to these arrows, they refer to the order in the procedure. Refer to [Chapter 4 Plug/Jack (P/J) Connector Locations] for the positions of connectors (P/J).

Removal Flows
The components not connected with arrows in the flow below can be removed independently.
Removal FLOW (Removal 1~45)

CASSETTE ASSY 250 (Removal 1) KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (Removal 2) HANDLE ASSY CST (Removal 3) Opening COVER ASSY FRONT MG FUSER ASSY (Removal 5) Opening COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Removal 6)
Opening COVER ASSY FRONT MG PHD ASSY (Removal 4) FUSER ASSY (Removal 5) KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (Removal 9) COVER ASSY TOP (Removal 10) KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Removal 8) COVER SIDE L (Removal 16) SWITCH (Removal 13) LED ASSY ERASE (Removal 14) KIT BLOCK PHD RIGHT (Removal 15) HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (Removal 17) SENSOR HUM (Removal 18) KIT SHAFT PIVOT (Removal 23) COVER ASSY FRONT MG (Removal 24) FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (Removal 56) [2150cdn Only] CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (Removal 25) LATCH ASSY FRONT, BUTTON LATCH FRONT (Removal 26) HARNESS ASSY PNL A (Removal 27) KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH (Removal 35) HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (Removal 28) DUCT FAN (Removal 41) COVER REAR (Removal 29) CLUTCH ASSY DRV, BEARING REGI (Removal 30) KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (Removal 31) KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Removal 32) DRIVE ASSY SUB (Removal 33) KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT (Removal 34) PWBA LVPS (Removal 11) COVER SIDE R (Removal 12)
TRAY EXT (Removal 7) KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Removal 8)
COVER SIDE L (Removal 16) KIT PIVOT (Removal 19) KIT TRANSFER ASSY (Removal 20) SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER (Removal 21) ACTUATOR SSI (Removal 22)
SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP, COVER INLET (Removal 36) COVER CST (Removal 37) STOPPER CST (Removal 38) HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Removal 39) FAN (Removal 40)
KIT PWBA ESS SFP (Removal 42) KIT PWBA MCU (Removal 43) DISPENSER ASSY (Removal 44) KIT ROS (Removal 45)

Removal FLOW (Removal 46~59)

CASSETTE ASSY 250 (Removal 1) Opening COVER ASSY FRONT MG PHD ASSY (Removal 4) FUSER ASSY (Removal 5) TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Removal 6) COVER ASSY TOP (Removal 10) KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Removal 8) COVER SIDE R (Removal 12) COVER SIDE L (Removal 16) COVER REAR (Removal 29) SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP, COVER INLET (Removal 36) FAN (Removal 40) KIT PWBA ESS SFP (Removal 42) KIT PWBA MCU (Removal 43) CLUTCH ASSY DRV, BEARING REGI (Removal 30) KIT TRANSFER ASSY (Removal 20) UPPER UNIT (Removal 46) PWBA HVPS (Removal 47) SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (Removal 49) ROLL ASSY REGI (Removal 50) ACTUATOR REGI IN (Removal 51) SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (Removal 52) ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (Removal 53)
COVER ASSY FRONT MG (Removal 24) FEEDER ASSY MG SFP (Removal 48) WIRELESS ADAPTER (Removal 54) MEMORY CARD (Removal 55)
FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (Removal 56) ROLLER ASSY DUP (Removal 57)
KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT (Removal 58) ROLL ASSY FEED (Removal 59)

Replacement Flows
The components not connected with arrows in the flow below can be replaced independently. However, the rear cover is an exception when it was removed together with other parts.
Replacement FLOW (Replacement 1~8)

FEEDER ASSY MG SFP (Replacement 6) ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (Replacement 1) SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (Replacement 2) ACTUATOR REGI IN (Replacement 3) ROLL ASSY REGI (Replacement 4) COVER ASSY FRONT MG (Replacement 30) SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (Replacement 5) PWBA HVPS (Replacement 7)
UPPER UNIT (Replacement 8) KIT TRANSFER ASSY (Replacement 34) CLUTCH ASSY DRV, BEARING REGI (Replacement 24) KIT PWBA MCU (Replacement 11) KIT PWBA ESS SFP (Replacement 12) FAN (Replacement 14) SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP, COVER INLET (Replacement 18) COVER REAR (Replacement 25) COVER SIDE L (Replacement 38) COVER SIDE R (Replacement 42) KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Replacement 46) COVER ASSY TOP (Replacement 44) TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Replacement 48) FUSER ASSY (Replacement 49) PHD ASSY (Replacement 50) Closing COVER ASSY FRONT MG CASSETTE ASSY 250 (Replacement 53)

Replacement FLOW (Replacement 9~59)

KIT ROS (Replacement 9) DISPENSER ASSY (Replacement 10) KIT PWBA MCU (Replacement 11) KIT PWBA ESS SFP (Replacement 12) DUCT FAN (Replacement 13) HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (Replacement 26) FAN (Replacement 14) HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Replacement 15) STOPPER CST (Replacement 16) COVER CST (Replacement 17) SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP, COVER INLET (Replacement 18) KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH (Replacement 19) HARNESS ASSY PNL A (Replacement 27) KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT (Replacement 20) DRIVE ASSY SUB (Replacement 21) KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Replacement 22) KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (Replacement 23) CLUTCH ASSY DRV, BEARING REGI (Replacement 24) COVER REAR (Replacement 25) ACTUATOR SSI (Replacement 32) SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER (Replacement 33) KIT TRANSFER ASSY (Replacement 34) KIT PIVOT (Replacement 35) COVER SIDE L (Replacement 38) COVER SIDE R (Replacement 42) PWBA LVPS (Replacement 43) KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Replacement 46) COVER ASSY TOP (Replacement 44) KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (Replacement 45) KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (Replacement 46) TRAY EXT (Replacement 47) TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y) (Replacement 48) FUSER ASSY (Replacement 49) FUSER ASSY (Replacement 49) PHD ASSY (Replacement 50) Closing COVER ASSY FRONT MG HANDLE ASSY CST (Replacement 51) KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (Replacement 52) LATCH ASSY FRONT, BUTTON LATCH FRONT (Replacement 28) CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (Replacement 29) FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (Replacement 57) [2150cdn Only] COVER ASSY FRONT MG (Replacement 30) KIT SHAFT PIVOT (Replacement 31) SENSOR HUM (Replacement 36) HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (Replacement 37) KIT BLOCK PHD RIGHT (Replacement 39) LED ASSY ERASE (Replacement 40) SWITCH (Replacement 41) COVER SIDE L (Replacement 38) WIRELESS ADAPTER (Replacement 54) MEMORY CARD (Replacement 55) ROLLER ASSY DUP (Replacement 56) FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (Replacement 57) ROLL ASSY FEED (Replacement 58) KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT (Replacement 59)
Closing COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR
Closing COVER ASSY FRONT MG
CASSETTE ASSY 250 (Replacement 53)

Removal 1 CASSETTE ASSY 250 (PL2.1.1)

1) Pull out the CASSETTE ASSY 250 (PL2.1.1) from the printer.
3-8
Removal 2 KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.99)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Release the two hooks of the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5).
3) Pull up the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR to remove the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR from the CASSETTE ASSY 250 (PL2.1.1).
3-9
Removal 3 HANDLE ASSY CST (PL2.1.19)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Release the left side holes of the HANDLE ASSY CST (PL2.1.19) from the bosses of the CASSETTE ASSY 250 (PL2.1.1), using a miniature screwdriver.
3) Release the right side holes of the HANDLE ASSY CST from the bosses of the CASSETTE ASSY 250, remove the HANDLE ASSY CST.
3 - 10
Removal 4 PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)

Note: Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 before working. Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). 3) Open the TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7).
4) Put the paper on the TRANSFER ASSY to protect the belt. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, take care not to cover the left and right of the belt guards with the paper.
3 - 11
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Rotate the four stoppers of the PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) to the counter clock wise direction, to release the lock.
6) Remove the PHD ASSY toward you by pulling it by the left and right handles.
7) Lift up the PHD ASSY from the printer.
3 - 12
Removal 5 FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1)

1) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 2) Open the TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7).
3) Remove the one screw (silver, with flange, tap, 10mm) that fixes the FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) to the printer.
4) Pull the LEVER to release the lock.
3 - 13
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Disengage the connector of the FUSER ASSY by pulling the right side of the FUSER ASSY toward you with the LEVER released.
6) Lift up the FUSER ASSY, move the FUSER ASSY to the right side.
3 - 14
Removal 6 TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y) (PL5.1.21~24)

Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the four TONER CARTRIDGEs. 1) Open the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (PL1.1.7). 2) Move the handle of the TONER CARTRIDGE to backward, to release the lock.
3) Open the HOLDER ASSY TCRU K (PL5.1.17).
4) Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE from the HOLDER ASSY TCRU.
3 - 15
Removal 7 TRAY EXT (PL1.1.2)

1) Open the TRAY EXT (PL1.1.2).
2) Release the boss of the TRAY EXT from the hole of the COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1), using a miniature screwdriver.
3) Remove the TRAY EXT.
3 - 16
Removal 8 KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (PL1.1.99)

1) Open the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (PL1.1.7).
2) Press the upper hinge of the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR to release the boss on the hinge from the hole of the printer, move the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR to arrow direction.
3) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR.
3 - 17
Removal 9 KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.99)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) 4) Release the hook of the ROLL CORE MSI (PL3.2.3) on the left of the ROLL ASSY FEED (PL 3.2.4), and move the ROLL CORE MSI to left until it stops.
5) Release the groove on the ROLL ASSY FEED from the vertical pin mounted on the SHAFT ASSY FEED (PL3.2.2) by sliding the ROLL ASSY FEED to the left.
6) Close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
3 - 18
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 7) Remove the ROLL ASSY FEED from the SHAFT ASSY FEED by rotating the ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees.
3 - 19
Removal 10 COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1) to the printer.
6) Lift up the front side of the COVER ASSY TOP to release the COVER ASSY TOP from the two pegs on the printer.
3 - 20
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 7) Release the inside hooks of the COVER ASSY TOP from the COVER REAR (PL1.1.3), remove the COVER ASSY TOP from the printer.
3 - 21
Removal 11 PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Disengage all the connectors of the PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1).
7) Remove the six screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the PWBA LVPS to the printer.
3 - 22
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 8) Remove the PWBA LVPS from the printer.
3 - 23
Removal 12 COVER SIDE R (PL1.1.6)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) Accesses Position (The 8) show the procedure number.)
8)
7) Remove the six screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the COVER SIDE R (PL1.1.6) to the printer.
3 - 24
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 8) Release the front hook of the COVER SIDE R.
9) Release the inside hooks of the COVER SIDE R from the COVER REAR (PL1.1.3), remove the COVER SIDE R from the printer.
3 - 25
Removal 13 SWITCH (PL5.1.9)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Release the hooks of the SWITCH (PL5.1.9) by using the miniature screwdriver, remove the SWITCH from the printer.
9) Disengage the connector (P/J291) of the SWITCH.
3 - 26
Removal 14 LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8) to the printer.
9) Remove the LED ASSY ERASE from the printer.
3 - 27
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 10) Disengage the connector (P/J141) of the LED ASSY ERASE.
3 - 28
Removal 15 KIT BLOCK PHD RIGHT (PL4.1.97)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the LED ASSY ERASE. (Removal 14) Accesses Position (The 9), 10), 11) and 12) show the procedure number.)
9), 10) 11), 12)
Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the upper and lower BLOCK STOPPER PHD ADs (PL4.1.7). 9) Release the hook of the BLOCK STOPPER PHD AD (PL4.1.7), using a miniature screwdriver.
3 - 29
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 10) Remove the BLOCK STOPPER PHD AD from the printer.
11) Remove the SPRING PHD (PL4.1.4) from the printer.
12) Rotate the LEVER PHD (PL4.1.5) slightly, remove the LEVER PHD from the printer.
3 - 30
Removal 16 COVER SIDE L (PL1.1.19)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) Accesses Position (The 7) show the procedure number.)
7)
6) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the COVER SIDE L (PL1.1.19) to the printer.
3 - 31
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 7) Release the front hook of the COVER SIDE L.
8) Release the inside hook of the COVER SIDE L from the COVER REAR (PL1.1.3), remove the COVER SIDE L from the printer.
3 - 32
Removal 17 HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) Note: Release only the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK from the GUIDE HARNESS FSR to prevent the faulty wiring when it assembles it. 7) Disengage the connector (P/J44) of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5) on the PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1), release the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK from the GUIDE HARNESS FSR (PL8.2.2).
8) Release the clamps that fix the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK, remove the harness.
3 - 33
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 9) Remove the one screw (sliver, tap, 16mm) that fixes the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK to the printer, remove the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK.
3 - 34
Removal 18 SENSOR HUM (PL8.2.7)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 7) Remove the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fixes the SENSOR HUM (PL8.2.7) to the printer, remove the SENSOR HUM.
8) Disengage the connector (P/J201) of the SENSOR HUM.
3 - 35
Removal 19 KIT PIVOT (PL6.1.99)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)
14), 15)
9), 10), 11), 12), 13)
Note: When performing the step described below, it is not necessary to disengage the connector of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV. 9) Release the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) from the hook of the DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4).
3 - 36
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 10) Remove the E-ring that fixes the CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the shaft, using a miniature screwdriver, remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
11) Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT (PL6.1.3), mate the tabs of the STOPPER PIVOT with the notches of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2).
12) Remove the STOPPER PIVOT from the printer.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to drop the GEAR T4.
3 - 37
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 13) Pull out the PIVOT TRANS L (PL6.1.4), remove the GEAR T4 (PL6.1.5) from the printer.
14) Remove the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fixes the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT (PL6.1.6) to the printer.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, keep the TRANSFER ASSY slightly lifted for ease of work. 15) Pull out the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT from the printer.
3 - 38
Removal 20 KIT TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.98)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Close the TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7). Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to scratch the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY. 10) Release the hooks of the COVER HARNESS (PL6.1.8), using a miniature screwdriver, and then remove the COVER HARNESS.
Note: When carrying out the work described below, leave the relay connector on the TRANSFER ASSY harness side.
3 - 39
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 11) Release the harness from the pegs of he TRANSFER ASSY, disengage the connector (P/J281) of the TRANSFER ASSY.
12) Release the harness coming from printer from hook of the TRANSFER ASSY.
13) Tilt the TRANSFER ASSY slowly. 14) Remove the KIT PIVOT. (Removal 19) 15) Remove the TRANSFER ASSY from the printer.
3 - 40
Removal 21 SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER (PL3.2.13)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 20) Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to move the BRACKET SNS from the printer too far because they are connected with the harness. 10) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the BRACKET SNS (PL3.2.28) to the printer, remove the BRACKET SNS.
11) Lift the rear part of the BRACKET SNS up to release the two holes of the BRACKET SNS from the bosses of the printer.
3 - 41
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 12) Shift the BRACKET SNS to frontward, release the five tabs of the BRACKET SNS from the printer. Remove the BRACKET SNS.
13) Release the three hooks that fix the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER (PL3.2.13) to the BRACKET SNS, and remove the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER.
14) Disengage the connector (P/J233) of the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER.
3 - 42
Removal 22 ACTUATOR SSI (PL3.2.14)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 20) Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to move the BRACKET SNS from the printer too far because they are connected with the harness. 10) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the BRACKET SNS (PL3.2.28) to the printer, remove the BRACKET SNS.
11) Lift the rear part of the BRACKET SNS up to release the two holes of the BRACKET SNS from the bosses of the printer.
3 - 43
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 12) Shift the BRACKET SNS to frontward, release the five tabs of the BRACKET SNS from the printer. Remove the BRACKET SNS.
13) Release the left shaft of the ACTUATOR SSI (PL3.2.14) from the hook of the CHUTE UP (PL3.2.26).
14) Remove the ACTUATOR SSI and the SPRING ACT SSI (PL3.2.15) by releasing the right shaft of the ACTUATOR SSI from the hole of the CHUTE UP.
3 - 44
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 15) Remove the SPRING ACT SSI from the ACTUATOR SSI.
3 - 45
Removal 23 KIT SHAFT PIVOT (PL1.2.98)

Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the left and right SHAFT PIVOTs (PL1.2.23). 1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Release the hook of the SHAFT PIVOT (PL1.2.23) to pull out the SHAFT PIVOT.
3 - 46
Removal 24 COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). 3) Remove the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD. (Removal 56) [2150cdn Only] Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 4) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 5) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)
13) 10), 11), 12)
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, leave the relay connector on the printer harness side.
3 - 47
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 10) Release the relay connector from the rib of the printer, disengage the connecter (P/J271) of the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (PL1.2.13). Note: This step is only 2150cdn.
Note: When carrying out the work described below, leave the relay connector on the COVER ASSY FRONT MG side. 11) Release the harness of the HARNESS ASSY PNL A (PL1.1.12) from the rib of the printer, disengage the connector (P/J5301) of the HARNESS ASSY B (PL9.1.12).
12) Release the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY and the HARNESS ASSY PNL A from the hooks of the printer.
3 - 48
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 13) Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) that fixes the grounding terminal of the HARN ASSY GND (PL1.2.22), release the HARN ASSY GND from the GUIDE HARNESS AC (PL8.2.6) and the hooks of the printer. Note: This step is only 2150cdn.
Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the left and right COVER LINK FRONTs (PL1.2.30). 14) Release the two hooks of the COVER LINK FRONT (PL1.2.30), using a miniature screwdriver.
15) Shift the COVER LINK FRONT to front, remove the COVER LINK FRONT from the LINK ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.18).
Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the left and right SPRING LINK FRONTs (PL1.2.24).
3 - 49
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 16) Lift the COVER ASSY FRONT MG slightly up to remove the SPRING LINK FRONT (PL1.2.24) from the LINK ASSY FRONT, using a miniature screwdriver.
17) Remove the SPRING LINK FRONT from the printer.
Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the left and right SHAFT LINK FRONT FDRs (PL1.2.26). 18) Release the hook of the SHAFT LINK FRONT FDR (PL1.2.26) using a miniature screwdriver, to pull out the SHAFT LINK FRONT FDR.
Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the left and right SHAFT PIVOTs (PL1.2.23).
3 - 50
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 19) Release the hook of the SHAFT PIVOT (PL1.2.23) to pull out the SHAFT PIVOT.
20) Lift the COVER ASSY FRONT MG slightly up to remove the COVER ASSY FRONT MG from the printer.
3 - 51
Removal 25 CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (PL1.2.3)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). 3) Remove the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD. (Removal 56) [2150cdn Only] Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 4) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 5) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 10) Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. (Removal 24) 11) Release the two hooks of the COVER CONNECTOR (PL1.2.4).
12) Remove the COVER CONNECTOR from the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
3 - 52
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 13) Disengage the connector (P/J202) of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (PL1.2.3).
14) Release the four hooks of the COVER FRONT BAND.
15) Release the left and right hooks of the COVER FRONT BAND.
3 - 53
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 16) Remove the COVER FRONT BAND from the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
17) Release the two hooks of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL, using a miniature screwdriver.
18) Release the tab of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL from the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, remove the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL.
3 - 54
Removal 26 LATCH ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.5), BUTTON LATCH FRONT (PL1.2.11)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). 3) Remove the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD. (Removal 56) [2150cdn Only] Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 4) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 5) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 10) Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. (Removal 24) 11) Remove the three screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R (PL1.2.28) to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
12) Release the one hook of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R, using a miniature screwdriver.
3 - 55
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 13) Remove the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R from the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
14) Remove the three screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L (PL1.2.29) to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
15) Release the two hooks of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L, using a miniature screwdriver.
3 - 56
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 16) Remove the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L from the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
17) Remove the SPRING LATCH FRONT (PL1.2.10) from the LATCH ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.5).
18) Remove the LATCH ASSY FRONT from the COVER ASSY FRONT MG together with the BUTTON LATCH FRONT (PL1.2.11).
3 - 57
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 19) Remove the BUTTON LATCH FRONT from the LATCH ASSY FRONT.
3 - 58
Removal 27 HARNESS ASSY PNL A (PL1.2.12)

3 - 59
14) Remove the three screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R (PL1.2.28) to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
3 - 60
17) Release the HARNESS ASSY PNL A (PL1.2.12) from the hooks of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R, remove the HARNESS ASSY PNL A.
3 - 61
Removal 28 HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (PL1.2.13) [2150cdn Only]

3 - 62
14) Remove the three screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R (PL1.2.28) to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
3 - 63
17) Release the two hooks of the COVER DRAWER (PL1.2.4), remove the COVER DRAWER from the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R.
17.1 17.1
17.2
18) Release the harness of the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (PL1.2.13) from the hooks of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R.
3 - 64
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 19) Release the two hooks on the connector (P272) of the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY, pull out the harness and connector (J271) through the hole on the
HOLDER ASSY FRONT R, and remove

the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY.
19.1
19.2
3 - 65
Removal 29 COVER REAR (PL1.1.3)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the COVER REAR (PL1.1.3) to the printer.
10) Remove the COVER REAR from the printer.
3 - 66
Removal 30 CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1), BEARING REGI (PL3.1.2)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Release the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) from the hook of the DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4).
Note: When carrying out the work described below, leave the relay connector on the printer harness side. 11) Disengage the connector (P/J262) of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
3 - 67
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 12) Remove the E-ring that fixes the CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the shaft, using a miniature screwdriver, remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV.
13) Release the two hooks of the BEARING REGI (PL3.1.2), remove the BEARING REGI from the shaft.
3 - 68
Removal 31 KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.99)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)
11)
11) Disengage the two connectors (P/J24, 26) on the PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13), release the harness from the GUIDE HARNESS AC (PL8.2.6).
3 - 69
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 12) Disengage the connector (P/J211) of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2), release all the harness from the hooks of the DRIVE ASSY PH.
13) Remove the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm), the one screw (silver, M3, 6mm) and the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the DRIVE ASSY PH to the printer.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to drop the coupling gear to inside.
3 - 70
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 14) Remove the DRIVE ASSY PH from the printer.
15) Disengage the connector (P/J261) of the color mode sensor on the DRIVE ASSY PH, release the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (PL9.1.9) from the hook of the DRIVE ASSY PH.
16) Remove the GEAR P2 (PL7.1.3) from the shaft of the DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1).
3 - 71
Removal 32 KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.98)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 11) Remove the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH. (Removal 31) 12) Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT (PL6.1.3), mate the tabs of the STOPPER PIVOT with the notches of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2).
13) Remove the STOPPER PIVOT from the printer.
3 - 72
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 14) Remove the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) and the five screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the printer.
15) Remove the DRIVE ASSY MAIN from the printer.
3 - 73
Removal 33 DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 11) Remove the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH. (Removal 31) 12) Remove the KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Removal 32) Note: When performing the step described below, it is not necessary to disengage the connector of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK. 13) Remove the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK. (Removal 17) 14) Disengage the connector (P/J221) of the DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1).
3 - 74
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 15) Remove the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) and the four screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the printer.
16) Remove the DRIVE ASSY SUB from the printer.
3 - 75
Removal 34 KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT (PL4.1.98)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 11) Remove the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH. (Removal 31) 12) Remove the KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN. (Removal 32) Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)
13), 14) 15), 16)
Note: Described next procedure is the removal procedure common among the upper and lower BLOCK STOPPER PDH Ds (PL4.1.7).
3 - 76
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 13) Release the hook of the BLOCK STOPPER PHD D (PL4.1.6), using a miniature screwdriver.
14) Remove the BLOCK STOPPER PHD D from the printer.
15) Remove the SPRING PHD (PL4.1.4) from the printer.
3 - 77
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 16) Rotate the LEVER PHD (PL4.1.5) slightly, remove the LEVER PHD from the printer.
3 - 78
Removal 35 KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH (PL3.1.99)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 11) Remove the KIT DRIVE ASSY PH. (Removal 31) 12) Release the hook of the ROLL CORE MSI (PL3.2.3) on the left of the ROLL ASSY FEED (PL 3.2.4), and move the ROLL CORE MSI to left until it stops.
3 - 79
16) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. 17) Remove the SPRING FEED OUT (PL3.1.15) from the printer.
3 - 80
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 18) Release the hook of the GEAR ASSY FEED (PL3.1.19), remove the GEAR ASSY FEED from the SHAFT ASSY FEED (PL3.2.2). Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, pushing down the LEVER FEED (PL3.1.13).
19) Release the harness of the SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL3.1.11) from the hooks of the printer.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, leave the relay connector on the printer harness side. 20) Release the relay connector from the rib of the printer, disengage the connecter (P/J231) of the SOLENOID FEED MSI.
3 - 81
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 21) Remove the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fixes the SOLENOID FEED MSI to the printer, remove the SOLENOID FEED MSI.
3 - 82
Removal 36 SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP (PL8.2.9), COVER INLET (PL8.2.22)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Disengage the five connectors (P/J20, 23, 24, 26 and 28) on the PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13), release the harness from the GUIDE HARNESS AC (PL8.2.6).
11) Disengage the connector (P/J48) of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP (PL8.2.9) from the PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1). Remove the one screw (silver, with washer, 6mm) that fixes the grounding terminal of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP, release the harness of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP from the GUIDE HARNESS AC.
3 - 83
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 12) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the BRACKET SW (PL8.2.8) to the printer.
Note: The MAIN SWITCH and the printer are connected with the harness, so they should not be far apart when carrying out the work described next procedure. 13) Release the BRAKET SW from the hook together with the MAIN SW.
14) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 12mm) that fix the COVER INLET (PL8.2.22) to the printer.
3 - 84
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 15) Release the hooks of the SWITCH POWER, remove the SWITCH POWER of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP from the BRACKET SW.
16) Remove the COVER INLET from the printer, pull out the harness and SWITCH POWER through the hole on the printer,
and remove the SWITCH ASSY INLET

MG SFP from the printer.
17) Release the hooks of the AC INLET, remove the AC INLET of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP from the COVER INLET.
3 - 85
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 18) Pull out the harness and SWITCH POWER through the hole of the COVER INLET.
19) Pull out the connector (J48) through the hole of the COVER INLET, and remove the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP from the COVER INLET.
3 - 86
Removal 37 COVER CST (PL3.1.22)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP, COVER INLET. (Removal 36) 11) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the BRACKET GFI (PL3.1.21) to the printer.
12) Release the two hooks of the BRACKET GFI, using a miniature screwdriver.
3 - 87
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 13) Release the tab of the BRACKET GFI from the COVER CST (PL3.1.22), remove the BRACKET GFI from the printer.
14) Depress the COVER CST to release the hook of the COVER CST. Remove the COVER CST from the printer.
3 - 88
Removal 38 STOPPER CST (PL3.1.10)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP, COVER INLET. (Removal 36) 11) Remove the COVER CST. (Removal 37) 12) Remove the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fixes the STOPPER CST (PL3.1.10) to the printer.
13) Remove the STOPPER CST from the printer.
3 - 89
Removal 39 HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y) (PL5.1.17~20)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) Note: Described below is the removal procedure common among the four HOLDER ASSY TCRU. 10) Press the central part of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU to release the hole of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU from the boss of the FRAME DISP (PL5.1.12). Open the HOLDER ASSY TCRU by 90 degrees.
11) Press the boss part of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU, remove the HOLDER ASSY TCRU from the printer.
3 - 90
Removal 40 FAN (PL8.1.1)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Disengage the FAN (PL8.1.1) connector (P/J503) on the PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1), release the harness of the FAN from the hooks of the DUCT FAN (PL8.1.2).
11) Release the four hooks of the DUCT FAN, remove the FAN from the printer.
3 - 91
Removal 41 DUCT FAN (PL8.1.2)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 11) Loosen the SCREW KNURLING (PL8.1.13) and then open the PLATE ESS (PL8.1.12).
12) Swing the PLATE ESS to upward slightly, to release the upper tab of the PLATE ESS from the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS (PL8.1.3) after releasing the lower tab of the PLATE ESS from the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS. Remove the PLATE ESS from the printer.
3 - 92
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 13) Remove the eleven screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the SHIELD ASSY ESS to the printer.
14) Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS from the printer.
3 - 93
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 15) Disengage the two connectors (P/J101, 111) on the PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7), release the harness from the hooks of the DUCT FAN (PL8.1.2).
16) Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) that fixes the DUCT FAN to the printer.
17) Release the two hooks of the DUCT FAN, using a miniature screwdriver, and then remove the DUCT FAN from the printer.
3 - 94
Removal 42 KIT PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.99)

Note: Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic. 1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 11) Loosen the SCREW KNURLING (PL8.1.13) and then open the PLATE ESS (PL8.1.12).
12) Swing the PLATE ESS to upward slightly, to release the upper tab of the PLATE ESS from the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS (PL8.1.3) after releasing the lower tab of the PLATE ESS from the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS. Remove the PLATE ESS from the printer.
3 - 95
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 13) Remove the eleven screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the SHIELD ASSY ESS to the printer.
14) Remove the SHIELD ASSY ESS from the printer.
3 - 96
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 15) Disengage all the connectors of the PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.7).
16) Pull out the connector (J401) of the HARN ASSY ESS POWER (PL9.1.10) and the connector (J29) of the HARNESS ASSY B (PL9.1.12) through the hole of the FRAME ESS (PL8.1.5).
17) Remove the six screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the PWBA ESS SFP and the PLATE IF M (PL8.1.6) to the printer, remove the PWBA ESS SFP from the printer together with the PLATE IF M.
3 - 97
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 18) Remove the one screw (silver, 4mm) that fixes the USB connector of the PWBA ESS SFP to the PLATE IF M.
19) Remove the two screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the PWBA ESS SFP to the PLATE IF M, remove the PWBA ESS SFP from the PLATE IF M.
3 - 98
Removal 43 KIT PWBA MCU (PL8.2.99)

Note: Never fail to perform the diagnostic operation. Otherwise the data will be lost in the worst case. Note: Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic. 1) Perform the NVM Save to evacuate the MCU data. 2) Turn on the power while pressing the "" key, "" key, and [MENU] key on the control panel. 3) Enter the password, press the "" key twice, and press the " comes up. 4) Press the " " key once. " key once. " key once. " key once. " key once. The diagnostic screen
5) Press the "" key several times until "IOT Diag" is displayed. Press the "
6) Press the "" key several times until "NVM Settings" is displayed. Press the " 7) Press the "" key several times until "SaveNVM to ESS" is displayed. Press the " 8) Press the " " key once, and NVM Save is performed.
9) After NVM Save is complete, press the [CANCEL] key several times until "IOT Diag" is displayed. 10) Press the "" key several times until "Complete" is displayed. 11) Press the " " key two times. COPY, SCAN and FAX are displayed.
12) Turn off the power to exit. 13) Remove the POWER CORD from outlet. 14) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 15) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 16) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 17) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 18) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 19) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 20) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 21) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 22) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 23) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 24) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Removal 42)
3 - 99
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 25) Remove the five screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the FRAME ESS (PL8.1.5) to the printer.
26) Swing the FRAME ESS slightly up and back as if it were hinged at the top.
27) Remove the hole of the FRAME ESS from the hook of the FRAME ASSY LVPS (PL8.2.3) by lifting the FRAME ESS slightly. Remove the FRAME ESS from the printer together with the DUCT FAN (PL8.1.2).
3 - 100
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 28) Disengage all the connectors of the PWBA MCU (PL8.2.13).
29) Remove the six screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the PWBA MCU to the printer.
3 - 101
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 30) Remove the PWBA MCU from the printer.
3 - 102
Removal 44 DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 39) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the PWBA LVPS. (Removal 11) Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)
21), 22) 26) 17)
27) 16)
18), 19), 20)
3 - 103
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 16) Remove the one screw (silver, with washer, 6mm) that fixes the grounding terminal of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP (PL8.2.9).
Note: The GUIDE HARNESS AC and the printer are connected with the harness, so they should not be far apart when carrying out the work described next procedure. 17) Release the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS AC (PL8.2.6), remove the GUIDE HARNESS AC from the printer.
18) Release the harness of the HARN ASSY OPTION (PL3.1.20) from the clamp on the BRACKET MCU R (PL8.2.15).
3 - 104
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 19) Remove the two screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the BRACKET MCU R to the printer.
20) Remove the BRACKET MCU R from the printer.
Note: Release only the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK from the GUIDE HARNESS FSR to prevent the faulty wiring when it assembles it. 21) Release the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5) from the GUIDE HARNESS FSR (PL8.2.2).
3 - 105
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 22) Release the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS FSR, to release the boss and tab of the GUIDE HARNESS FSR. Remove the GUIDE HARNESS FSR from the printer.
23) Remove two screw (silver, M4, 6mm) and six screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the FRAME ASSY LVPS (PL8.2.3) to the printer.
24) Remove the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) that fixes the DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1) to the FRAME ASSY LVPS.
3 - 106
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 25) Remove the FRAME ASSY LVPS from the printer.
26) Release the hook of the connector (P5041) of the HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP (PL9.1.3), using pliers, and then remove it from the DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1).
3 - 107
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 27) Remove the HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP (PL6.1.2), HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP, HARN ASSY ESS POWER (PL9.1.10), HARNESS ASSY B (PL9.1.12) and HARN ASSY OPTION (PL3.1.20) from the hooks of the DISPENSER ASSY.
28) Remove the four screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the DISPENSER ASSY to the printer.
3 - 108
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 29) Remove the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) that fixes the rear side of the DISPENSER ASSY to the printer.
30) Release the hole of the DISPENSER ASSY from the boss of the printer, move the DISPENSER ASSY to backward. Remove the DISPENSER ASSY from the printer.
3 - 109
Removal 45 KIT ROS (PL4.1.99)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 9) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 10) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 11) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Removal 42) 12) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 13) Remove the PWBA LVPS. (Removal 11) Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)
19), 20)
15)
14)
16), 17), 18)
3 - 110
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 14) Remove the one screw (silver, with washer, 6mm) that fixes the grounding terminal of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP (PL8.2.9).
Note: The GUIDE HARNESS AC and the printer are connected with the harness, so they should not be far apart when carrying out the work described next procedure. 15) Release the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS AC (PL8.2.6), remove the GUIDE HARNESS AC from the printer.
3 - 111
Note: Release only the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK from the GUIDE HARNESS FSR to prevent the faulty wiring when it assembles it. 19) Release the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5) from the GUIDE HARNESS FSR (PL8.2.2).
3 - 112
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 20) Release the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS FSR, to release the boss and tab of the GUIDE HARNESS FSR. Remove the GUIDE HARNESS FSR from the printer.
21) Remove two screw (silver, M4, 6mm) and six screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the FRAME ASSY LVPS (PL8.2.3) to the printer.
22) Remove the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) that fixes the DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1) to the FRAME ASSY LVPS.
3 - 113
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 23) Remove the FRAME ASSY LVPS from the printer.
24) Disengage the two connectors (P/J411, 412) of the ROS ASSY (PL4.1.1).
25) Remove the four screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the left and right sides of the SPRING ROSs (PL4.1.2) to the printer. Remove the SPRING ROSs from the printer.
3 - 114
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 26) Lift up the ROS ASSY slowly from the printer.
3 - 115
Removal 46 UPPER UNIT (Reference only)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP, COVER INLET. (Removal 36) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 16) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 20) Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)
18)
19), 20), 21) 17)
3 - 116
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 17) Remove the one screw (silver, 6mm) that fixes the grounding terminal of the HARN ASSY GND (PL1.2.22), release the HARN ASSY GND and all the harnesses from the GUIDE HARNESS AC (PL8.2.6). Note: This step is only 2150cdn.
18) Release the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS AC , remove the GUIDE HARNESS AC from the printer
3 - 117
22) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the front side of the printer frame.
3 - 118
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 23) Remove the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the under part of the DISPENSER ASSY.
24) Open the HOLDER TCRU (K), (C), (M), and (Y), remove the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fixes the right side of the printer frame.
25) Remove the HARNESS ASSY B (PL9.1.12) and HARN ASSY OPTION (PL3.1.20) from the hooks of the DISPENSER ASSY.
3 - 119
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 26) Remove the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) that fixes the rear side of the DISPENSER ASSY and the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fixes the BRACKET MCU L (PL8.2.18).
27) Remove the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fixes the left side of the printer frame and the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm) that fixes the BRACKET MCU L.
28) Remove the UPPER UNIT.
3 - 120
Removal 47 PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19)

Note: Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic. 1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP, COVER INLET. (Removal 36) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 16) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 20) 17) Remove the UPPER UNIT. (Removal 46) 18) Remove the HARN ASSY HVPS (PL9.1.5) from the PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19).
3 - 121
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 19) Remove the seven screws (silver, 6mm) that fix the PWBA HVPS to the FRAME HVPS (PL4.1.20).
20) Remove the PWBA HVPS from the FRAME HVPS.
3 - 122
Removal 48 FEEDER ASSY MG SFP (PL3.1.98)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1) Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP, COVER INLET. (Removal 36) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 16) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 20) 17) Remove the UPPER UNIT. (Removal 46) 18) Remove the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. (Removal 24) 19) Remove the eight screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the FRAME HVPS (PL4.1.20) to the FEEDER ASSY MG SFP (PL3.1.98).
3 - 123
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 20) Remove the FRAME HVPS from the FEEDER ASSY MG SFP together with the PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19), remove the FEEDER ASSY.
3 - 124
Removal 49 SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (PL3.2.13)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP, COVER INLET. (Removal 36) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 16) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 20) 17) Remove the UPPER UNIT. (Removal 46) 18) Release the hook of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT (PL3.2.6), shift the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M (PL3.2.8) to right side.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to drop and lose the SPRING REGI OUT (PL3.2.7).
3 - 125
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 19) Release the ACTUATOR REGI OUT from the hook on the CHUTE UP (PL3.2.26), open the ACTUATOR REGI OUT.
20) Release the three hooks that fix the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (PL3.2.13) to the FEEDER ASSY MG SFP (PL3.1.98), and remove the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, it is easier to push the ACTUATOR.
21) Disengage the connector (P/J232) of the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI.
3 - 126
Removal 50 ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP, COVER INLET. (Removal 36) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 16) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 20) 17) Remove the UPPER UNIT. (Removal 46) 18) Release the hook of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT (PL3.2.6), shift the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M (PL3.2.8) to right side.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to drop and lose the SPRING REGI OUT (PL3.2.7).
3 - 127
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 19) Release the ACTUATOR REGI OUT from the hook on the CHUTE UP (PL3.2.26), open the ACTUATOR REGI OUT.
20) Remove the E-ring that fixes the GEAR REGI R (PL3.2.22) to the ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9), using a miniature screwdriver.
21) Remove the GEAR REGI R from the ROLL ASSY REGI. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, it is easier to push the ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) to frontward.
3 - 128
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 22) Remove the BEARING EARTH REGI (PL3.2.21) from the ROLL ASSY REGI. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, it is easier to push the ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) to frontward.
23) Remove the E-ring that fixes the BEARING R (PL3.2.31) to the ROLL ASSY REGI, using a miniature screwdriver.
24) Remove the BEARING R from the ROLL ASSY REGI. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, it is easier to push the ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) to frontward.
3 - 129
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 25) Shift the ROLL ASSY REGI to left to remove the right shaft of the ROLL ASSY REGI, remove the ROLL ASSY REGI from the FEEDER ASSY MG SFP (PL3.1.98) together with the ACTUATOR REGI OUT and the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, move the ACTUATOR REGI OUT to right until it stops.
3 - 130
Removal 51 ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP, COVER INLET. (Removal 36) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 16 Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 20) 17) Remove the UPPER UNIT. (Removal 46) 18) Remove the ROLL ASSY REGI. (Removal 50) 19) Release the left shaft of the ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) from the hook of the CHUTE UP (PL3.2.26).
3 - 131
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 20) Remove the ACTUATOR REGI IN and the SPRING ACT REGI (PL3.2.12) by releasing the right shaft of the ACTUATOR REGI IN from the hole of the CHUTE UP.
21) Remove the SPRING ACT REGI from the ACTUATOR REGI IN.
3 - 132
Removal 52 SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (PL3.2.13)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP, COVER INLET. (Removal 36) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 16) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 20) 17) Remove the UPPER UNIT. (Removal 46) 18) Release the three hooks that fix the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (PL3.2.13) to the FEEDER ASSY MG SFP (PL3.1.98), and remove the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER.
3 - 133
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 19) Disengage the connector (P/J234) of the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER.
3 - 134
Removal 53 ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (PL3.2.32)

1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). Note: Cover the drum of the PHD ASSY to avoid exposure to light. 3) Remove the PHD ASSY. (Removal 4) Note: The FUSER part is very hot. Take added care not to get burned when performing the service operation. 4) Remove the FUSER ASSY. (Removal 5) 5) Remove the TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y). (Removal 6) 6) Remove the COVER ASSY TOP. (Removal 10) 7) Remove the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR. (Removal 8) 8) Remove the COVER SIDE R. (Removal 12) 9) Remove the COVER SIDE L. (Removal 16) 10) Remove the COVER REAR. (Removal 29) 11) Remove the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP, COVER INLET. (Removal 36) 12) Remove the FAN. (Removal 40) 13) Remove the KIT PWBA ESS SFP. (Removal 42) 14) Remove the KIT PWBA MCU. (Removal 43) 15) Remove the CLUTCH ASSY DRV and BEARING REGI. (Removal 30) 16) Remove the KIT TRANSFER ASSY. (Removal 20) 17) Remove the UPPER UNIT. (Removal 46) 18) Remove the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER. (Removal 52) 19) Release the right shaft of the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (PL3.2.32) from the hole of the CHUTE UP (PL3.2.26), using a miniature screwdriver.
3 - 135
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 20) Remove the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER and the SPRING STP (PL3.2.16) by releasing the left shaft of the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER from the hole of the CHUTE UP.
21) Remove the SPRING STP from the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER.
3 - 136
Removal 54 WIRELESS ADAPTER (PL8.1.16)

1) Loosen the SCREW KNURLING (PL8.1.13) and then open the PLATE ESS (PL8.1.12).
2) Release the one hook of the WIRELESS ADAPTER (PL8.1.16).
3) Remove the WIRELESS ADAPTER.
3 - 137
Removal 55 MEMORY CARD (PL8.1.15)

Note: Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic. 1) Loosen the SCREW KNURLING (PL8.1.13) and then open the PLATE ESS (PL8.1.12).
2) Push the release latches of the socket to release the MEMORY CARD (PL8.1.15).
3) Remove the MEMORY CARD.
3 - 138
Removal 56 FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (PL11.1.1)

1) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). 2) Open the CHUTE DUP IN (PL11.1.2).
3) Through the hole indicated by the arrow, insert a screwdriver and press the LATCH BUTTON to unlock the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (PL11.1.1).
3.1
3.2
3 - 139
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Lift up the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD from the printer.
3 - 140
Removal 57 ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL11.2.9)

1) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1). 2) Remove the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD. (Removal 56) 3) Release the six hooks that fixes the COVER PWBA DUP (PL11.1.15), remove the COVER PWBA DUP from the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (PL11.1.1).
3.1
3.2
3.3
4) Disengage the connector (P/J603) of the DRIVE ASSY DUP (PL11.2.5) on the PWBA DUP (PL11.1.16), release the harness of the DRIVE ASSY DUP from the hooks of the COVER DRIVE DUP (PL11.2.3).
3 - 141
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Release the five hooks of the COVER DRIVE DUP. Draw out the connector of the DRIVE ASSY DUP from the hole of the COVER DRIVE DUP, and then remove the COVER DRIVE DUP from the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD.
5.2
5.1
6) Remove the four screws (silver, tap, 8mm) that fix the DRIVE ASSY DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD, remove the DRIVE ASSY DUP.
3 - 142
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 7) Release the hook of the GEAR ROLL DUP (PL11.2.6), remove the GEAR ROLL DUP from the ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL11.2.9).
8) Remove the BEARING DUP (PL11.2.7) that fixes the right and left sides of the ROLLER ASSY DUP by rotating in the direction shown by the arrow.
3 - 143
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 9) Remove the ROLLER ASSY DUP from the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD.
3 - 144
Removal 58 KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT (PL12.1.99)

Note: The printer must be lifted by two people. 1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250. (Removal 1) 2) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT. 3) Remove the two SCREW JOINTs (PL12.1.2) that fix the FEEDER ASSY OPT (PL12.1.3) to the printer.
4) Lift up the printer to separate it from the FEEDER ASSY OPT.
3 - 145
Removal 59 ROLL ASSY FEED (Parts of the FEEDER ASSY OPT) (PL12.4.4)
1) Remove the CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT. 2) Release the hook of the ROLL CORE MSI (PL12.4.3) on the left of the ROLL ASSY FEED (PL 12.4.4), and move the ROLL CORE MSI to left until it stops.
2.2
2.1
3 - 146
3 - 147
Replacement 1 ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (PL3.2.32)

1) Attach the SPRING STP to the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, ensure that the SPRING STP is hung to ACTUATOR NO PAPER and the CHUTE UP correctly.
SPRING STP
2) Insert the left shaft of the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER into the hole of the CHUTE UP, hang the SPRING STP to the CUHTE UP.
3 - 148
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Insert the right shaft of the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER into the hole of the CHUTE UP. Attach the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER.
Check the ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER movement, after the procedure 3 is completed. Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 2 SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (PL3.2.13)
3 - 149
Replacement 2 SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER (PL3.2.13)

1) Engage the connector (P/J234) of the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER.
2) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER to the FEEDER ASSY MG SFP V by mating the hook of the SENSOR PHOTO: CST NO PAPER with its mounting position.
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 8 UPPER UNIT (Reference only)
3 - 150
Replacement 3 ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11)

1) Attach the SPRING ACT REGI to the ACTUATOR REGI IN.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, ensure that the SPRING ACT REGI is hung to ACTUATOR REGI IN and the CHUTE UP correctly.
SPRING ACT REGI
2) Insert the right shaft of the ACTUATOR REGI IN into the hole of the CHUTE UP, hang the SPRING ACT REGI to the CUHTE UP.
3 - 151
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Fix the left shaft of the ACTUATOR REGI IN with the hook of the CHUTE UP to attach the ACTUATOR REGI IN.
Check the ACTUATOR REGI IN movement, after the procedure 3 is completed. Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 4 ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9)
3 - 152
Replacement 4 ROLL ASSY REGI (PL3.2.9)

1) After the inserting the left shaft of the ROLL ASSY REGI into the hole of the FEEDER ASSY MG SFP, insert the right shaft of the ROLL ASSY REGI into the hole. Attach the ROLL ASSY REGI together with the ACTUATOR REGI OUT and the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, move the ACTUATOR REGI OUT to right until it stops.
2) Attach the BEARING R to the ROLL ASSY REGI. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, it is easier to push the ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) to frontward.
3) Secure the BEARING R to the ROLL ASSY REGI with the E-ring by using the pliers.
3 - 153
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Attach the BEARING EARTH REGI to the ROLL ASSY REGI. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, it is easier to push the ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) to frontward.
5) Attach the GEAR REGI R to the ROLL ASSY REGI. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, it is easier to push the ROLL REGI METAL (PL3.2.10) to frontward.
6) Secure the GEAR REGI R to the ROLL ASSY REGI with the E-ring by using the pliers.
3 - 154
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 7) Close the ACTUATOR REGI OUT by inserting the boss of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT into the SPRING REGI OUT.
8) Shift the ACTUATOR REGI OUT to left, fix the CHUTE UP using the hook.
9) Attach the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M by mating the hole of the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M with the tab of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT. Fix it using the hook of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT.
Note: Check the ACTUATOR REGI OUT and the ACTUATOR REGI IN movement, after the procedure 9 is completed. Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 8 UPPER UNIT (Reference only)
3 - 155
Replacement 5 SENSOR PHOTO: REGI (PL3.2.13)

1) Engage the connector (P/J232) of the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI.
2) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI to the FEEDER ASSY MG SFP V by mating the three hooks of the SENSOR PHOTO: REGI. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, it is easier to push the ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) to downward.
3) Close the ACTUATOR REGI OUT by inserting the boss of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT into the SPRING REGI OUT.
3 - 156
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Shift the ACTUATOR REGI OUT to left, fix the CHUTE UP using the hook.
5) Attach the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M by mating the hole of the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M with the tab of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT. Fix it using the hook of the ACTUATOR REGI OUT.
Note: Check the ACTUATOR REGI OUT and the ACTUATOR REGI IN movement, after the procedure 5 is completed. Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 8 UPPER UNIT (Reference only)
3 - 157
Replacement 6 FEEDER ASSY MG SFP (PL3.1.98)

1) Mate the four holes of the FRAME HVPS with the bosses of the FEEDER ASSY MG SFP, attach the FRAME HVPS to the FEEDER ASSY MG SFP together with the PWBA HVPS.
2) Secure the FRAME HVPS to the FEEDER ASSY MG SFP with the eight screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
3 - 158
Replacement 7 PWBA HVPS (PL4.1.19)

Note: Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic. 1) Mate the notch and hole of the PWBA HVPS with the tabs of the FRAME HVPS, attach the PWBA HVPS.
2) Secure the PWBA HVPS to the FRAME HVPS with the seven screws (silver, 6mm).
3) Engage the connector (P/J161) of the HARN ASSY HVPS to the PWBAHVPS.
3 - 159
Replacement 8 UPPER UNIT (Reference only)

Accesses Position (All the numbers show the procedure number.)
11)
8), 9)
12)
10)
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, route the harness of the TRANSFER ASSY through the groove of the UPPER UNIT.
1) Mate the two holes of the UPPER UNIT with the bosses of the FEEDER ASSY MG SFP and attach it.
3 - 160
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 2) Secure the BRACKET MCU L and the left side of the printer frame with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
3) Secure the rear side DISPENSER ASSY with the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) and BRACKET MCU L with the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).
4) Route the HARNESS ASSY B and the HARN ASSY OOPTION to the DISPENSER ASSY. Secure the harnesses using the hooks on the DISPENSER ASSY.
3 - 161
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Open the HOLDER TCRU (K), (C), (M) and (Y), secure the right side of the printer frame with the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).
6) Secure the under side of the DISPENSER ASSY with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
7) Secure the front side of the printer frame with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
3 - 162
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 8) Mate the two holes of the BRACKET MCU R with the bosses of the printer, secure it with the two screws (silver, 6mm).
9) Secure the harness of the HARN ASSY OPTION with the clamp on the BRACKET MCU R.
10) Insert the tab on the under side of the GUIDE HARNESS AC into the hole of the printer, attach the GUIDE HARNESS AC to the printer.
3 - 163
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 11) Secure the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS AC to the printer.
12) Route the HARN ASSY GND and all the harnesses along the GUIDE HARNESS AC, secure the grounding terminal of the HARN ASSY GND with the one screw (silver, 6mm).
Note: This step is only 2150cdn.
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 34 KIT TRANSFER ASSY
3 - 164
Replacement 9 KIT ROS (PL4.1.99)

7), 8)
11)
9), 10)
12)
1) Mate the under side boss of the ROS ASSY with the hole of the printer, attach the ROS ASSY.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, ensure that the SPRING ROS is oriented to the direction shown in the right.
3 - 165
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 2) Mate the holes of the SPRING ROSs with the bosses of the printer, secure it with the four screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
3) Engage the two connectors (P/J411, 412) of the ROS ASSY.
4) Mate the three holes of the FRAME ASSY LVPS with the bosses of the printer, attach the FRAME ASSY LVPS to the printer.
Note: Since two types of screws are used for securing the FRAME ASSY LVPS, ensure that the right screws are used at their right securing positions. The securing positions for tap screws are marked with [T]. The securing positions for metal screws are marked with [M].
3 - 166
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Secure the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the FRAME ASSY LVPS with the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm).
6) Secure the FRAME ASSY LVPS to the printer with the two screws (silver, M4, 6mm) and the six screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
7) Mate the tab and boss of the GUIDE HARNESS FSR with the holes of the FRAME ASSY LVPS, move the GUIDE HARNESS FSR to secure it.
3 - 167
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) Note: Ensure that the harnesses of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK and HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP are kept apart so that they do not contact each other. 8) Route the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK along the GUIDE HARNESS FSR.
9) Mate the two holes of the BRACKET MCU R with the bosses of the printer, secure it with the two screws (silver, 6mm).
3 - 168
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 11) Secure the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS AC to the printer.
12) Secure the grounding terminal of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP with the one screw (silver, with washer, 6mm).
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 43 PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1)
3 - 169
Replacement 10 DISPENSER ASSY (PL5.1.1)

9), 10) 5) 13)
4) 14)
11), 12)
1) Insert the AUGER part of the DISPENSER ASSY into the hole of the printer, mate the hole of the DISPENSER ASSY with the boss of the printer, and then attach the DISPENSER ASSY.
2) Secure the rear side of DISPENSER ASSY to the printer with the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm).
3 - 170
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Secure the DISPENSER ASSY to the printer with the four screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
4) Route the HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP, HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP, HARN ASSY ESS POWER, HARNESS ASSY B and HARN ASSY OPTION through the hooks of the DISPENSER ASSY.
3 - 171
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Attach the connector (P5041) of the HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP to the DISPENSER ASSY.
6) Mate the three holes of the FRAME ASSY LVPS with the bosses of the printer, attach the FRAME ASSY LVPS to the printer.
Note: Since two types of screws are used for securing the FRAME ASSY LVPS, ensure that the right screws are used at their right securing positions. The securing positions for tap screws are marked with [T]. The securing positions for metal screws are marked with [M]. 7) Secure the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the FRAME ASSY LVPS with the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm).
3 - 172
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 8) Secure the FRAME ASSY LVPS to the printer with the two screws (silver, M4, 6mm) and the six screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
9) Mate the tab and boss of the GUIDE HARNESS FSR with the holes of the FRAME ASSY LVPS, move the GUIDE HARNESS FSR to secure it.
Note: Ensure that the harnesses of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK and HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP are kept apart so that they do not contact each other. 10) Route the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK along the GUIDE HARNESS FSR.
3 - 173
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 11) Mate the two holes of the BRACKET MCU R with the bosses of the printer, secure it with the two screws (silver, 6mm).
13) Secure the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS AC to the printer.
3 - 174
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 14) Secure the grounding terminal of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP with the one screw (silver, with washer, 6mm).
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 43 PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1)
3 - 175
Replacement 11 KIT PWBA MCU (PL8.2.99)

Note: Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic. 1) Mate the holes of the PWBA MCU with the tabs of the printer, attach it.
2) Secure the PWBA MCU to the printer with the six screws (silver, 6mm).
3 - 176
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Engage all the connectors of the PWBA MCU.
4) Mate the hole of the FRAME ESS with the hook of the FRAME ASSY LVPS.
3 - 177
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Attach the DUCT FAN to the printer together with the FRAME ESS.
6) Secure the FRAME ESS to the printer with the five screws (silver, 6mm).
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 12 KIT PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.99) Note: When the PWBA MCU is replaced with a new one, perform the following steps. (After completing all steps up to Replacement 59.) 7) Plug in the power cord to the printer. 8) Execute diagnostic operation of NVM Load, and write the data into PWBA MCU. 9) Turn off the power. 10) Perform the diagnostic operation of NVM Load, and write the data into the MCU. 11) Turn on the power while pressing the "" key, "" key, and [MENU] key on the control panel. 12) Enter the password, press the ""key twice, and press the " comes up. 13) Press the "" key several times until "IOT Diag" is displayed. Press the " " key once. " key once. " key " key once. The diagnostic screen
14) Press the "" key several times until "NVM Settings" is displayed. Press the "
15) Press the "" key several times until "LoadNVM from ESS" is displayed. Press the " once. 16) Press the " " key once, and NVM Load is performed.
3 - 178
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 17) After NVM Load is complete, press the [CANCEL] key several times until "IOT Diag" is displayed. 18) Press the "" key several times until "Complete" is displayed. 19) Press the " " key twice. Ready to Print is displayed.
20) Turn off the power to exit.
3 - 179
Replacement 12 KIT PWBA ESS SFP (PL8.1.99)

Note: Ensure proper electrostatic discharge procedures are followed to prevent damage to the PWBA ESS SFP and options during replacement.
Note: The replacement steps of procedure 1) to 3) are to be required for changing the PWBA ESS SFP. Those steps are not required for only removing it.
Note: There are two ROM chips that must be moved from the original PWBA ESS SFP to the replacement PWBA. Ensure both these chips are installed into the same locations on the replacement PWBA.
Note: Avoid applying excessive pressure when removing and replacing the ROM chips.
Note: Take care not to bend the terminal section of ROM when carrying out the job described below. 1) Remove the ROM, using a miniature screwdriver or the like, from the IC sockets on old PWBA ESS SFP that was removed from the printer.
2) Remove the ROM from IC socket on new PWBA ESS SFP using a miniature screwdriver or the like.
Note: Do not use ROMs removed from new PWBA ESS SFP.
3 - 180
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Attach the ROM that were removed from old PWBA ESS SFP on IC sockets of new PWBA ESS SFP with its notch aligned with the notch in IC socket.
4) Secure the PLATE IF M to the PWBA ESS SFP with the two screws (silver, 6mm).
5) Secure the USB connector of the PWBA ESS SFP to the PLATE IF M with the one screw (silver, 4mm).
3 - 181
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 6) Mate the hole of the PLATE IF M with the tab of the printer, attach the PWBA ESS SFP together with the PLATE IF M.
7) Secure the PWBA ESS SFP to the printer with the six screws (silver, 6mm).
8) Insert the connector (J401) of the HARN ASSY ESS POWER and the connector (J29) of the HARNESS ASSY B into the FRAME ESS through the hole.
3 - 182
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 9) Engage all the connectors of the PWBA ESS SFP.
10) Mate the five bosses of the printer with the holes of the SHIELD ASSY ESS, secure it with the eleven screws (silver, 6mm).
3 - 183
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 11) Insert the lower tab of the PLATE ESS into the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS, after inserting the upper tab of the PLATE ESS into the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS.
12) Close the PLATE ESS and secure the SCREW KNURLING.
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 14 FAN (PL8.1.1)
3 - 184
Replacement 13 DUCT FAN (PL8.1.2)

1) Secure the DUCT FAN to the printer with the two hooks.
2) Secure the DUCT FAN to the printer with the one screw (silver, 6mm).
3) Route the HARN ASSY ESS and HARN ASSY ESS VIDEO through the hooks of the DUCT FAN, engage the two connectors (P/J101, 111) on the PWBA ESS SFP.
3 - 185
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Mate the five bosses of the printer with the holes of the SHIELD ASSY ESS, secure it with the eleven screws (silver, 6mm).
5) Insert the lower tab of the PLATE ESS into the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS, after inserting the upper tab of the PLATE ESS into the slit of the SHIELD ASSY ESS.
3 - 186
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 6) Close the PLATE ESS and secure the SCREW KNURLING.
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 14 FAN (PL8.1.1)
3 - 187
Replacement 14 FAN (PL8.1.1)

Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care to check the orientation of the FAN. (Attach the FAN so that its labeled surface faces front.) 1) Secure the FAN to the DUCT FAN with the four hooks.
2) Route the harness of the FAN through the hooks of the DUCT FAN, engage the connector (P/J503) of the FAN to the PWBA LVPS.
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 25 COVER REAR (PL1.1.3)
3 - 188
Replacement 15 HOLDER ASSY TCRU (K), (C), (M), (Y) (PL5.1.17~20)

Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the four HOLDER ASSY TCRU. 1) Mate the lower boss of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU with the hole of the FRAME DISP.
2) Bend the HOLDER ASSY TCRU, mate the upper boss of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU with the hole of the FRAME DISP.
3) Press the central part of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU, mate the hole of the HOLDER ASSY TCRU with the boss of the FRAME DISP.
3 - 189
Replacement 16 STOPPER CST (PL3.1.10)

1) Mate the two holes of the STOPPER CST with the bosses of the printer, attach the STOPPER CST.
2) Secure the STOPPER CST to the printer with the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 17 COVER CST (PL3.1.22)
3 - 190
Replacement 17 COVER CST (PL3.1.22)

1) Attach the COVER CST to the printer.
2) Attach the BRACKET GFI to the COVER CST.
3) Secure the two hooks of the BRACKET GFI to the printer.
3 - 191
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Secure the BRACKET GFI to the printer with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 18 SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP (PL8.2.9), COVER INLET (PL8.2.22)
3 - 192
Replacement 18 SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP (PL8.2.9), COVER INLET (PL8.2.22)

1) Route the connector (J48) of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP through the hole of the COVER INLET.
2) Route the harness and SWITCH POWER of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP through the hole of the COVER INLET.
3) Attach the AC INLET of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP to the COVER INLET, and secure it with the hooks.
3 - 193
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Route the harness and SWITCH POWER of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP through the hole of the printer.
Note: When replacing the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP, match the ON/OFF mark of the SWITCH POWER with the mark on the BRACKET SW.
5) Attach the SWITCH POWER of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP to the BRACKET SW, and secure it with the hooks.
3 - 194
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 6) Secure the COVER INLET to the printer with the two screws (silver, tap, 12mm).
7) Mate the notch of the BRACKET SW with the hook of the GUIDE HARNESS AC.
8) Mate the holes of the BRACKET SW with the two bosses of the printer, secure the BRACKET SW with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
3 - 195
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 9) Route the harness of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP along the GUIDE HARNESS AC, secure the grounding terminal of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP with the one screw (silver, with washer, 6mm). Engage the connector (P/J48) of the SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP to the PWBA LVPS.
10) Route the harness along the GUIDE HARNESS AC, engage the five connectors (P/J20, 23, 24, 26 and 28) with the PWBA MCU.
3 - 196
Replacement 19 KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH

1) Mate the holes of the SOLENOID FEED MSI with the two bosses of the printer, secure the SOLENOID FEED MSI with the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).
2) Engage the connecter (P/J231) of the SOLENOID FEED MSI, secure the relay connector with the rib of the printer.
3) Route the harness of the SOLENOID FEED MSI through the hooks of the printer.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, it is easier to put the D-cut surface of the SHAFT ASSY FEED on the front.
3 - 197
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Attach the GEAR ASSY FEED to the SHAFT ASSY FEED by pushing down the LEVER FEED, mate the hook of the GEAR ASSY FEED with the groove of the SHAFT ASSY FEED.
5) Hang the SPRING FEED OUT to the GEAR ASSY FEED and the printer. Note: Ensure that the SPRING FEED OUT is oriented to the direction shown in the right.
3 - 198
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 7) Fit the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT ASSY FEED with the groove of the ROLL ASSY FEED facing upward, rotate the ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees so that the pin on the SHAFT ASSY FEED is aligned with the groove on the ROLL ASSY FEED.
8) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. 9) Move the ROLL ASSY FEED to the right side, put the groove of the ROLL ASSY FEED on the pin of the SHAFT ASSY FEED.
3 - 199
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 10) Move the ROLL CORE MSI to the right side, to secure the hook of the ROLL CORE MSI with the groove of the SHAFT ASSY FEED.
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 23 KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.99)
3 - 200
Replacement 20 KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT (PL4.1.98)

Accesses Position (The 1), 2) and 3) show the procedure number.)
3) 1), 2)
1) Tilt the LEVER PHD slightly, attach the LEVER PHD to the printer.
2) Attach the SPRING PHD to the printer.
3 - 201
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the upper and lower of the BLOCK STOPPER PHD Ds. 3) Push the BLOCK STOPPER PHD D to the printer until it is locked.
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 22 KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.98)
3 - 202
Replacement 21 DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1)

1) Attach the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the printer.
Note: Since two types of screws are used for securing the DRIVE ASSY SUB, ensure that the right screws are used at their right securing positions. The securing positions for tap screws are marked with [T]. The securing positions for metal screws are marked with [M]. 2) Secure the DRIVE ASSY SUB to the printer with the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) and the four screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
3 - 203
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Engage the connecter (P/J221) of the DRIVE ASSY SUB.
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 22 KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.98)
3 - 204
Replacement 22 KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.98)

1) Attach the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the printer.
Note: Since two types of screws are used for securing the DRIVE ASSY MAIN, ensure that the right screws are used at their right securing positions. The securing positions for tap screws are marked with [T]. The securing positions for metal screws are marked with [M]. 2) Secure the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to the printer with the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm) and the five screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
3 - 205
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Attach the GEAR P2 to the shaft of DRIVE ASSY SUB. Note: Ensure that the GEAR P2 is oriented to the direction shown in the right.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, ensure that the flat face of the PIVOT TRANS L is oriented to the direction shown in the right.
4) Mate the tab of the STOPPER PIVOT with the notch of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN, attach the STOPPER PIVOT to the PIVOT TRANS L.
3 - 206
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT to the left, secure the STOPPER PIVOT to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN frame.
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 23 KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.99)
3 - 207
Replacement 23 KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.99)

6)
1) Attach the GEAR P2 to the shaft of DRIVE ASSY SUB. Note: Ensure that the GEAR P2 is oriented to the direction shown in the right.
2) Engage the connector (J261) of the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL with the Color mode switching sensor of the DRIVE ASSY PH, route the HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL through the hook of the DRIVE ASSY PH.
3 - 208
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to drop the coupling gear to inside.
3) Attach the DRIVE ASSY PH to the printer.
Note: Since three types of screws are used for securing the DRIVE ASSY PH, ensure that the right screws are used at their right securing positions. The securing positions for tap screws are marked with [T]. The securing positions for metal screws are marked with [M]. 4) Secure the DRIVE ASSY PH to the printer with the one screw (silver, M4, 6mm), the one screw (silver, M3, 6mm) and the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).
3 - 209
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Route all the harness through the hooks of the DRIVE ASSY PH, engage the connector (P/J211) of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN.
6) Route the harness of the DRIVE ASSY PH and HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL along the GUIDE HARNESS AC, engage the two connectors (P/J24, 26) with the PWBA MCU.
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 24 CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1), BEARING REGI (PL3.1.2)
3 - 210
Replacement 24 CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1), BEARING REGI (PL3.1.2)

1) Attach the BEARING REGI to the shaft of the ROLL ASSY REGI, secure the BEARING REGI with the hooks.
2) Mate the notch of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV with the rib of the DRIVE ASSY PH, secure the CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the ROLL ASSY REGI with the E-ring by using a pliers.
3) Route the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV through the hook of the DRIVE ASSY PH.
3 - 211
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Engage the connector (P/J262) of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV, secure the relay connector with the pegs of the DRIVE ASSY PH.
3 - 212
Replacement 25 COVER REAR (PL1.1.3)

1) Attach the COVER REAR to the printer.
2) Secure the COVER REAR to the printer with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 38 COVER SIDE L (PL1.1.19)
3 - 213
Replacement 26 HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (PL1.2.13) [2150cdn Only]

1) Pass the connector (P271) and the harness of the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY through the hole on the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R, and secure the connector (P272) of the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY to the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R with the two hooks.
2) Route the harness of the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY along the hooks of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R.
3) Attach the COVER DRAWER to the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R, secure the COVER DRAWER with the two hooks.
3 - 214
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Mate the three tabs of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, attach the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, take care not to damage the harness by pinching it between the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R and the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
5) Secure the one hook of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
6) Secure the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG with the three screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
3 - 215
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 7) Engage the connector (P/J202) of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, route the HARNESS ASSY PNL A so that the core on the HARNESS ASSY PNL A fits into the housing space located on the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
8) Attach the COVER CONNECTOR to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
9) Secure the two hooks of the COVER CONNECTOR to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 30 COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1)
3 - 216
Replacement 27 HARNESS ASSY PNL A (PL1.2.12)

1) Route the HARNESS ASSY PNL A through the hooks of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R.
2) Mate the three tabs of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, attach the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, take care not to damage the harness by pinching it between the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R and the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
3 - 217
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Secure the one hook of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
5) Engage the connector (P/J202) of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, route the HARNESS ASSY PNL A so that the core on the HARNESS ASSY PNL A fits into the housing space located on the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
3 - 218
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 6) Attach the COVER CONNECTOR to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
3 - 219
Replacement 28 LATCH ASSY FRONT (PL1.2.5), BUTTON LATCH FRONT (PL1.2.11)

1) Mate the boss of the BUTTON LATCH FRONT with the hole of the LATCH ASSY FRONT.
2) Attach the LATCH ASSY FRONT to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG together with the BUTTON LATCH FRONT.
3) Attach the SPRING LATCH FRONT to the LATCH ASSY FRONT.
3 - 220
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Mate the two tabs of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, attach the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, take care not to damage the harness by pinching it between the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L and the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
5) Secure the two hooks of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
6) Secure the HOLDER ASSY FRONT L to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG with the three screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
3 - 221
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 7) Mate the three tabs of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, attach the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, take care not to damage the harness by pinching it between the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R and the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
8) Secure the one hook of the HOLDER ASSY FRONT R to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
3 - 222
Replacement 29 CONSOLE ASSY PANEL (PL1.2.3)

1) Mate the tab of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL with the holes of the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, attach it.
2) Secure the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG with the two hooks.
3 - 223
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Attach the COVER FRONT BAND to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
4) Secure the left and right hooks of the COVER FRONT BAND to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
5) Secure the four hooks of the COVER FRONT BAND.
3 - 224
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 6) Engage the connector (P/J220) of the CONSOLE ASSY PANEL. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, route the HARNESS ASSY PNL A so that the core on the HARNESS ASSY PNL A fits into the housing space located on the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
7) Attach the COVER CONNECTOR to the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
3 - 225
Replacement 30 COVER ASSY FRONT MG (PL1.2.1)

7) 8), 9)
1) Lift the COVER ASSY FRONT MG slightly up to attach it to the printer.
Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the left and right sides of the SHAFT PIVOTs (PL1.2.23).
3 - 226
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 2) Mate the flat face of the SHAFT PIVOT with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, push the SHAFT PIVOT until the hook is locked.
Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the left and right sides of the SHAFT LINK FRONT FDRs (PL1.2.26). 3) Mate the flat face of the SHAFT LINK FRONT FDR with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, push the SHAFT LINK FRONT FDR until the hook is locked.
Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the left and right SPRING LINK FRONTs (PL1.2.24).
3 - 227
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Lift the COVER ASSY FRONT MG slightly up to insert the SPRING LINK FRONT into the LINK ASSY FRONT.
Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the left and right COVER LINK FRONTs (PL1.2.30). 5) Attach the COVER LINK FRONT to the LINK ASSY FRONT.
3 - 228
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 6) Secure the two hooks of the COVER LINK FRONT to the LINK ASSY FRONT.
7) Route the HARN ASSY GND along the GUIDE HARNESS AC, secure the grounding terminal of the HARN ASSY GND with the one screw (silver, 6mm). Note: This step is only 2150cdn.
8) Route the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY and the HARNESS ASSY PNL A through the hooks of the printer.
3 - 229
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 9) Engage the connector (P/J5301) of the HARNESS ASSY PNL A and engage the connector (P/J271) of the HARN ASSY DUP RELAY. Secure the two connectors to the printer.
3 - 230
Replacement 31 KIT SHAFT PIVOT (PL1.2.98)

Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the left and right sides of the SHAFT PIVOTs (PL1.2.23). 1) Mate the flat face of the SHAFT PIVOT with the hole of the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, push the SHAFT PIVOT until the hook is locked.
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 53 CASSETTE ASSY 250 (PL2.1.1)
3 - 231
Replacement 32 ACTUATOR SSI (PL3.2.14)

1) Attach the SPRING ACT SSI to the ACTUATOR SSI.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, ensure that the SPRING ACT SSI is hung to ACTUATOR SSI and the CHUTE UP correctly.
SPRING ACT SSI
2) Insert the right shaft of the ACTUATOR SSI into the hole of the CHUTE UP, hang the SPRING ACT SSI to the CUHTE UP.
3 - 232
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Secure the left shaft of the ACTUATOR SSI with the hook of the CHUTE UP, attach the ACTUATOR SSI.
Check the ACTUATOR SSI movement, after the procedure 3 is completed. 4) Mate the five tabs of the BRACKET SNS with the printer.
5) Mate the two holes of the BRACKET SNS with the bosses of the printer.
3 - 233
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 6) Route the harness of the BRACKET SNS through the hooks of the printer.
7) Secure the BRACKET SNS to the printer with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 34 KIT TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.98)
3 - 234
Replacement 33 SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER (PL3.2.13)

1) Engage the connector (P/J233) of the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER.
2) Replace the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER to the BRACKET SNS by mating the hook of the SENSOR PHOTO: SSI NO PAPER with its mounting position.
3) Mate the five tabs of the BRACKET SNS with the printer.
3 - 235
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Mate the two holes of the BRACKET SNS with the bosses of the printer.
5) Route the harness of the BRACKET SNS through the hooks of the printer.
6) Secure the BRACKET SNS to the printer with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 34 KIT TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.98)
3 - 236
Replacement 34 KIT TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.98)

1) Attach the TRANSFER ASSY to the printer.
2) Replacement the KIT PIVOT. (Replacement 35) 3) Close the TRANSFER ASSY. Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, take care not to scratch the belt surface of the TRANSFER ASSY. 4) Route the harness of the printer through the hooks of the TRANSFER ASSY.
3 - 237
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Engage the connector (P/J281) of the TRANSFER ASSY, secure the relay connector with the pegs of the TRANSFER ASSY.
5) Attach the COVER HARNESS to the TRANSFER ASSY.
3 - 238
Replacement 35 KIT PIVOT (PL6.1.99)

1), 2)
3), 4), 5), 6), 7)
1) Mate the hole of the TRANSFER ASSY with the hole of the printer frame, attach the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT.
2) Secure the SHAFT ASSY PIVOT to the printer with the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).
3 - 239
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, make sure that the position of the GEAR T4 is correctly.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, keep the TRANSFER ASSY slightly lifted for ease of work. 3) Attach the GEAR T4 to the printer, align the holes of the GEAR T4, the printer frame, and the TRANSFER ASSY, and then insert the PIVOT TRANS L.
Note: When carrying out the work described next procedure, ensure that the flat face of the PIVOT TRANS L is oriented to the direction shown in the right.
3 - 240
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Mate the tab of the STOPPER PIVOT with the notch of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN, attach the STOPPER PIVOT to the PIVOT TRANS L.
5) Rotate the STOPPER PIVOT to the left, secure the STOPPER PIVOT to the DRIVE ASSY MAIN frame.
6) Mate the notch of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV with the rib of the DRIVE ASSY PH, secure the CLUTCH ASSY DRV to the ROLL ASSY REGI with the E-ring by using a pliers.
3 - 241
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 7) Route the harness of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV through the hook of the DRIVE ASSY PH.
3 - 242
Replacement 36 SENSOR HUM (PL8.2.7)

1) Engage the connecter (P/J201) of the SENSOR HUM.
2) Secure the SENSOR HUM to the printer with the one screw (silver, tap, 8mm).
3 - 243
Replacement 37 HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (PL8.2.5)

1) Mate the hole of the switch with the boss of the printer, secure the switch with the one screw (silver, tap, 16mm).
2) Secure the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK with the clamps.
Note: Ensure that the harnesses of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK and HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP are kept apart so that they do not contact each other. 3) Route the harness of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK along the GUIDE HARNESS FSR, engage the connector (P/J44) of the HARN ASSY INTERLOCK to the PWBA LVPS.
3 - 244
Replacement 38 COVER SIDE L (PL1.1.19)

Accesses Position (The 2) shows the procedure number.)
2)
1) Insert the inside hooks of the COVER SIDE L into the hole of the COVER REAR, attach the COVER SIDE L to the printer.
2) Secure the front hook of the COVER SIDE L to the printer.
3 - 245
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Secure the COVER SIDE L to the printer with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 44 COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1)
3 - 246
Replacement 39 KIT BLOCK PHD RIGHT (PL4.1.97)

Accesses Position (The 1), 2) and 3) show the procedure number.)
3) 1), 2)
1) Tilt the LEVER PHD slightly, attach the LEVER PHD to the printer.
2) Attach the SPRING PHD to the printer.
3 - 247
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the upper and lower of the BLOCK STOPPER PHD ADs. 3) Push the BLOCK STOPPER PHD AD to the printer until it is locked.
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 40 LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8)
3 - 248
Replacement 40 LED ASSY ERASE (PL4.1.8)

1) Engage the connecter (P/J141) of the LED ASSY ERASE.
2) Attach the LED ASSY ERASE to the printer.
3) Secure the LED ASSY ERASE to the printer with two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 42 COVER SIDE R (PL1.1.6)
3 - 249
Replacement 41 SWITCH (PL5.1.9)

1) Engage the connecter (P/J291) of the SWITCH.
2) Attach the SWITCH to the printer, secure the SWITCH with the two hooks.
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 42 COVER SIDE R (PL1.1.6)
3 - 250
Replacement 42 COVER SIDE R (PL1.1.6)

Accesses Position (The 2) shows the procedure number.)
2)
1) Insert the inside hooks of the COVER SIDE R into the hole of the COVER REAR, attach the COVER SIDE R to the printer.
2) Secure the front hook of the COVER SIDE R to the printer.
3 - 251
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Secure the COVER SIDE R to the printer with the six screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 46 KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (PL1.1.99)
3 - 252
Replacement 43 PWBA LVPS (PL8.2.1)

1) Attach the PWBA LVPS to the printer.
2) Secure the PWBA LVPS to the printer with the six screws (silver, 6mm).
3) Engage all the connectors of the PWBA LVPS.
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 44 COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1)
3 - 253
Replacement 44 COVER ASSY TOP (PL1.1.1)

1) Mate the hooks of the COVER TOP with the notch of the COVER REAR.
2) Mate the two holes of the COVER TOP with the pegs of the printer by pulling down the COVER TOP.
3) Secure the COVER TOP to the printer with the two screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 49 FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1)
3 - 254
Replacement 45 KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.99)

1) Close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. 2) Fit the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT ASSY FEED with the groove of the ROLL ASSY FEED facing upward, rotate the ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees so that the pin on the SHAFT ASSY FEED is aligned with the groove on the ROLL ASSY FEED.
3) Open the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. 4) Move the ROLL ASSY FEED to the right side, put the groove of the ROLL ASSY FEED on the pin of the SHAFT ASSY FEED.
3 - 255
Go to the next replacement step: Replacement 50 PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)
3 - 256
Replacement 46 KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (PL1.1.99)

1) Mate the lower boss of the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR with the hole of the COVER REAR.
2) Bend the upper hinge of the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR, mate the upper boss of the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR with the hole of the COVER REAR. Attach the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR.
3) Close the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR.
3 - 257
Replacement 47 TRAY EXT (PL1.1.2)

1) Mate the boss of the TRAY EXT with the hole of the COVER ASSY TOP.
2) Mate the other boss of the TRAY EXT with the hole of the COVER ASSY TOP.
3) Close the TRAY EXT.
3 - 258
Replacement 48 TONER CARTRIDGE (K), (C), (M), (Y) (PL5.1.21~24)

Note: Described below is the replacement procedure common among the four TONER CARTRIDGEs. 1) Shake the TONER CARTRIDGE five or six times for the distributing toner evenly.
2) Insert the TONER CARTRIDGE into the HOLDER ASSY TCRU slowly, attach it.
Note: Check that the TONER CARTRIDGE is secured. 3) Close the HOLDER ASSY TCRU.
3 - 259
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) Note: When performing the step described next procedure, mate the delta mark of the Handle with the lock mark on the cartridge holder.
4) Move the handle to the front.
5) Close the COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR.
3 - 260
Replacement 49 FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1)

1) Insert the two studs of the FUSER ASSY into the holes of the printer.
2) Engage the connector (P/J171) of the FUSER ASSY by pushing the FUSER ASSY.
3) Secure the FUSER ASSY to the printer with the one screw (silver, with flange, tap, 10mm).
3) Close the TRANSFER ASSY. 4) Close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. Note: When the FUSER ASSY is replaced with a new one, perform the following steps.
3 - 261
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Plug in the power cord to the printer. 6) Initialize the Life Counter of the FUSER ASSY. 7) Turn off the power. 8) Turn on the power while pressing the "" key and"" key on the control panel. 9) Press the "" key several times until "Parameter" is displayed. Press the " " key once. " key once.
10) Press the "" key several times until "Life Fuser Sheet" is displayed. Press the " 11) Press the "" key several times until "Initializing" is displayed. Press the " 12) Press the "
" key once.
" key once, and Initializing the Life Counter of the FUSER ASSY is performed.
13) Turn off the power to exit.
3 - 262
Replacement 50 PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21)

1) Put the paper on the TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) to protect the belt. Note: When carrying out the work this procedure, take care not to cover the left and right of the belt guards with the paper.
2) Mate the left and right arrows on the Handle of the PHD ASSY with the guides of the printer.
3) Push the PHD ASSY into the printer until it is stopped.
Note: Check that the PHD ASSY is secured.
3 - 263
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 4) Rotate the four Stoppers of the PHD ASSY to clockwise.
5) Remove the paper from the TRANSFER ASSY.
6) Close the TRANSFER ASSY.
7) Close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG. 8) Insert the CASSETTE ASSY 250 into the printer.
3 - 264
Replacement 51 HANDLE ASSY CST (PL2.1.19)

1) Mate the right side holes of the HANDLE ASSY CST with the bosses of the CASSETTE ASSY 250.
2) Mate the left side holes of the HANDLE ASSY CST with the bosses of the CASSETTE ASSY 250, attach the HANDLE ASSY CST.
3 - 265
Replacement 52 KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.99)

1) Mate the under tab of the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR with the hole of the CASSETTE ASSY 250.
2) Secure the left and right hooks of the HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR.
3 - 266
Replacement 53 CASSETTE ASSY 250 (PL2.1.1)

1) Insert the CASSETTE ASSY 250 into the printer.
3 - 267
Replacement 54 WIRELESS ADAPTER (PL8.1.16)

1) Attach the WIRELESS ADAPTER to the PWBA ESS SFP and fix it.
3 - 268
Replacement 55 MEMORY CARD (PL8.1.15)

Note: Use the wrist strap to protect the PWB from the electrostatic. 1) Fit the MEMORY CARD into the socket by mating the notch of the MEMORY CARD with the lug on the socket.
2) Insert the MEMORY CARD to the socket until it locks.
3) Close the PLATE ESS and secure the SCREW KNURLING.
3 - 269
Replacement 56 ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL11.2.9)

1) Attach the ROLLER ASSY DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD.
2) Replace the BEARING DUP on both the right and left sides of the ROLLER ASSY DUP by matching the tab of the BEARING DUP with the notch of the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD. Clamp the BEARING DUP firmly to the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD.
3 - 270
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 3) Attach the GEAR ROLL DUP to the ROLLER ASSY DUP, mate the hook of the GEAR ROLL DUP with the groove of the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD.
4) Attach the DRIVE ASSY DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD, secure the DRIVE ASSY DUP with the four screws (silver, tap, 8mm).
3 - 271
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 5) Draw the connector of the DRIVE ASSY DUP through the hole of the COVER DRIVE DUP. Then fix the COVER DRIVE DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD using the five hooks.
5.2
5.1
5.3
6) Route the harness of the DRIVE ASSY DUP along the hooks of the COVER DRIVE DUP, engage the connector (P/J603) of the DRIVE ASSY DUP to the PWBA DUP.
3 - 272
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) Note: When carrying out the steps described below, insert the right edge of the COVER PWBA DUP into the clearance of the CHUTE DUP FRAME. 7) Attach the COVER PWBA DUP to the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD, secure the COVER PWBA DUP with the six hooks.
7.3
7.2 7.1
8) Replace the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD. (Replacement 57) 9) Close the COVER ASSY FRONT MG.
3 - 273
Replacement 57 FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (PL11.1.1)

1) Align the arrow on the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD with the one on the COVER ASSY FRONT MG, attach the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD.
2) Push the FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD to secure it.
3 - 274
Replacement 58 ROLL ASSY FEED (Parts of the FEEDER ASSY OPT) (PL12.4.4)
1) Fit the ROLL ASSY FEED to the SHAFT ASSY FEED with the groove of the ROLL ASSY FEED facing upward, rotate the ROLL ASSY FEED 180 degrees so that the pin on the SHAFT ASSY FEED is aligned with the groove on the ROLL ASSY FEED.
3 - 275
Chapter 3 Removal and Replacement Procedures (RRPs) 2) Move the ROLL ASSY FEED to the right side, put the groove of the ROLL ASSY FEED on the pin of the SHAFT ASSY FEED.
3 - 276
4) Insert the CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT into the FEEDER ASSY OPT.
3 - 277
Replacement 59 KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT (PL12.1.99)

Note: The printer must be lifted by two people. 1) Place the printer on the FEEDER ASSY OPT with the five holes on the bottom of the printer aligned with the studs on the FEEDER ASSY OPT.
2) Secure the printer to the FEEDER ASSY OPT using the two SCREW JOINTs.
3) Insert the CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT into the FEEDER ASSY OPT. 4) Insert the CASSETTE ASSY 250 into the printer.
3 - 278
Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations
Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations CONTENTS 1. Connector [P (plug) / J (jack)].....................................................................................4 - 1

1.1 List of P/J ......................................................................................................................................... 4 - 1 1.2 IOT P/J layout diagram .................................................................................................................... 4 - 4 1.3 DUPLEX P/J layout diagram............................................................................................................ 4 - 8 1.4 OPTION FEEDER P/J layout diagram............................................................................................. 4 - 9
1. Connector [P (plug) / J (jack)]

1.1 List of P/J Printer
P/J 10 11 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 26 27 27 28 29 29 31 40 40 41 42 44 47 48 101 101 111 141 144 161 171 181 182 191 192 201 202 Coordiates I-156 I-156 H-157 H-156 I-158 H-157 H-158 H-158 J-158 J-157 J-157 J-158 J-158 J-158 I-158 I-158 J-158 C-140 H-158 H-157 D-133 I-156 I-156 J-157 D-133 G-133 G-133 D-139 I-157 E-139 H-107 G-151 F-153 H-107 C-152 C-151 C-151 C-150 H-141 F-106 Remarks Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ESS MG SFP Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ESS VIDEO Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY HVPS Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY TNR MOT Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY TNR MOT Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY HUM Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY SUB MOT MG SFP Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE Connects PWBA MCU and DRIVE ASSY PH (Color Mode Switching solenoid) Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY OPTION (2150cdn Only) Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY OPTION D-LESS MG SFP (2150cn Only) Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE Connects PWBA ESS SFP and HARNESS ASSY B Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY SIDE SW Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY TONER CRUM Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY ESS POWER Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ROS RE Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY ROS VIDEO Connects PWBA MCU and HARNESS ASSY PHD XPRO Connects PWBA LVPS and INTERLOCK SWITCH Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP Connects PWBA LVPS and SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP Connects PWBA ESS SFP and HARNESS ASSY ESS MG SFP Not Connect (Debug only) Connects PWBA ESS SFP and HARNESS ASSY ESS VIDEO Connects LED ASSY ERASE and HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP Connects PWBA EEPROM and HARNESS ASSY PHD XPRO Connects PWBA HVPS and HARNESS ASSY HVPS Connects FUSER ASSY and HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Motor Assy DISP Y) and HARNESS ASSY TNR MOT Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Motor Assy DISP M) and HARNESS ASSY TNR MOT Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Motor Assy DISP C) and HARNESS ASSY TNR MOT Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Motor Assy DISP K) and HARNESS ASSY TNR MOT Connects FEEDER ASSY MG SFP (HUM Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY HUM Connects CONSOLE ASSY PANEL and HARNESS ASSY PNL A
41
Chapter 4 Plug/Jack(P/J) Connector Locations P/J 211 221 231 232 233 234 261 262 271 272 273 273 281 291 311 312 313 314 401 411 412 422 501 502 503 504 2811 5041 5301 Coordiates I-139 H-139 C-125 F-125 G-125 F-124 H-140 I-140 I-110 F-109 H-142 H-142 C-108 H-107 H-110 H-109 H-108 H-108 C-140 D-122 D-123 G-150 E-133 D-133 D-133 D-133 D-107 I-107 H-111 Remarks Connects DRIVE ASSY MAIN (Main Motor) and HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP Connects DRIVE ASSY SUB (Sub Motor) and HARNESS ASSY SUB MOT MG SFP Connects FEEDER ASSY MG SFP (Feed Solenoid) and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE Connects FEEDER ASSY MG SFP (REGI Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE Connects FEEDER ASSY MG SFP (SSI No Paper Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE Connects FEEDER ASSY MG SFP (Tray No Paper Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE Connects DRIVE ASSY PH (Color Mode Switching Sensor) and HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL Connects CLUTCH ASSY DRV and HARNESS ASSY KSNR REGCL Connects HARNESS ASSY DUP RELAY and HARNESS ASSY OPTION (2150cdn Only) Connects HARNESS ASSY DUP RELAY and FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (HARNESS ASSY DUP) (2150cdn Only) Connects HARNESS ASSY OPTION and 250 OPTION FEEDER (HARNESS ASSY TRAY) (2150cdn Only) Connects HARNESS ASSY OPTION D-LESS MG SFP and 250 OPTION FEEDER (HARNESS ASSY TRAY) (2150cn Only) Connects TRANSFER ASSY (Harness Assy CTD SNR2) and HARNESS ASSY L SIDE Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Side Cover Switch) and HARNESS ASSY SIDE SW Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Connector CRUM Y) and HARNESS ASSY TONER CRUM Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Connector CRUM M) and HARNESS ASSY TONER CRUM Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Connector CRUM C) and HARNESS ASSY TONER CRUM Connects DISPENSER ASSY (Connector CRUM K) and HARNESS ASSY TONER CRUM Connects PWBA ESS SFP and HARNESS ASSY ESS POWER Connects ROS ASSY and HARNESS ASSY ROS RE Connects ROS ASSY and HARNESS ASSY ROS VIDEO Connects PHD ASSY ( Eeprom PHD) and HARNESS ASSY PHD XPRO Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP Connects PWBA LVPS and FAN Connects PWBA LVPS and HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP Connects ADC Sensor and HARNESS ASSY CTD SNR2 (TRANSFER ASSY) Not Connect (Used in production process only) Connects HARNESS ASSY PNL A and HARNESS ASSY B
42
Duplex
P/J 272 601 602 603 604 605 Coordiates I-169 E-169 D-168 D-168 E-168 E-169 Remarks Connects FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (HARNESS ASSY DUP) and PRINTER Connects PWBA DUP and HARNESS ASSY DUP Connects PWBA DUP and DRIVE ASSY EXIT (Exit Motor) Connects PWBA DUP and DRIVE ASSY DUP (DUP Motor) Connects PWBA DUP and DRIVE ASSY EXIT (DUP Clutch) Not Connect
Option Feeder
P/J 273 419 420 421 422 4201 4202 4211 4212 4221 Coordiates D-184 C-179 D-179 C-180 D-180 H-181 D-185 F-180 F-185 E-179 Remarks Connects 250 OPTION FEEDER (HARNESS ASSY TRAY) and PRINTER Connects PWBA FEED H and HARNESS ASSY TRAY Connects PWBA FEED H and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP Connects PWBA FEED H and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP Connects PWBA FEED H and HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT Connects Turn Clutch and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP Connects Paper Paht Senser and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP Connects Feed Solenoid and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP Connects Tray2 No PaperSenser and HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP Connects MOTOR ASSY SUB (OPT FDR Motor) and HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT
43
1.2
IOT P/J layout diagram
101
102
103
202 171 291
104
105
106
2811
5041 141 314
107
108
281
109
313 312 311
110
111
271
112
5301 272
113
114
115
MiS04001KA
44
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
411
123
412
124
125
126
231
127
232
128
234
233
129
130
MiS04002KA
45
131
132
40
133
503
44
502 504
501
48
47
134
135
136
137
138
221 101
139
111 401
211
140
29
141
142
262 261
143
201 273
144
145
MiS04003KB
46
146
144 422
147
148
149
150
192 191
151
182
152
181
153
154
155
40
156
41
10 11 42 22 21 24 26 23 28
161
157
158
159
15 14 17 101* 31 19 18 29
:NotConnect
16 27 20
160
MiS04004KA
47
1.3
DUPLEX P/J layout diagram
) $
$
$!
$!
$"
$"
$#
$$
$%
$
$&
$ % $#
$'
%
%
%
%!
%"
J+
%#
A?J
E5"# )
48
1.4
OPTION FEEDER P/J layout diagram
176
177
419 4221
178
179
420 421
180
181
422 4211
182
4201 273
183
184
185
186
187
4202
188
4212
189
190
MiS04006KA
49
Chapter 5 Parts List
Chapter 5 Parts List CONTENTS 1. Parts List.....................................................................................................................5 - 1

1.1 Caution for use of spare parts illustration ........................................................................................ 5 - 1 1.2 Caution for use of engineering parts list .......................................................................................... 5 - 1 Customer Replaceable Parts Illustration................................................................................................. 5 - 3 Engineering parts list .............................................................................................................................. 5 - 8 PL1.1 Cover (1/2) [Illustration] ............................................................................................................... 5 - 8 PL1.1 Cover (1/2) [List] .......................................................................................................................... 5 - 9 PL1.2 Cover (2/2) [Illustration] ............................................................................................................. 5 - 10 PL1.2 Cover (2/2) [List] ........................................................................................................................ 5 - 11 PL2.1 Paper Cassette [Illustration] ...................................................................................................... 5 - 12 PL2.1 Paper Cassette [List] ................................................................................................................. 5 - 13 PL3.1 Paper Feeder (1/2) [Illustration]................................................................................................. 5 - 14 PL3.1 Paper Feeder (1/2) [List]............................................................................................................ 5 - 15 PL3.2 Paper Feeder (2/2) [Illustration]................................................................................................. 5 - 16 PL3.2 Paper Feeder (2/2) [List]............................................................................................................ 5 - 17 PL4.1 Xerographics [Illustration] .......................................................................................................... 5 - 18 PL4.1 Xerographics [List]..................................................................................................................... 5 - 19 PL5.1 Dispenser [Illustration] ............................................................................................................... 5 - 20 PL5.1 Dispenser [List]........................................................................................................................... 5 - 21 PL6.1 Transfer & Fuser [Illustration] .................................................................................................... 5 - 22 PL6.1 Transfer & Fuser [List] ............................................................................................................... 5 - 23 PL7.1 Drive [Illustration]....................................................................................................................... 5 - 24 PL7.1 Drive [List].................................................................................................................................. 5 - 25 PL8.1 Electrical (1/2) [Illustration] ........................................................................................................ 5 - 26 PL8.1 Electrical (1/2) [List] ................................................................................................................... 5 - 27 PL8.2 Electrical (2/2) [Illustration] ........................................................................................................ 5 - 28 PL8.2 Electrical (2/2) [List] ................................................................................................................... 5 - 29 PL9.1 Harness [Illustration].................................................................................................................. 5 - 30 PL9.1 Harness [List]............................................................................................................................. 5 - 31 PL11.1 Duplex (2150cdn Only) (1/2) [Illustration] ................................................................................ 5 - 32 PL11.1 Duplex (2150cdn Only) (1/2) [List]........................................................................................... 5 - 33 PL11.2 Duplex (2150cdn Only) (2/2) [Illustration] ................................................................................ 5 - 34 PL11.2 Duplex (2150cdn Only) (2/2) [List]........................................................................................... 5 - 35 PL12.1 250 Feeder (Option) (1/5) [Illustration] .................................................................................... 5 - 36 PL12.1 250 Feeder (Option) (1/5) [List] ............................................................................................... 5 - 37 PL12.2 250 Feeder (Option) (2/5) [Illustration] .................................................................................... 5 - 38 PL12.2 250 Feeder (Option) (2/5) [List] ............................................................................................... 5 - 39 PL12.3 250 Feeder (Option) (3/5) [Illustration] .................................................................................... 5 - 40 PL12.3 250 Feeder (Option) (3/5) [List] ............................................................................................... 5 - 41 PL12.4 250 Feeder (Option) (4/5) [Illustration] .................................................................................... 5 - 42 PL12.4 250 Feeder (Option) (4/5) [List] ............................................................................................... 5 - 43 PL12.5 250 Feeder (Option) (5/5) [Illustration] .................................................................................... 5 - 44 PL12.5 250 Feeder (Option) (5/5) [List] ............................................................................................... 5 - 45
Chapter 5 Parts List CONTENTS
1. Parts List
1.1 Caution for use of spare parts illustration
- Available spare parts are shown in the illustration by name. - [Ref PL X.Y.Z] shown below the part name denotes the item is "Z" in the plate "PL X.Y" of the engineering part list. - For the detailed composition of the KIT parts, check with the engineering part list.
1.2 Caution for use of engineering parts list

- The figures indicating the illustrations are the item No. in the list and present correspondence between the illustrations and parts. - The notation of PL "X.Y.Z" is composed of the plate (PL), item "X.Y", and parts "Z". The alphabet characters in the illustrations represent screws and clips as follows: Type Screw for plastic Silver, tapping Shape PL No. ST1 ST2 ST3 Size M3X8mm M3X16mm M4X12mm PARTS No. 153W27878 826E17350 826E34160
Screw for plastic Silver, tapping, with flange
ST10
M3X10mm
153W18088
SM1 Screw for metal sheet Silver SM2 SM3 Screw for metal sheet Silver, with an external tooth washer
M3X4mm M3X6mm M4X6mm
113W27488 826E12480 113W35688
SM5
M4X6mm
826E25760
Ring-E
E1 E2
D3 D4
354W21278 354W24278
- "
" mark in the illustrations are attached to items indicating assembly parts in the illustrations.
- Encircled alphabetical figures in the illustrations indicate interrupted leader lines. Same characters in the illustrations represent lines to be connected. - The mark "(with 2-5)" attached to assembly parts on the illustrations and lists represents that the items "2, 3, 4, and 5" of that plate are contained and the mark "(with 2-5, PL6.1.1) represent that the item "2, 3, 4, and 5" of that plate and the item "1" of the plate "6.1" are contained. - The mark "[Ref PLX.Y.Z]" attached to parts in the illustrations and lists resents that the parts is the same as the parts of the item "Z" of the plate "X.Y". - The mark "" attached to parts in the list represents "Note" or "Reference" about that parts is contained in the same page.
51
Chapter 5 Parts List For spare parts, refer to the "Spare parts list" which is issued separately.
For the connector (P/J), parts such as harness, wire, etc. in the list, refer to "Chapter 7, Electric wiring" It should be noted that configuration of parts may be different or some parts are not used depending on specifications of OEM.
52
Customer Replaceable Parts Illustration

FUSERASSY [RefPL6.1.1]
PHDASSY [RefPL4.1.21]
HOLDERASSY TCRUK [RefPL5.1.17] HOLDERASSY TCRUC [RefPL5.1.18] HOLDERASSY TCRUM [RefPL5.1.19] HOLDERASSY TCRUY [RefPL5.1.20] TONERCARTRIDGE(K) [RefPL5.1.21]
KITHOLDERASSY SEPARATOR [RefPL2.1.99]
TONERCARTRIDGE(C) [RefPL5.1.22]
TONERCARTRIDGE(M) [RefPL5.1.23]
TONERCARTRIDGE(Y) [RefPL5.1.24]
HANDLEASSYCST [RefPL2.1.19] CASSETTEASSY250 [RefPL2.1.1]
MiS05101KA
53
+ 5 - )55; 2) 4AB 2 ! 64); -:6 4AB 2 0)4 -55 )55; 2 ) 4AB 2 2 )6- ) 4AB 2 ! )6+0 )55; .4 6 4AB 2 # + 8-4 )55; .4 6 / 4AB 2 0)4 )55; ,72 4- ); 4AB 2 !
+ 8-4 )55; 6 2 4AB 2
*766 )6+0 .4 6 4AB 2 16 + 8-4 )55; 91 , 9 6 4 4AB 2 ''
16 50).6 218 6 4AB 2 '&
+ 8-4 51,- 4 4AB 2 $
+ 8-4 4-)4 4AB 2 !
+ 8-4 51,4AB 2 '
E5# )
54
HARNASSYINTERLOCK [RefPL8.2.5]
KITROS [RefPL4.1.99]
SWITCH [RefPL5.1.9] KITBLOCKPHDLEFT [RefPL4.1.98]
LEDASSYERASE [RefPL4.1.8]
KITPIVOT [RefPL6.1.99] KITBLOCKPHDRIGTH [RefPL4.1.97]
KITTRANSFERASSY [RefPL6.1.98] PWBALVPS [RefPL8.2.1]
FAN [RefPL8.1.1]
KITPWBAMCU [RefPL8.2.99] WIRELESSADAPTER [RefPL8.1.16] PWBAHVPS [RefPL4.1.19] SENSORHUM [RefPL8.2.7] MEMORYCARD [RefPL8.1.15] COVERINLET [RefPL8.2.22] MiS05103KA
KITPWBAESSSFP [RefPL8.1.99]
55
DISPENSERASSY [RefPL5.1.1]
SENSORPHOTO :CSTNOPAPER [RefPL3.2.13] DRIVEASSYSUB [RefPL7.1.1] ACTUATORASSY NOPAPER [RefPL3.2.32] KITROLLASSYFEED [RefPL3.2.99] SENSORPHOTO :SSINOPAPER [RefPL3.2.13] ACTUATORSSI [RefPL3.2.14]
KITDRIVEASSYMAIN [RefPL7.1.98]
KITDRIVEASSYPH [RefPL7.1.99] ACTUATORREGIIN [RefPL3.2.11] SENSORPHOTO:REGI [RefPL3.2.13]
KITFEEDROLL/SOL/CLUTCH [RefPL3.1.99]
STOPPERCST [RefPL3.1.10]
COVERCST [RefPL3.1.22]
FOOTASSY [RefPL3.1.5] FEEDERASSYMGSFP [RefPL3.1.98] MiS05104KA
56
FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD [Ref PL11.1.1]
ROLLER ASSY DUP [Ref PL11.2.9]
KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR [Ref PL12.5.99]
KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT [Ref PL12.1.99]

ROLL ASSY FEED [Ref PL12.4.4]
CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT [Ref PL12.5.1]
250 OPTION FEEDER [Ref PL12.1.1]
MiS05105KB
57
Engineering parts list PL1.1 Cover (1/2) [Illustration]
56

56
! '
56 56 56
56
$
56 56 56 56 56 56
%
E5# *
58
PL1.1 Cover (1/2) [List]

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 99 Parts name COVER ASSY TOP TRAY EXT COVER REAR --COVER SIDE R COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR -----------COVER SIDE L --KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (with 7, Instruction)
59
PL1.2 Cover (2/2) [Illustration]
MEJD # & ' !

56
# MEJD $ ' & %

56 56
'
" !
56 56
' MEJD % #?@ MEJD % #?

56 56 56
' %
56 56
2 %
& ! '& MEJD !N F?I !
%
5 5
# $
56
#!
& $ !
$ "
& MEJD & #?@ MEJD " $ & #? " !

E5# *
"
!
%
5 10
PL1.2 Cover (2/2) [List]

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 98 Parts name COVER ASSY FRONT MG (with 2,5,10,11,28,29,31) COVER FRONT CONSOLE ASSY PANEL COVER CONNECTOR LATCH ASSY FRONT (with 6-9) LATCH FRONT L LATCH FRONT DUP PLATE LATCH LATCH FRONT R SPRING LATCH FRONT BUTTON LATCH FRONT HARNESS ASSY PNL A (J202-J5301) HARN ASSY DUP RELAY (J271-P272) (2150cdn Only) HOLDER FRONT R COVER DRAWER (2150cdn Only) BRACKET HOLDER R SHAFT LINK FRONT LINK ASSY FRONT HOLDER FRONT L BRACKET HOLDER L -HARN ASSY GND (2150cdn Only) SHAFT PIVOT SPRING LINK FRONT -SHAFT LINK FRONT FDR -HOLDER ASSY FRONT R (with 12-18) (2150cdn Only) HOLDER ASSY FRONT R CN (with 12,14,16-18) (2150cn Only) HOLDER ASSY FRONT L (with 17-20,22) (2150cdn Only) HOLDER ASSY FRONT L CN (with 17-20) (2150cn Only) COVER LINK FRONT PLATE NAME KM KIT SHAFT PIVOT (with 23x2pcs)
5 11
PL2.1 Paper Cassette [Illustration]
MEJD '
MEJD & " &
! " # " $ $ % & % # $
&
'
E5#! )
5 12
PL2.1 Paper Cassette [List]

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 99 Parts name CASSETTE ASSY 250 (with 19,21) PLATE ASSY BOTTOM SPRING N/F L SPRING N/F R HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR GUIDE SIDE L GEAR PINION GUIDE SIDE ASSY R -----LATCH BOTTOM L LATCH BOTTOM R SPRING LATCH B TRAY ASSY EXTENSION HOUSING CASSETTE 250 HANDLE ASSY CST PLATE LOCK KST CST TRAY ASSY CST 250 (with 2-8,14-18,20) KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (with 5, Instruction)
5 13
PL3.1 Paper Feeder (1/2) [Illustration]
'' MEJD # 2 ! "

$ 56

56 56 ! & & 2 ! % 56
#?@ !
%
O
&
!" !
2 %! % J E KIA@ 2 %! 56 56 2 %
' MEJD $ % # $ % '

-
!!
" !
56
! 56 56 56 56

56
"

# &
56 56
4AB 2 !
56 56
56
" 56 % 56 $ '& MEJD " $ & # & # % 2 ! 2 & % 2 ' $ #?@ MEJD " $ & # & ' # % ! 2 ! 2 & % 2 ' $ #?
5 14
E5#" *
PL3.1 Paper Feeder (1/2) [List]

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 98 Parts name CLUTCH ASSY DRV BEARING REGI -CHASSIS FDR R FOOT ASSY PLATE EARTH PH -CHASSIS FDR L BEARING STOPPER CST SOLENOID FEED MSI SPRING LEVER LEVER FEED SPRING FEED IN SPRING FEED OUT GEAR FEED OUT GEAR FEED IN HARN ASSY L SIDE (J23,J28-P231,J232,J233,J234,J281) GEAR ASSY FEED (with 16,17) HARN ASSY OPTION (J27-P271,P273) (2150cdn Only) BRACKET GFI COVER CST PLATE LOCK KST FDR BRACKET FDR R PLATE EARTH FDR R -PLATE TIE --HARNESS ASSY OPTION D-LESS MG SFP (J27-J271,P273) (2150cn Only) FEEDER ASSY MG SFP DN (with 4-6,8-15,18-25,27,PL3.2.1,PL8.2.7,PL9.1.6) (2150cdn Only) FEEDER ASSY MG SFP N (with 4-6,8-15,18,19,21-25,27,30,PL3.2.1,PL8.2.7,PL9.1.6) (2150cn Only) 99 KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH (with 1,2,11,15,PL3.2.4)
5 15
PL3.2 Paper Feeder (2/2) [Illustration]
MEJD $ !! !$ '' MEJD " 1 IJHK?JE ! " $ %

2 ! -
! & '
#
56

!! ! MEJD % ' $ % & '

2 !"
56
! ! 4-/1 ' !
5- 5 4
" #

+56 2)2-4 5- 5 4
!
56
$ !$ !$ !" !# % MEJD !" !# " !
-
&
2 !! 551 2)2-4 5- 5 4
!
E5## *
5 16
PL3.2 Paper Feeder (2/2) [List]

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 99 Parts name CHUTE ASSY FDR REGI (with 2-16,20-33, 36) SHAFT ASSY FEED ROLL CORE MSI ROLL ASSY FEED BEARING EARTH ACTUATOR REGI OUT SPRING REGI OUT ACTUATOR REGI ROLL M ROLL ASSY REGI ROLL REGI METAL ACTUATOR REGI IN SPRING ACT REGI SENSOR PHOTO ACTUATOR SSI SPRING ACT SSI SPRING STP STOPPER ACT SPRING ACT NP ACTUATOR NO PAPER BEARING M EARTH BEARING EARTH REGI GEAR REGI R GEAR REGI M SPRING REGI R MG PLATE EARTH REGI CHUTE UP CHUTE ASSY LOW (with 34,35) BRACKET SNS SPRING REGI L MG BEARING M BEARING R ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (with 17-19) PLATE WEIGHT CHUTE ASSY LOW SSI CHUTE LOW CST FILM CHUTE UP KIT ROLL ASSY FEED (with 4, Instruction)
5 17
PL4.1 Xerographics [Illustration]
'' MEJD N F?I

56 56
" " " "
56 56

56
'& MEJD " # $N F?I $ " # $ ' ' ' '
'% MEJD " # %N F?I % "

2" 56
56 56
56
&

!
5 2$ " 5 5
# $ % &
5
56
5 5
' 5
56
56 56 56
56 56 56 56
E5#$ *
5 18
PL4.1 Xerographics [List]

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 97 98 99 Parts name ROS ASSY SPRING ROS HOLDER CRUM SPRING PHD LEVER PHD BLOCK STOPPER PHD D BLOCK STOPPER PHD AD LED ASSY ERASE SPRING TRACKING SPRING CF SPRING TR4 SPRING TR3 SPRING TR2 SPRING TR1 SPRING D4 SPRING D3 SPRING D2 SPRING D1 PWBA HVPS FRAME HVPS PHD ASSY HARN ASSY ROS RE (J40-J411) HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO (J41-J412) KIT BLOCK PHD RIGHT (with 4,5,7 x 2pcs) KIT BLOCK PHD LEFT (with 4,5,6 x 2pcs) KIT ROS (with 1,2 x 2pcs)
5 19
PL5.1 Dispenser [Illustration]
MEJD ' " $ # % MEJD ! & #

' ' 56 2' 56 56 2' 56 56 2& 56 56 2& 56
! ! ! !
"
56
56
$ $ $ $
% & % & % & % & %

' 2 ' '
#
' &
& &

!"
MEJD !
56
'
!
" 2!" " !! 2!! " ! 2! " !

2!

! ! ! ! ! ! ! !
56 56 56 5 ! 56 56
56
# # # #
$ $ $ $
% & '
! " '
E5#% *
5 20
PL5.1 Dispenser [List]

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Parts name DISPENSER ASSY (with 2,9-11,14-16,25-27) FRAME ASSY MOT (with 3-8) MOTOR ASSY DISP CONDUCTOR MOTOR FRAME MOTOR GEAR IDLER GEAR IDLER AUG GEAR IDLER AGI SWITCH HOUSING ASSY AUGER FRAME ASSY DISP (with 12,13) FRAME DISP SEAL DISP AUG CONNECTOR CRUM SPRING DISP JOINT ASSY DISP HOLDER ASSY TCRU K HOLDER ASSY TCRU C HOLDER ASSY TCRU M HOLDER ASSY TCRU Y TONER CARTRIDGE (K) TONER CARTRIDGE (C) TONER CARTRIDGE (M) TONER CARTRIDGE (Y) HARN ASSY TNR MOT (J18,J19-J181,J182,J191,J192) HARN ASSY TONER CRUM (J31-J311,J312,J313,J314) HARN ASSY SIDE SW (J29-J291) -LABEL HOLDER
5 21
PL6.1 Transfer & Fuser [Illustration]

2%
% % "% 56
'' MEJD ! $ ! " #
56
$
2 &
% & '& MEJD ! &
E5#& *
5 22
PL6.1 Transfer & Fuser [List]

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 98 99 Parts name FUSER ASSY HARNESS ASSY FUSER MG SFP (J17,47-P171) STOPPER PIVOT PIVOT TRANS L GEAR T4 SHAFT ASSY PIVOT TRANSFER ASSY COVER HARNESS KIT TRANSFER ASSY (with 3-8) KIT PIVOT (with 3-6)
5 23
PL7.1 Drive [Illustration]

5 ! 56 56
'& MEJD !
2
5 ! 56 56 2
56
56
56 56 56
!
+ 4 ,5916+01 / 5- 5 4 2 $ "
5 5 ! 56
" '' MEJD ! "

E5#' *
5 24
PL7.1 Drive [List]

Item 1 2 3 4 98 99 Parts name DRIVE ASSY SUB DRIVE ASSY MAIN GEAR P2 DRIVE ASSY PH KIT DRIVE ASSY MAIN (with 2,3) KIT DRIVE ASSY PH (with 3,4)
5 25
PL8.1 Electrical (1/2) [Illustration]
#!

5 5
5 5 5 5 5 5 5
" !
5 5
# $5
5 5
#
% MEJD & '' MEJD % 1 IJHK?JE
&
5 5 5
5
$
2
2
2" 2"! E5# *
5 26
PL8.1 Electrical (1/2) [List]

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 99 Parts name FAN DUCT FAN SHIELD ASSY ESS -FRAME ESS PLATE IF M PWBA ESS SFP (with 8) NVM ROM ---PLATE ESS SCREW KNURLING WASHER MEMORY CARD (OPTION) WIRELESS ADAPTER (OPTION) ---KIT PWBA ESS SFP (with 7, Instruction)
5 27
PL8.2 Electrical (2/2) [Illustration]

SM2
(P502) (P44) (P504) (P501) (P503)
SM2
SM2
SM2
(P47)
SM2
(J44)
ST2
SM2
(P40)
1
(P48)
ST1 ST1 ST1 ST1
2 3
SM3 ST1 SM3 ST1
23
*: Not in used. (P40)
(P15) (P14) (P17) (P101)* (P31) (P19) (P18)
(P41)
(P10) (P11) (P42) (P22) (P21) (P24) (P26) (P23) (P28) (P20)
4 6
(P29)
(P16)
(P27)
15
(P144)
16
ST1
(J48)
SM2
SM2
SM5
(P201)
14
SM2
SM2
21 7 17 19
ST1 ST1 ST1 ST3 ST1 ST1
ST1
8 22
SM2
SM2
SM2
18 12
ST3
SM2
13
SM2
99 (with 13, Instruction)

MiS05011KB
5 28
PL8.2 Electrical (2/2) [List]

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 99 Parts name PWBA LVPS GUIDE HARNESS FSR FRAME ASSY LVPS PLATE EARTH HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (SW-J44) GUIDE HARNESS AC SENSOR HUM BRACKET SW SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP (AC INLET-MAIN SW,J48) --POWER CORD PWBA MCU EDGING SADDLE BRACKET MCU R PWBA EEPROM (XPRO) CLAMP BRACKET MCU L GUIDE HARNESS MCU -CLAMP MST-10V0 COVER INLET GUIDE HARNESS FILM KIT PWBA MCU (with 13, Instruction)
5 29
PL9.1 Harness [Illustration]

*: Not in used. (P502) (P44) (P504) (P501) (P503) (P40)
(P40)
[Ref PL8.2.1]
(P15) (P14) (P17) (P101)* (P31) (P19) (P18) (P29)
(P41)
[Ref PL8.2.13]
(P10) (P11) (P42) (P22) (P21) (P24) (P26) (P23) (P28) (P20) (J22)
(P47)
(P48) (J10)
(P16)
(P27)
1
(J11) (J101) (J221)
2
(J14) (J111) (J15)
(J26)
9
(J261)
(J40) (J501) (P5041) (P262)
10
(J504) (J141)
(J502) (J16)
5
(J161) (J20)
(J401)
(J42)
11
6
(J21) (J201)
(P422) (J29) (J144)
12
(P5301) (J211) MiS05012KC
5 30
PL9.1 Harness [List]

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Parts name HARNESS ASSY ESS MG SFP (J10-J101) HARN ASSY ESS VIDEO (J11-J111) HARNESS ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP (J14,J15,P5041-J141,J501,J502,J504) -HARN ASSY HVPS (J16-J161) HARN ASSY HUM (J20-J201) HARNESS ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP (J21-J211) HARNESS ASSY SUB MOT MG SFP (J22-J221) HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL (J26-J261,P262) HARN ASSY ESS POWER (J40-J401) HARN ASSY PHD XPRO (J42-J144,P422) HARNESS ASSY B (J29-P5301) --
5 31
PL11.1 Duplex (2150cdn Only) (1/2) [Illustration]
MEJD $ & $ 2 ! # $ & ' " ! "
" ' &
"
4AB 2
J E KIA@ 2$ 2$!
2$" 2$ 2$#

56
56
$ #
&
' & '

$
"
E5#! *
%
!
5 32
PL11.1 Duplex (2150cdn Only) (1/2) [List]

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Parts name FEEDER ASSY DUP SFP STD (with 2-6,8-16) CHUTE DUP IN SPRING PINCH DUP ROLL PINCH DUP SPRING LATCH DUP LATCH DUP -HOLDER CHUTE DUP SPRING CHUTE DUP HOLDER HARNESS DUP COVER CONNECT DUP SPRING CONNECT DUP HOLDER CONNECT DUP HARNESS ASSY DUP (J272-J601) COVER PWBA DUP PWBA DUP
5 33
PL11.2 Duplex (2150cdn Only) (2/2) [Illustration]

56 56 $ $" 56 56 56 56 $!

$ %
&
$ % '
'
E5#" *
5 34
PL11.2 Duplex (2150cdn Only) (2/2) [List]

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Parts name COVER DRIVE EXIT DRIVE ASSY EXIT COVER DRIVE DUP -DRIVE ASSY DUP GEAR ROLL DUP BEARING DUP PLATE EARTH PWBA ROLLER ASSY DUP CHUTE DUP FRAME
5 35
PL12.1 250 Feeder (Option) (1/5) [Illustration]
MEJD ! 2 #
'' MEJD ! 1 IJHK?JE ! MEJD " % 2 " "
56
56 56
56 56
$
56
4AB 2
4AB 2 #
E5## *
5 36
PL12.1 250 Feeder (Option) (1/5) [List]

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 99 Parts name 250 OPTION FEEDER (with 2,3,PL12.5.1) SCREW JOINT FEEDER ASSY OPT (with 4-7,PL12.2-12.4) COVER SIDE L OPT COVER CHUTE COVER REAR OPT COVER SIDE R OPT KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT (with 3, Instruction)
5 37

56 56 " " " 2" 56
2"' 2" 2"
2" " " " 2"
'
2" 56 56 5 ! 56 56 56
& $
5 !
56
MEJD
"
! " #
56
%
5 ! 56
'
"
&
56 56
E5#$ *
5 38

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Parts name PWBA FEED H HARNESS ASSY TRAY MOT (J422-J4221) ---CLUTCH ASSY DRV [Same as PL3.1.1] GEAR ASSY IDLER SPRING FEED OUT [Same as PL3.1.15] SPRING FEED IN [Same as PL3.1.14] GEAR ASSY FEED (with 11,12) [Same as PL3.1.19] GEAR FEED OUT [Same as PL3.1.16] GEAR FEED IN [Same as PL3.1.17] LEVER FEED [Same as PL3.1.13] SPRING LEVER [Same as PL3.1.12] SOLENOID FEED MSI [Same as PL3.1.11] MOTOR ASSY SUB GEAR IDLE 40Z GEAR IDLE 86-20Z PLATE ASSY IDLE 1 HARNESS ASSY TRAY COMP (J420,J421-P4201,J4202,P4211,J4212)
5 39

56
5 56

56
5 56
%! -
"'
56
!
56 56
& %
$
56 56 56 56 56
'
#
56
#
4AB 2 "
56
"
!
%
56 56 56 56 56
'
56 56
56
56
56
&

56
56 E5#% *
5 40

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Parts name SPRING EARTH OPT PLATE REAR TOP COVER CST [Same as PL3.1.22] -PLATE LOCK KST FDR [Same as PL3.1.23] BRACKET FDR R [Same as PL3.1.24] FOOT ASSY [Same as PL3.1.5] PLATE EARTH PH [Same as PL3.1.6] CHASSIS FDR R OPT PLATE REAR BOTTOM PLATE FRONT BOTTOM -CHASSIS FDR L OPT PLATE EARTH FRONT BOTTOM BRACKET SUP REGI BEARING REGI [Same as PL3.1.2] PLATE EARTH REAR BOTTOM PLATE EARTH REAR TOP COVER HARNESS DRAWER BRACKET CVR REAR STOPPER CST [Same as PL3.1.10] BEARING [Same as PL3.1.9] HARNESS ASSY TRAY (J273-J419)
5 41

1 (with 2-13,16,20-27,29-33) 3
4 2 3
6 8 7 9
5
E2 ST2
10
(P4202)
33 11 12 16 32 (with 17-19) 17 18
31
E2 E2
PAPER PAHT SENSOR (P4212)
13
19
13
CST2 NO PAPER SENSOR
29
30
20
21
22
E1 E2
26 24 27 23
25
MiS05018KB
5 42

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 Parts name CHUTE ASSY TURN (with 2-13,16,20-27,29-33) SHAFT ASSY FEED [Same as PL3.2.2] ROLL CORE MSI [Same as PL3.2.3] ROLL ASSY FEED [Same as PL3.2.4] BEARING EARTH [Same as PL3.2.5] ACTUATOR REGI OUT [Same as PL3.2.6] SPRING REGI OUT [Same as PL3.2.7] ACTUATOR REGI ROLL ROLL ASSY REGI ROLL REGI METAL [Same as PL3.2.10] ACTUATOR REGI IN SPRING ACT REGI [Same as PL3.2.12] SENSOR PHOTO [Same as PL3.2.13] --SPRING STP [Same as PL3.2.16] STOPPER ACT [Same as PL3.2.17] SPRING ACT NP [Same as PL3.2.18] ACTUATOR NO PAPER [Same as PL3.2.19] BEARING M EARTH [Same as PL3.2.20] BEARING EARTH REGI [Same as PL3.2.21] GEAR REGI R [Same as PL3.2.22] GEAR REGI M [Same as PL3.2.23] SPRING REGI R M PLATE EARTH REGI [Same as PL3.2.25] CHUTE UP [Same as PL3.2.26] CHUTE LOW -SPRING REGI L M BEARING M [Same as PL3.2.30] BEARING R [Same as PL3.2.31] ACTUATOR ASSY NO PAPER (with 17-19) [Same as PL3.2.32] PLATE WEIGHT [Same as PL3.2.33]
5 43
MEJD '
MEJD & " &
! " # " $ $ % & % # $
&
'
E5#' *
5 44

Item 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 99 Parts name CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT (with 19,21) PLATE ASSY BOTTOM [Same as PL2.1.2] SPRING N/F L [Same as PL2.1.3] SPRING N/F R [Same as PL2.1.4] HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR [Same as PL2.1.5] GUIDE SIDE L [Same as PL2.1.6] GEAR PINION [Same as PL2.1.7] GUIDE SIDE ASSY R [Same as PL2.1.8] -----LATCH BOTTOM L [Same as PL2.1.14] LATCH BOTTOM R [Same as PL2.1.15] SPRING LATCH B [Same as PL2.1.16] TRAY ASSY EXTENSION [Same as PL2.1.17] HOUSING CASSETTE 250 [Same as PL2.1.18] HANDLE ASSY CST OPT PLATE LOCK KST CST [Same as PL2.1.20] TRAY ASSY CST 250 (with 2-8,14-18,20) [Same as PL2.1.21] KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (with 5, Instruction)
5 45
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation CONTENTS 1. Printing Process ..........................................................................................................6 - 1

1.1 Summary of Printing Process ........................................................................................................... 6 - 1 1.2 Schematic Diagram for Printing Processes ...................................................................................... 6 - 2 1.3 Description of Printing Process Techniques ..................................................................................... 6 - 3 1.3.1 Charge ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 3 1.3.2 Exposure................................................................................................................................... 6 - 4 1.3.3 Development............................................................................................................................. 6 - 6 1.3.4 Transfer (Drum -> Paper) ....................................................................................................... 6 - 10 1.3.5 Cleaning (DRUM).................................................................................................................... 6 - 12 1.3.6 Fusing ..................................................................................................................................... 6 - 13 1.3.7 Cleaning (TRANSFER ASSY) ................................................................................................ 6 - 14 1.3.8 Waste Toner Collection........................................................................................................... 6 - 15
2. Paper Path.................................................................................................................6 - 16
2.1 Paper Path ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 16 2.2 Layout of Paper Path ...................................................................................................................... 6 - 17 2.3 Feeding from Paper Cassette ......................................................................................................... 6 - 18 2.3.1 Multiple Sheet Feed Prevention.............................................................................................. 6 - 19 2.4 Feeding from Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)....................................................................................... 6 - 20 2.5 Feeding in Registration Section ...................................................................................................... 6 - 21 2.5.1 Lead-edge Registration........................................................................................................... 6 - 22 2.6 Transfer/Fusing/Exit........................................................................................................................ 6 - 23 2.7 Feeding in Duplex Section .............................................................................................................. 6 - 24
3. Functions of Major Functional Components ..............................................................6 - 26

3.1 Paper Tray ...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 26 3.1.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 26 3.2 Paper Feeder .................................................................................................................................. 6 - 28 3.2.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 28 3.3 SSF & Regi Assy ............................................................................................................................ 6 - 30 3.3.1 Control of paper size............................................................................................................... 6 - 33 3.3.2 Paper detection by the Regi Sensor ....................................................................................... 6 - 33 3.4 TRANSFER ASSY & FUSER ASSY............................................................................................... 6 - 34 3.4.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 34 3.5 ROS ASSY...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 36 3.5.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 36 3.6 TONER CARTRIDGE & DISPENSER ............................................................................................ 6 - 38 3.6.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 38 3.7 PHD ASSY...................................................................................................................................... 6 - 40 3.7.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 40 3.8 Drive................................................................................................................................................ 6 - 42 3.8.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 42 3.9 Electrical ......................................................................................................................................... 6 - 46 3.9.1 Major functions........................................................................................................................ 6 - 46 3.9.2 Data Flow................................................................................................................................ 6 - 48 3.10 Duplex 2150cdn : Standard / 2150cn : Option .............................................................................. 6 - 49 3.10.1 Major functions...................................................................................................................... 6 - 49
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation CONTENTS

3.11 250 Paper Tray ............................................................................................................................. 6 - 50 3.11.1 Major functions 250 Paper Tray............................................................................................ 6 - 50 3.11.2 Major functions (Paper Feeder) ............................................................................................ 6 - 52
4. Operation Modes / Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts .........................6 - 54

4.1 Operation Modes ............................................................................................................................ 6 - 54 4.2 Replacement Timing of Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts ....................................... 6 - 55 4.2.1 Types of Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts....................................................... 6 - 55 4.2.2 Replacement Timing of Consumables .................................................................................... 6 - 55 4.2.3 Replacement Timing of Periodic Replacement Parts ............................................................. 6 - 56
5. Control .......................................................................................................................6 - 57
5.1 Control of Paper Size...................................................................................................................... 6 - 57 5.2 ROS Light Quantity Control ............................................................................................................ 6 - 57 5.3 Process Control .............................................................................................................................. 6 - 58 5.3.1 Potential Control ..................................................................................................................... 6 - 58 5.3.2 Toner Density Control ............................................................................................................. 6 - 59 5.3.3 High Area Coverage Mode ..................................................................................................... 6 - 59 5.3.4 Admix Mode ............................................................................................................................ 6 - 59 5.3.5 ADC Sensor Adjustment ......................................................................................................... 6 - 59 5.4 Color Registration Control............................................................................................................... 6 - 60 5.5 Fuser Control .................................................................................................................................. 6 - 61 5.5.1 Fuser temperature control....................................................................................................... 6 - 61 5.5.2 Cooling down .......................................................................................................................... 6 - 61 5.5.3 Sensor Warm-up..................................................................................................................... 6 - 61
6. Drive Transmission Route .........................................................................................6 - 62

6.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN ........................................................................................................................ 6 - 62 6.2 DRIVE ASSY MAIN and DRIVE ASSY SUB DRIVE ...................................................................... 6 - 66 6.3 TONER DISPENSER (Y, M, C, K).................................................................................................. 6 - 72 6.4 DRIVE ASSY SUB .......................................................................................................................... 6 - 74 6.5 DRIVE ASSY DUP.......................................................................................................................... 6 - 78 6.6 MOTOR ASSY SUB........................................................................................................................ 6 - 80
1. Printing Process
1.1 Summary of Printing Process
This printer is a "Full-color laser printer" which applies the principle of an electrophotographic recording system. The tandem system comprising the four color PHD ASSY of yellow, magenta, cyan and black (Y, M, C and K) creates the toner image. Printing processes of this printer is composed of the basic steps as follows. (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) Charge:............................. Drum surface is charged with electricity. Exposure: ......................... Image unit is exposed to laser beams. Development: ................... Image is developed with toner. Transfer: ........................... Four-color finished toner image on the Drum is transferred onto the paper. Cleaning: .......................... Remaining toner on the drum is collected. Fusing:.............................. Toner on the paper is fixed by heat and pressure. Cleaning: .......................... Remaining toner on the belt is collected.
E5$ )
61
1.2 Schematic Diagram for Printing Processes

Outline of printing processes is shown in the figure below.
:Laserbeam PHDASSY [(1)Charge] [(3)Development] [(4)Transfer] [(5)Cleaning] :Papertransfer
ROSASSY [(2)Exposure]
FUSERASSY [(6)Fusing]
TRANSFERASSY [(4)Transfer] [(7)Cleaning]
MiS06002KA
62
1.3 Description of Printing Process Techniques

1.3.1 Charge In the charging process, the drum surface rotating at a constant speed is charged uniformly with negative electricity by the discharge from BCR (Bias Charge Roll). This process is performed in parallel for yellow, magenta, cyan and black colors. BCR (Bias Charge Roll) The BCR is kept in contact with the drum and rotates following the rotations of the drum. The BCR is a conductive roll that uniformly and negatively charges the drum surface with the negative voltage applied by the HVPS. Drum The drum surface is uniformly and negatively charged with DC bias voltage. The drum surface consists of a photoreceptor (which is an insulator in the dark and a conductor in the light) backed with a conductor. Cleaning Roll The Cleaning Roll contacts with the BCR to remove the toner from it.
Wsb06003KA
engineprinciple0005FA
63
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 1.3.2 Exposure The exposure process forms an invisible electrostatic latent image on the negatively charged drum surface by scanning it with laser beams. This process is performed in parallel for yellow, magenta, cyan and black colors. Laser beams are emitted from the laser diode in the ROS ASSY. The surface of each color drum is scanned from end to end in the axial direction by the rotating polygon mirror, the fixed mirror, and the lens attached to the Scanner Motor Assy of the ROS ASSY.
:Laserbeams(K) :Laserbeams(C) :Laserbeams(M) :Laserbeams(Y) Mirror Mirror Mirror
Drum(K) Lens
PolygonMirror
Mirror Drum(C) Lens
Mirror Mirror Drum(M) Lens
Lens Mirror Drum(Y)
Mirror
Lens
Mirror
Wsb06004KA
64
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation The laser beam is irradiated according to the printing data (image data) output from the printer controller. The laser beam is output only when printing data is pixels (micro points composing characters or pictures). (The laser diode lights up for parts to be developed by toner, and not for parts that are not to be developed.) The drum surface irradiated by the laser beam becomes a conductor, and the negative charge on the drum surface flows to the positive side and the charges cancel each other out so that the potential on the drum surface drops. The part on the surface where potential drops becomes the electrostatic latent image.
65
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 1.3.3 Development In the development process, toner is electrically attached to the invisible electrostatic latent image on the drum surface to form visible toner image on the drum. This process is performed in parallel for yellow, magenta, cyan and black color independently. The toner in the toner cartridge is agitated by the built-in Agitator and fed into the developer. The Auger is driven by the toner motor.The amount of toner to be consumed according to the print count is calculated and that amount is fed into the developer. (Refer to "Toner Dispense Mechanism".) This is called "toner dispensation", which is controlled by two types of control, "PCDC" and "ADC". (Refer to 5.3.2 Toner Density Control) In the developer section, the incoming toner is mixed with the existing developer (toner/carrier mixture) by the Auger, and then supplied to the Magnet Roll located near the drum surface. The toner and carrier are charged by friction due to agitation (toner in negative, carrier in positive), and they attract each other electrically. The carrier, due to its magnetic properties, is attracted to the Magnet Roll, and then uniformly leveled by the Trimmer Rod. The magnet roll is covered by a thin semi-conductive sleeve all over the surface. The DB (Developing Bias) voltage is supplied to this semiconductor sleeve from the High Voltage Power Supply (HVPS). The DB voltage is negative DC voltage combined with AC voltage. The DC voltage keeps the magnet roll at a constant negative voltage against the photoreceptor layer of the drum. Therefore, at the area where the negative electric charge on the drum surface does not decrease, the potential is lower than that of the magnet roll, while the potential is higher than that of the magnet roll at the area where the negative charge on the drum surface decreases. The AC voltage shakes the developer on the surface of the magnet roll so that the toner easily flies to the drum. Thus, only the portions of the drum surface where the negative charge has decreased below that of the magnet roll (electrostatic latent image) attract the toner to form an image on the drum. Once the toner is deposited on the drum, the potential and the toner-attracting force of the corresponding portion decreases because the increase of negative charge lowers the potential at that portion.
66
TonerCartridge Agitator
:Negativeelectriccharge :Positiveelectriccharge :Toner :Carrier
Paddle TrimmerRod
Drum
Auger MagnetRoll Auger HVPS
Wsb06005KA
67
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation Toner Dispense Mechanism The toner in the toner cartridge goes through the following steps before reaching the developer. Once the toner cartridge is set and the lever is moved toward the lock position, the JOINT ASSY DISP and the toner cartridge shutter move frontward, opening the toner supply port. The toner supplied from the toner cartridge is carried toward the developer by the Auger in the HOUSING ASSY AUGER. The Auger is a spiral-shaped part that carries toner forward as it rotates driven by the Dispense Motor in the FRAME ASSY MOT. After being carried to the front side of the HOUSING ASSY AUGER, the toner is fed to the developer via the port of the HOUSING ASSY AUGER.
1)-1
Toner Cartridge
Shutter
1)-2
3)
2)
Auger
Dispense Motor
Rio06113KA
68
Blank Page
69
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 1.3.4 Transfer (Drum -> Paper) In the transfer process, toner image formed on the drum surface is transferred onto the surface of the paper. The toner is transferred onto the paper in the order of Y, M, C, and K. BTR The BTR (Bias Transfer Roll) is a conductive roll, to which the positive voltage is applied from the High Voltage Power Supply (HVPS). The BTR contacts the rear side of the Belt and applies the positive voltage to the Belt. Belt The Belt is a conductive belt, to which the positive voltage is applied from the BTR. After the negatively charged toner image on the drum surface is drawn by the positive charge on the belt, it is transferred from the drum to the paper. The Belt feeds the paper to the direction of FUSER.
Paper :Negativeelectriccharge :Positiveelectriccharge :Toner
Drum(K)
BTR
Drum surface
Drum(C)
BTR
Drum(M)
BTR
BTR
Drum(Y)
HVPS TransferBelt
Rio06114KA
6 10
Kmy06007KA
6 11
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 1.3.5 Cleaning (DRUM) In the Cleaning process, excess toner and charge is removed from the drum and BCR surfaces. Drum cleaning The excess toner that was not transferred to the Transfer Belt remains on the drum surface. To prevent troubles in the subsequent processes, the excess toner is scraped off by the Cleaning Blade in contact with the drum, and then collected into the collection box as described in "1.3.8 Waste Toner Collection". BCR cleaning The excess toner remaining on the BCR is wiped off by the Cleaning Roll made of spongy material, and then collected into the collection box as described in "1.3.8 Waste Toner Collection". Charge cleaning When the drum is charged by BCR, any excess charge hinders the drum surface from being uniformly charged, which may lead to print quality problems. The excess charge on the surface of the drum is eliminated by irradiating the light of the Erase Lamp (LED ASSEMBLY).
Wsb06008KA
6 12
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 1.3.6 Fusing In the fusing process, toner is fixed on the paper by heat and pressure. The toner particles are melted by the Heat Roll heated by the Heater lamp, and fused onto the print medium by the pressure between the Heat Roll and the Belt. The Belt friction-driven by the Heat Roll nips the print media against the Heat Roll using the pressurizing mechanism it contains.
SpringNip Paper
NipHead
Felt
Belt
FrameBelt
Fixedtoner
HeatRoll HeaterLamp Notfixedtoner Sheet Rio06009KA
6 13
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 1.3.7 Cleaning (TRANSFER ASSY) In the "Cleaning (TRANSFER ASSY)" process, the transfer belt is cleaned by removing the excess toner on its surface (for the density measurement of ADC toner patch). Collecting excess toner from the transfer belt
(1) Toner on the BELT is scraped off by the Cleaner Blade that is in contact with the Drum. (2) The removed toner is dropped into the Cleaner BOX.
Belt BladeAssy
TRANSFERASSY CleanerBOX MiS06003KA
6 14
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 1.3.8 Waste Toner Collection (1) The excess toner is collected by the cleaner blade contacting the drum, and then carried to the AUGER CLNG SIDE by the Auger. (2) The toner is carried by the AUGER CLNG SIDE to the joint to the collection box in the toner cartridge. (3) The toner then falls into the collection box in the toner cartridge.
AUGERCLNGSIDE CollectionBox TonerCartridge 2) 1) 3) Auger CleanerBlade
Wsb06006KA
6 15
2. Paper Path
2.1 Paper Path
MultipleSheetfeed Prevention Motordrive/Solenoid/ FeedRoll Tray1 MultipleSheetfeed Prevention Motordrive/Solenoid/ FeedRoll RegiAssy Motordrive/Clutch/ RegiRoll TransferAssy Leadedag registration(exceptSSF)
SSF
Tray2
Motordrive/Belt
FuserAssy Motordrive/HeatRoll/ PressureBelt ExitRollintheFuserAssy Motordrive/Clutch/ ExitRoll DuplexModule Motordrive/Clutch/ DupRoll TopCover
MiS06004KA
6 16
2.2 Layout of Paper Path

:Laserbeam ExitRoll[FuserAssy] ExitSensor[FuserAssy] DupGate[FuserAssy] PressureBelt[FuserAssy] :Papertransfer :Papersensors
HeatRoll[FuserAssy]
DupRoll [DuplexModule]
Belt[TransferAssy]
RegiRoll(rubber) [RegiAssy] FeedRoll [FeederAssy] Tray1NoPaperSensor [FeederAssy]
DupRoll [DuplexModule] RegiRoll(metal) [RegiAssy] SSFNoPaperSensor [RegiAssy]
FeedRoll [FeederAssyOpt.]
RegiSensor [RegiAssy] SeparatorRoller [Tray1] TurnRoll(metal) [RegiRoll(metal)] TurnRoll(rubber) [RegiRoll(rubber)] MiS06005KA
Tray2NoPaperSensor [FeederAssyOpt.]
SeparatorRoller [Tray2]
PaperPathSensor [RegiSensor]
6 17
2.3 Feeding from Paper Cassette

When the paper cassette is inserted into the feeder section, the projections on the CHASSIS FDR L (PL3.1.8) and the CHASSIS FDR R (PL3.1.4) press the LATCH BOTTOM L (PL2.1.14) and the LATCH BOTTOM R (PL2.1.15) inward until they are unlocked. This allows the PLATE ASSY BOTTOM (PL2.1.2) to be lifted by the spring pressure of the SPRING N/ F L (PL2.1.3) and SPRING N/F R (PL2.1.4) to the position where it can feed sheets. Upon the start of sheet feeding from the paper cassette, the ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4) starts rotating driven by the torque from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) under control of the SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL3.1.11) to feed the sheets to the REGI ROLL (ROLL REGI METAL : PL3.2.10/ROLL ASSY REGI : PL3.2.9).
ROLLASSYFEED
SEPARATORROLLER
SPRINGN/FR
PLATEASSYBOTTOM SPRINGN/FL
LATCHBOTTOMR
LATCHBOTTOML MiS06006KA
6 18
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 2.3.1 Multiple Sheet Feed Prevention The sheets set in a tray or cassette is occasionally stuck together along the edges. The stuck sheets cause a multiple sheet feed or a jam. The sheets are fed by the ROLL ASSY FEED(PL3.2.4) to a position between the ROLL ASSY FEED and the SEPARATOR ROLLER(HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR : PL2.1.5). Normally, when only one sheet is fed, both the ROLL ASSY FEED and SEPARATOR ROLLER rotate to allow the sheet to pass. However, when two sheets are fed concurrently, only the ROLL ASSY FEED rotates and the SEPARATOR ROLLER is locked thereby allowing the upper sheet to pass by being separated from the lower sheet that is stopped by the friction with the SEPARATOR ROLLER at rest. The SEPARATOR ROLLER is being pushed toward the ROLL ASSY FEED by spring pressure, and controlled by the torque limiter (Clutch Assy Friction) with which it is coupled.
ROLLASSYFEED
SEPARATORROLLER ClutchAssyFriction
SEPARATORROLLER MiS06007KA
6 19
2.4 Feeding from Single Sheet Feeder (SSF)

When a sheet is loaded on the SSF, the REGI ROLL (ROLL ASSY REGI : PL3.2.9) rotates by the torque from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) under control of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1) to feed the sheet to the toner transfer section (TRANSFER ASSY : PL6.1.7).
Paper REGIROLL
REGIROLL
CLUTCHASSYDRV
MiS06008KA
6 20
2.5 Feeding in Registration Section

The sheet fed to the registration section from the paper cassette, SSF, or duplex section is fed to the toner transfer section (TRANSFER ASSY : PL6.1.7) by the REGI ROLL (ROLL ASSY REGI : PL3.2.9) that rotates by the torque from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) under control of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL3.1.1). From the duplex section to the registration section, the sheet is fed by the rotation of the ROLL ASSY DUP (PL11.2.9). (Refer to "2.7 Feeding in Duplex Section") At the registration section, the lead edge position of the sheet is corrected (Refer to "Lead-edge Registration") before the sheets are fed to the toner transfer section (TRANSFER ASSY : PL6.1.7).
FromDuplex
REGIROLL ROLLASSY DUP
FromPaperCassette
REGIROLL
FromSSF
REGIROLL
Paper
REGIROLL
CLUTCHASSYDRV
MiS06009KA
6 21
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 2.5.1 Lead-edge Registration When a sheet is fed from the SSF, paper cassette or Duplex to the toner transfer position, the registration of the sheet may not be correctly maintained due to such troubles as misalignment of lead edges in the paper cassette. To avoid this trouble, the lead edge position needs to be aligned at the registration section before the sheet is fed to the toner transfer position. By thrusting the edge of the sheet coming out of the SSF or paper cassette against the REGI ROLL (ROLL REGI METAL : PL 3.2.10 / ROLL ASSY REGI : PL 3.2.9) that is locked, the lead edge of the sheet is registered.
ROLLREGIMETAL ROLLASSYREGI
REGIROLL
SkewedPaper
MiS06010KA
6 22
2.6 Transfer/Fusing/Exit
The sheet that has passed through the REGI ROLL goes into the TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) that rotates by the torque from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2), where the toner image is transferred from the belt to the sheet. Then, the sheet is fed to the exit section while its toner image is being fused in the FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) by the Heat Roll that rotates by the torque from the DRIVE ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1). The print-completed sheet (1 side-printed or 2 side-printed) is ejected from the printer by the ROLL ASSY EXIT that rotates in the exit direction by the torque from the DRIVE ASSY SUB.
ROLLASSYEXIT
PressureBelt
HeatRoll
Drum(K) Belt Drum(C)
Drum(M)
Drum(Y)
MiS06011KA
6 23
2.7 Feeding in Duplex Section

After the 1 side-printed sheet is ejected from the Fuser, the ROLL ASSY EXIT guides the sheet to the duplex section by rotating in the reverse direction by the torque from the ROLL ASSY EXIT under control of CLUTCH ASSY EXIT. From the duplex section, the 1 side-printed sheet is fed to the registration section by the ROLLER ASSY DUP (PL11.2.9) that rotates by the torque from the DRIVE ASSY DUP (PL11.2.5). After the printing on the side 2 is completed, the sheet exits in the same manner as it does after the printing on the side 1 is completed.
ROLLASSYEXIT
CLUTCHASSYEXIT
ROLLASSYEXIT
CLUTCHASSYEXIT
DRIVEASSYEXIT
ROLLERASSYDUP
DRIVEASSYDUP
MiS06012KA
6 24
Blank Page
6 25
3. Functions of Major Functional Components

Major functional components of the printer are described below with illustrations. These components are classified into the following blocks based on the configuration of the printer. Paper tray Paper Feeder SSF & Regi Assy TRANSFER ASSY & FUSER ASSY ROS ASSY TONER CARTRIDGE & Dispenser PHD ASSY Drive Electrical Duplex 250 Paper Tray (Option)
3.1 Paper Tray

3.1.1 Major functions GUIDE SIDE ASSY R (PL2.1.8) / GUIDE SIDE L (PL2.1.6) The GUIDE SIDE ASSY R and GUIDE SIDE L can move in the paper transfer direction to determine the paper size. END GUIDE The END GUIDE can move in the paper transfer direction to determine the paper size. HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL2.1.5) The HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR and the FEED ROLLER pinch the paper to prevent multiple sheet feed. PLATE ASSY BOTTOM (PL2.1.2) PLATE ASSY BOTTOM is locked to the bottom side when paper tray is pulled out from the paper feeder and unlocked when paper tray is installed to the paper feeder. Pushes the paper against the feed roll using a spring tension.
6 26
PLATEASSYBOTTOM ENDGUIDE GUIDESIDEASSYR
GUIDESIDEL
HOLDERASSYSEPARATOR MiS06013KA
6 27
3.2 Paper Feeder

3.2.1 Major functions CST No Paper Sensor (SENSOR PHOTO : PL3.2.13) The CST No Paper Sensor detects the presence/absence of print media in the paper tray based on the position of ACTUATOR NO PAPER. (No paper: Sensor beam is blocked)
CSTNoPaperSensor
CSTNoPaperSensor
PLATEASSY BOTTOM
Paper
ACTUATORNOPAPER (NoPaperPosition)
ACTUATORNOPAPER
CSTNoPaperSensor ACTUATORNOPAPER
MiS06014KA
SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL3.1.11) Transmits the drive from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to FEED ROLLER. (Refer to 6.4 DRIVE ASSY SUB)
6 28
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation ROLL ASSY FEED (PL3.2.4) When the SOLENOID FEED MSI operates, the ROLL ASSY FEED starts rotating and the ROLL ASSY FEED feeds the paper. (Refer to 6.4 DRIVE ASSY SUB)
ROLLASSYFEED
DRIVEASSYMAIN SOLENOIDFEEDMSI
DRIVEASSYPH
SOLENOIDFEEDMSI ROLLASSYFEED MiS06015KA
6 29
3.3 SSF & Regi Assy

SENSOR PHOTO (SSI No Paper Sensor : PL3.2.13) The SSF No Paper Sensor detects the presence/absence of print media in the SSF tray by the change in the actuator position. Upon detecting the sheet, the Regi Roll rotates for a predetermined duration to feed the sheet. The sheet is fixed between the Rolls so that it may not fall from the SSF. The Rolls stop immediately when the Regi Sensor detects the presence of paper.
SSINoPaperSensor
SSINoPaperSensor ACTUATORSSI
Paper REGIROLL ACTUATORSSI (NoPaperPosition) REGIROLL
MiS06016KA
6 30
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation SENSOR PHOTO (Regi Sensor : PL3.2.13) The Regi Sensor detects that the lead edge of the print medium has reached the registration section. (No paper: Sensor beam is blocked) When the print medium is fed from the SSF, the Regi Sensor measures the sheet length (size). The duration for which the Regi Sensor is ON is converted into the paper length.
RegiSensor ACTUATORREGIIN
NormalPosition
FromPaperCassette ACTUATORREGIIN
RegiSensor
RegiSensor
ACTUATORREGIIN (NoPaperPosition) PAPER MiS06017KA
6 31
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation CLUTCH ASSY DRV(PL3.1.1) The CLUTCH ASSY DRV transmits the driving torque from the DRIVE ASSY MAIN to ROLL ASSY REGI(PL3.2.9) to feed the print medium to the Fuser section from the paper tray, SSF, or Duplex section. (Refer to 6.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN) To place the toner image at an appropriate position on the print medium, the timing of feeding from the Regi Assy is adjusted by the duration for which the CLUTCH ASSY DRV operates.
ROLLASSYREGI(Rubber) ROLLREGIMETAL CLUTCHASSYDRV MiS06018KA
6 32
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.3.1 Control of paper size The printer doesnt have switches for detecting paper size, and only length of paper is detected by the Regi Sensor when feeding paper. If printing data and paper size dont match, error is sent to the ESS. 3.3.2 Paper detection by the Regi Sensor Since the paper path from the SSF to the Regi Sensor and that from the Paper Tray to the Regi Sensor are different, the Regi Sensor is provided with the ACTUATOR REGI IN (PL3.2.11) and the ACTUATOR REGI ROLL (PL3.2.8). The ACTUATOR REGI ROLL detects the sheet from the SSF and detects the tail edge of the paper from the paper tray. The ACTUATOR REGI IN detects the lead edge of the paper from the paper tray. However, the movement of ACTUATOR REGI IN does not affect that of ACTUATOR REGI ROLL.
Rearviewillustration ACTUATORREGIROLL ACTUATOR REGIOUT SPRING REGIOUT RegiSensor ACTUATORREGIIN SPRINGACTREGI
RegiSensor NormalPosition RegiSensor ACTUATORREGIROLL FromPaperCassette ACTUATORREGIIN
ACTUATORREGIIN
RegiSensor PAPER
Detectionofpaper(TailEdge) ACTUATOR REGIROLL PAPER
FromSSF ACTUATOR REGIROLL
RegiSensor
PAPER RegiSensor
ACTUATORREGIIN
ACTUATORREGIIN MiS06019KA
6 33
3.4 TRANSFER ASSY & FUSER ASSY

3.4.1 Major functions TRANSFER ASSY (PL6.1.7) Belt Belt feeds the paper to the direction of FUSER SENSOR ADC SENSOR ADC reads the toner patch on the BELT, and converts it to voltage value. Voltage value is used to control the density of toner. (Refer to 5.3.1 Potential Control) FUSER ASSY (PL6.1.1) The FUSER fixes toner which was transferred onto the paper but not fixed by the heat and pressure and feeds paper before and after being fixed. The FUSER mainly consists of the following parts: Heat Roll Heater Lamp Thermostat Temp. Sensor - EXIT SENSOR Detects passage of print after fixed based on the change of position of the actuator. Pressure Belt Roll Assy Exit Exit Sensor
6 34
Rearviewillustration PressureBELT ExitSensor
HeatRoll
Thermostat Temp.Sensor (Un-contactingtype) Temp.Sensor (Contactedtype)
HeaterLamp
RollAssyExit FUSERASSY
SENSORADC
BladeAssy
TRANSFERASSY Belt MiS06020KA
6 35
3.5 ROS ASSY

3.5.1 Major functions ROS ASSY ROS ASSY is an exposure unit that generates laser beams to form electrostatic latent image on the drum surface. In this manual, the ROS ASSY is referred to as ROS. The ROS mainly consists of the following parts: LD PWB Scanner ASSY SOS PWB Lens Mirror Window LD PWB The LD PWB is comprised of four LDs (laser diodes) corresponding to Y, M, C, and K. Each LD converts the electric signals of incoming image data into laser wave or pulse. In order to stabilize the laser light quantity during formation of an electrostatic latent image, the LD PWB always monitors the laser light quantity to adjust it to the appropriate level. This is called "APC (auto power control)". Scanner Assy The Scanner Assy is comprised of the Scanner Motor that rotates at a constant speed and the Polygon Mirror that is mounted on the motor shaft. The laser light output from the LD is irradiated onto the Polygon Mirror via the Mirror. The Polygon Mirror, provided with six reflecting mirror faces, changes the reflection angle of the laser light as it rotates by the Scanner Motor, thereby allowing the laser light to scan the drum along its axial direction. Scanning is performed using one reflecting mirror face for each line. SOS PWB The SOS sensor on the SOS (start of scan) PWB converts an incoming laser beam, upon detection, to an electric signal as the reference signal for starting scanning and transmits this signal to the PWBA MCU. The SOS sensor signals are used to synchronize the starting point of the laser-beam scanning with the starting point of the image writing. Lens Mirror Window The laser light reflected from the Polygon Mirror reaches the drum surface via the Lens, Mirror, and Window. The Lens corrects aberration, the Mirror secures an optical path, and the Window prevents foreign matters from entering the ROS.
6 36
Rearviewillustration PolygonMirror ScannerAssy Mirror
Mirror
LDPWB Lens Mirror SOSPWB SOSSensor
Mirror Lens
ROSASSY
Window
MiS06021KA
6 37
3.6 TONER CARTRIDGE & DISPENSER

3.6.1 Major functions CONNECTOR CRUM (PL5.1.14) The CONNECTOR CRUM reads and writes the data of the CRUM. Printer specific information is stored. MOTOR ASSY DISP YMCK (PL5.1.3) The dispense motor supplies the drive to the Agitator and Auger in the TONER CARTRIDGE, and supplies toner to the developer.
MOTORASSYDISP(K) TONERCARTRIDGE(K) CONNECTORCRUM(K) TONERCARTRIDGE(C) CONNECTORCRUM(C) MOTORASSYDISP(Y) TONERCARTRIDGE(M) CONNECTORCRUM(M) TONERCARTRIDGE(Y) CONNECTORCRUM(Y) MOTORASSYDISP(M)
MOTORASSYDISP(C)
MiS06022KA
6 38
Blank Page
6 39
3.7 PHD ASSY

3.7.1 Major functions PHD ASSY (PL4.1.21) PHD ASSY carries out a series of operation in the print process such as charging, and transfer. PHD ASSY mainly consists of the following parts. Developer is an equipment which develops images in the print process. Drum (Y) Drum (M) Drum (C) Drum (K) CRUM PHD specific information is stored. Erase Lamp (LED ASSEMBLY) The light of the LED is reflected by the HOLDER ASSY Erase. The light of the LED eliminates the charge on the drum. Developer (Y) Developer (M) Developer (C) Developer (K)
EraseLens
Drum LEDASSYERASE
PHDASSY
EraseLens
EraseLamp(K)
EraseLamp(C)
EraseLamp(M)
EraseLamp(Y)
Drum(Y) Drum(M) Drum(C) Drum(K) MiS06023KA
6 40
Rearviewillustration
CRUM
Developer(K)
Developer(C)
Developer(M)
Developer(Y)
PHDASSY
Drum(K)
Drum(C)
Drum(M)
Drum(Y)
LEDASSYERASE MiS06024KA
6 41
3.8 Drive
3.8.1 Major functions DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) (Refer to 6.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN) Supplies the drive to parts as follows. DRIVE ASSY PH TRANSFER ASSY CHUTE ASSY FDR REGI PHD ASSY DRUM (Y, M, C, K) DRIVE ASSY SUB Supplies the drive to parts as follows. FUSER ASSY DEVELOPER (YMCK)
DRIVEASSYMAIN DRIVEASSYSUB
DRIVEASSYPH
MiS06025KA
6 42
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation DRIVE ASSY PH (PL7.1.4) DRIVE ASSY PH transmits the driving force from the DRIV ASSY SUB (PL7.1.1) to relevant parts. The transmission channel is changed by the COLOR MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID in the DRIVE ASSY PH to allow the driving force of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN (PL7.1.2) to reach the Black Developer only. This is performed to ensure that the Yellow, Magenta, and Cyan Developers cannot be rotated by the DRIVE ASSY SUB during B/W printing. The COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR detects the status of the transmission route (whether it is set for B/W or full color).
[FULLCOLORMODE] DRIVEASSYSUB SubMotor COLORMODE SWITCHINGSENSOR
CAMC GEARC MAGNETROLL(K)
MAGNETROLL(C)
MAGNETROLL(M)
COLORMODE SWITCHINGSOLENOID
MAGNETROLL(Y)
DRIVEASSYPH
FLANGED3 GEARD3OUT Driveto MAGNETROLL (Y),(M),(C) GEARD4
CAMC
Drivefrom SubMotor GEARD2 GEARD3IN MiS06026KA
6 43
[BLACKandWHITEMODE] DRIVEASSYSUB SubMotor COLORMODE SWITCHINGSENSOR CAMC
MAGNETROLL(K)
GEARC
DRIVEASSYPH
FLANGED3 GEARD3OUT Cuttingofdrive
CAMC
Drivefrom SubMotor GEARD4 GEARD2 GEARD3IN MiS06027KA
6 44
Blank Page
6 45
3.9 Electrical
3.9.1 Major functions FAN (PL8.1.1) Dissipates heat out of the printer to prevent the printer from overheating. SWITCH The SWITCH turns ON/OFF the AC power supply of the printer. Low Voltage Power Supply (LVPS:PL8.2.1) The LVPS is provided in two types, 120V and 240V. Supplies AC power from the power source to the FUSER heater and generates and supplies stable low voltage DC power used for the logic circuit, etc. LVPS contains control circuit for the heater of the FUSER, in addition to the power circuit. Machine Control Unit (MCU:PL8.2.13) Controls printing operation based on the communication with the print controller and information from the sensor/switch. Major functions are as follows: Communication with the ESS. Receive of information from the sensors or switches. Control of Motor in DRIVE ASSY MAIN and DRIVE ASSY SUB. Distributing low voltage DC power output from LVPS to each component Control of ROS ASSY High Voltage Power Supply (HVPS:PL4.1.19) Supplies high voltage to the following parts in the TRANSFER ASSY and Developer to perform charging, development, and primary transfer. BCR BTR Developer PWBA EEPROM (PL8.2.16) Information unique to the printer is stored. Electronic Sub System (ESS:PL8.1.7) The ESS connected to the MCU controls the entire system (Diagnostic, Interface and Image processing). HUMIDITY SENSOR (SENSOR HUM :PL8.2.7) HUMIDITY SENSOR reads the temperature/humidity within the printer and converts the values to voltage values. OPERATOR PANEL (CONSOLE ASSY PANEL:PL1.2.3) OPERATOR PANEL displays the state of the printer using LED. INTERLOCK SWITCH (HARN ASSY INTERLOCK:PL8.2.5) INTERLOCK SWITCH is a switch that cuts the +24VDC power supply to the HVPS or Motor, etc. upon the opening of the Front Cover.
6 46
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation WIRELESS ADAPTER (PL8.1.16) An adapter for enabling the network connectivity of the printer by wireless. SIDE COVER SWITCH (PL5.1.9) SIDE COVER SW is a switch that detects the right side cover open.
OPERATORPANEL INTERLOCKSWITCH SIDECOVERSWITCH
LowVoltagePowerSupply
FAN
PWBAEEPROM
Machine ControlUnit MEMORY CARD HighVoltage PowerSupply
HUMIDITYSENSOR ElectronicSubSystem WIRELESSADAPTER SWITCH
MiS06028KA
6 47
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.9.2 Data Flow Print data (electric signal) from the printer controller flows as shown below until it is turned into a print.
Wsb06042KA
6 48
3.10 Duplex 2150cdn : Standard / 2150cn : Option

3.10.1 Major functions CLUTCH ASSY EXIT Transmits the drive from the DRIVE ASSY EXIT to Roll Assy Exit in the FUSER. When the clutch operates, the Roll Assy Exit rotates in the reverse direction. The clutch is stopped when the paper reached the Duplex. DRIVE ASSY DUP (PL11.2.5) The DRIVE ASSY DUP supplies the driving power to the Lower Roll (ROLLER ASSY DUP) and Upper Roll (ROLL ASSY DUP1). (Refer to 6.5 DRIVE ASSY DUP) DRIVE ASSY EXIT (PL11.2.2) The DRIVE ASSY EXIT supplies the driving power to the Roll Assy Exit in the FUSER. (Refer to 6.5 DRIVE ASSY DUP) PWBA DUP (PL11.1.16) The PWBA DUP controls motor and clutch.
4 + 76+0 )55; -:16
-4 )55; ,72 7FFAH 4
,418- )55; -:16
,418- )55; ,72 29*) ,72 4 -4 )55; ,72 MAH 4 E5$ ' )
6 49
3.11 250 Paper Tray

3.11.1 Major functions 250 Paper Tray GUIDE SIDE ASSY R (PL12.5.8) / GUIDE SIDE L (PL12.5.6) The GUIDE SIDE ASSY R and GUIDE SIDE L can move at a right angle to the paper transfer direction to align the paper width. END GUIDE The END GUIDE can move in the paper transfer direction to determine the paper size. HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (PL12.5) The HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR and the FEED ROLLER pinch the paper to prevent multiple sheet feed. PLATE ASSY BOTTOM (PL12.5.2) PLATE ASSY BOTTOM is locked to the bottom side when paper tray is pulled out from the paper feeder and unlocked when paper tray is installed to the paper feeder. Pushes the paper against the feed roll using a spring tension.
PLATEASSYBOTTOM ENDGUIDE GUIDESIDEASSYR
GUIDESIDEL
HOLDERASSYSEPARATOR MiS06030KA
6 50
Blank Page
6 51
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 3.11.2 Major functions (Paper Feeder) SENSOR PHOTO (No Paper Sensor:PL12.4.13) Detects the presence/absence of paper in the paper tray based on the position of ACTUATOR NO PAPER (PL12.4.19). (No paper: Sensor beam is intercepted) SOLENOID FEED MSI (PL12.2.15) Transmits the drive from the MOTOR ASSY SUB (PL12.2.16) to ROLL ASSY FEED. (Refer to 6.6 MOTOR ASSY SUB) ROLL ASSY FEED (PL12.4.4) When the SOLENOID FEED MSI operates, the ROLL ASSY FEED starts rotating and the ROLL ASSY FEED feeds the paper. (Refer to 6.6 MOTOR ASSY SUB) SENSOR PHOTO (PAPER PATH SENSOR:PL12.4.13) It detects when the paper front end reaches the CHUTE ASSY TURN (PL12.4.1). ON: The paper activates the actuator. CLUTCH ASSY DRV (PL12.2.6) Transmits the drive from the MOTOR ASSY SUB (PL12.2.16) to ROLL ASSY REGI (PL12.4.9) and ROLL REGI METAL (PL12.4.10). MOTOR ASSY SUB (PL12.2.16) The MOTOR ASSY SUB is driving the rolls of the option feeder. (Refer to 6.6 MOTOR ASSY SUB) PWBA FEED H (PL12.2.1) The PWBA FEED H controls motor, sensor and clutch.
6 52
SENSORPHOTO (CST2NoPaperSensor)
ROLLASSYFEED
SOLENOIDFEEDMSI
PWBAFEEDH
MOTORASSYSUB TURNROLLRUBBER (ROLLASSYREGI)
CLUTCHASSYDRV
TURNROLLMETAL (ROLLREGIMETAL) SENSORPHOTO (PaperPathSensor)
MiS06031KA
6 53
4. Operation Modes / Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts

4.1 Operation Modes
For the operation of the printer, the following four modes are provided. READY mode The printer is ready for printing. PRINTING mode The printer is under printing. Sleep mode (Energy star) The printer is under power saving. Deep sleep mode The printer is under power saving.
6 54
4.2 Replacement Timing of Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts

4.2.1 Types of Consumables and Periodic Replacement Parts Listed below are the consumables and periodic replacement parts for this printer (including options). Lifespan (approximate)*1 1,200 pages 1,200 pages 3,000 pages 2,500 pages 50,000 pages 24,000 pages 50,000 pages
Product Name TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (Starter capacity) Consumables TONER CARTRIDGE (YMC) (Starter capacity) TONER CARTRIDGE (K) (Standard capacity) TONER CARTRIDGE (YMC) (Standard capacity) FUSER ASSY Periodic Replacement Parts PHD ASSY SEPARATOR ROLL (HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR) *1: The page counts are for reference only.
The actual page count may vary greatly depending on conditions such as print settings, document contents, or power-on/off frequency. 4.2.2 Replacement Timing of Consumables When a consumable part is about to reach its replacement period, one of the following messages appears on the Operator Panel: Message TONER CARTRIDGE (YMCK) <Near Life> Ready to Print 093-XXX*1 Meaning Detection device
Flip YYY*1 Cartridge Is close to life

<Life Over> Replace Cart. 093- XXX*2
Flip Replace YYY*2 Cartridge
The TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C, or K) is near its replacement period. Have ready a new TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C, or K). You can still print approximately another 150 pages in The TONER CRUM K,and 125 pages in Y, M, and C. detects the replacement period from the remaining toner The TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C, or K) has reached amount. its replacement period. The printer stops operating. Immediately replace the TONER CARTRIDGE (Y, M, C, or K) with a new one.
*1-*4: XXX/YYY in the message denotes the following. *1: 23/Yellow, 424/Magenta, 425/Cyan, 426/Black *2: 930/Yellow, 931/Magenta, 932/Cyan, 933/Black
6 55
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 4.2.3 Replacement Timing of Periodic Replacement Parts When a periodic replacement part is about to reach its replacement period, one of the following messages appears on the Operator Panel: No message is displayed regarding the replacement timing of the SEPARATOR ROLL.
Message <Near Life> Ready to Print 010- 421 FUSER ASSY
Meaning The FUSER ASSY is near its replacement period. Have ready a new FUSER ASSY. You can still print approximately another 5,000 pages before the Life Over message appears.
Detection device

<Life Over> Replace FUSER 010- 351
Flip Replace FUSER Contact Support

<Near Life> Ready to Print 091- 402 PHD ASSY
The replacement period is detected with the operation The FUSER ASSY has reached its replacement period. counter of the FUSER You can still print some more pages, but the print quality ASSY. will not be assured. It is recommended that you replace the FUSER ASSY with a new one immediately. The PHD ASSY is near its replacement period. Have ready a new PHD ASSY. You can still print approximately another 2,400 pages before the Life Over message appears.

<Life Over> Replace PHD 091- 935
Flip Replace PHD Contact Support
The replacement period is detected with the operation counter of the PHD The PHD ASSY has reached its replacement period. You can still print some more pages, but the print quality ASSY. will not be assured. It is recommended that you replace the PHD ASSY with a new one immediately.
6 56
5. Control
5.1 Control of Paper Size
The printer doesnt have switches for detecting paper size, and only length of paper is detected by the Regi Sensor when feeding paper. If printing data and paper size dont match, error is sent to the ESS.
5.2 ROS Light Quantity Control

The image data are entered to the laser diodes in the ROS as electric signals (data are expressed with high and low voltage values), and the laser diodes convert the image data from electric signals to optical signals (data are expressed with blinking laser beams). Variations in light quantity of laser beams or variations in optical system (such as lenses) or drum sensitivity cannot attain a proper electrostatic image, therefore, the laser beam light quantity is monitored and controlled by the laser diodes. The ROS in this printer has four laser diodes for yellow, magenta, cyan, and black respectively, and the light quantity is automatically adjusted for each color.
6 57
5.3 Process Control

For a stable printing, the parameters related to the image forming must be corrected as necessary. The control of the entire printing process including parameter correction control is called "process control". Mainly, the process control is performed in the following two methods, both of which are performed after every 25 cumulative prints upon termination of a print run or during a continuous run.: Potential control Toner density control To supplement these two controls, the following controls are provided: High Area Coverage Mode Admix Mode 5.3.1 Potential Control To attain stable printing image density, the drum charging voltage, the developing DC voltage and the ROS light amount are adjusted according to the developing capability of each color carrier that varies momentarily. The adjusted drum charging voltage, the developing DC voltage and the ROS light amount are fed back to keep the printing image density constant. The outline of control is as follows. 1) The HUMIDITY SENSOR (temperature and humidity sensor) detects the temperature and humidity. 2) The patches of respective colors (yellow, magenta, cyan, and black) for the potential control are generated and transferred on the Belt. 3) The ADC Sensor (density sensor) detects the density of the patch on Belt. 4) The drum charging voltage, the developing DC voltage and the ROS light amount are adjusted for each color according to the detected patch density.
6 58
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation 5.3.2 Toner Density Control The toner density must be kept constant to attain stable printing image. The control system for this purpose is called toner density control. 1) PCDC (Pixel Count Dispense Control) The quantity of the toner to be consumed in the developing process is calculated by counting the video signals entered to the ROS. The quantity of the toner to be consumed is calculated by the toner dispensing time. The toner motor is driven based on the calculated toner dispensing time when supplying the toner to the developer. 2) ADC (Auto Density Control) The patches of respective colors (yellow, magenta, cyan, and black) for the toner density control are generated under specified potential condition, and transferred on the Belt. The ADC Sensor measures this density. The measured value is compared with the reference value. If the toner density is lower, the toner dispense quantity is increased at the next printing, or if the toner density is higher, the toner dispense quantity is reduced at the next printing. The toner dispense quantity is calculated by the toner dispense time. This calculation is made for each color. 5.3.3 High Area Coverage Mode A continuous printing of any image of area coverage exceeding extra toner dispense capability causes the toner density in the developer to be lowered. The High Area Coverage Mode postpones the next page feed and dispenses the toner during this time, if the toner dispense time reached the specified value during a continuous printing. 5.3.4 Admix Mode This mode prevents the toner density from being lowered, whenever the value of the toner density control patch measured by the ADC Sensor falls far below the standard value, by performing extra toner dispensation. If the toner density level cannot be recovered even after this operation, it is judged that the toner has run out. 5.3.5 ADC Sensor Adjustment The ADC Sensor is a reflection type sensor that irradiates the light from its LED onto the target and detects the reflected light at its photoreceptor and outputs electric signals responsive to the amount of the detected light. To ensure an accurate patch density measurement, the surfaces of the ADC Sensor is cleaned to remove soil due to toner, etc., and the light amount adjustment is made so that the reflected light amount satisfies the prescribed value, when creating the patch for potential control and toner density control.
6 59
5.4 Color Registration Control

The printer uses a tandem system where the drums and developers are arranged respectively for each of yellow, magenta, cyan, and black colors. Since the images are formed on the drum of each color to be overlaid one another, a color shift may occur. The color registration control calculates how much the registration is shifted, and adjusts the ROS write timing. The lateral registration control adjusts all of four colors in lateral directions. The color registration control is made from a change in inside temperature and the print count at the execution of the process control. The control is outlined below: 1) With no toner on the Belt, the output value of ADC Sensor is measured to determine the threshold value. 2) The patches for color registration control are generated on the Belt. These patches are composed of 10mm lines of K, C, K, M, K, and Y in this order.
3) The density of patches generated by the ADC Sensor is read. 4) The shift correction amount is calculated from the threshold value determined in 1) and the patch density measured in 3). 5) The ROS write timing is changed according to the shift correction amount.
6 60
5.5 Fuser Control

5.5.1 Fuser temperature control As for the fuser temperature control, the target temperature is set, then the Heat Roll surface temperature is controlled so that it can meet the target value by turning on/off the Heater Lamp. Temperature of individual area of the Heat Roll is detected by the Fuser Non-Contact Sensor (NCS) in the middle of the Heat Roll and the Temp Sensor at the edge of it. When the temperature detected is higher than the target value, the Heater Lamp will be turned OFF. When the temperature is below the target value, the Heater Lamp will be turned ON. The target temperature setting varies depending on the time of Warm-up, Printing, or Process Control. The target temperature varies according to such environmental factors as the interior temperature detected by the Sensor Hum Temp.
5.5.2 Cooling down As the printing continues, the temperature distribution in the Heat Roll becomes uneven both in the paper feed and non-paper feed areas. Cooling Down suspends paper feeling for a certain period of time so that the Heat Roll temperature distribution can be uniform. When the temperature of the Heat Roll edge is high, cooling down is performed to lower the temperature to the target value.
5.5.3 Sensor Warm-up The Fuser NCS (Non Contact Sensor) at the center of the Heat Roll will be lose its accuracy of detecting temperature when the temperature of the Sensor itself is below -5C. Therefore, the Sensor will be warmed up when the temperature is below -5C. This action is called Sensor Warm-up.
6 61
6. Drive Transmission Route

6.1 DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Rotation power of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN is transmitted through the route below.
[PAPERFEEDDRIVE]/[DRUMandBELTDRIVE]
DRIVEASSYMAIN
[Nameofmovingparts]
GEART4
GEARP2
GEARDRV
GEARP3
[BELT]
GEARP4
GEARP5 TRANSFERASSY DRIVEASSYPH
CLUTCHASSYDRV
SOLENOIDFEEDMSI
GEARASSYFEED
[ROLLASSYREGI]
[ROLLASSYFEED]
GEARREGIRUBBER
GEARREGIMETAL
CHUTEASSYFDRREGI
[ROLLREGIMETAL]
GEARPHD1
GEARPHD2
GEARPHD2
[DRUM(K)] HSGASSYXERO(K)
[DRUM(C)] HSGASSYXERO(C)
[DRUM(M)] HSGASSYXERO(M)
[DRUM(Y)] HSGASSYXERO(Y)
PHDASSY
MiS06032KA
6 62
[PAPERFEEDDRIVE]
[Nameofmovingparts] :Indicatestheengagementofgears. DRIVEASSYMAIN
DRIVEASSYPH GEARP2
GEARREGIRUBBER GEARREGIMETAL [ROLLASSYREGI] GEARP3 GEARP5
GEARP4
CLUTCHASSY DRV
[ROLLREGIMETAL]
FRONT [ROLLASSYFEED]
SOLENOIDFEEDMSI GEARASSYFEED MiS06033KA
6 63
[DRUMandBELTDRIVE]
[Nameofmovingparts] :Indicatestheengagementofgears. PHDASSY
[DRUM(K)] [DRUM(C)]
GEARPHD2 GEARPHD1 DRIVEASSYMAIN
[BELT] [DRUM(M)] GEARPHD2 [DRUM(Y)] GEARDRV
FRONT GEART4 MiS06034KA
6 64
Blank Page
6 65
6.2 DRIVE ASSY MAIN and DRIVE ASSY SUB DRIVE

Rotation power of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN and DRIVE ASSY SUB are transmitted through the route below.
[BLACKandWHITEMODE]
DRIVEASSYSUB SUBMOTOR DRIVEASSYMAIN
[Nameofmovingparts]
GEARD1
GEARP2
GEARDK
GEARD1
GEARP3
GEARD5
GEARD2
GEARP4
GEARP4-2
GEARMAG(K)
GEARD3IN
GEARC
CAMC [MAGNETROLL(K)] GEARD3OUT FLANGED3
HSGASSYDEVE(K)
PHDASSY
DRIVEASSYPH
MiS06035KA
6 66
[BLACKandWHITEMODE]
[Nameofmovingparts] :Indicatestheengagementofgears. GEARD5 DRIVEASSYSUB GEARDK
GEARD1 [MAGNETROLL(K)] GEARMAG(K) SUBMOTOR
GEARD1
GEARD2
DRIVEASSYPH FRONT FLANGED3 CAMC
DRIVEASSYMAIN
GEARD4
GEARD2 GEARD3OUT GEARD3IN FLANGED3
CAMC GEARP2 GEARP3 GEARP4 GEARP4-2 GEARC DRIVEASSYPH
COLORMODE SWITCHINGSOLENOID MiS06036KA
6 67
Chapter 6 Principles of Operation (Refer to 6.1 PHOTOCONDUCTOR (PC)/DEVELOPER (DEV) DRIVE [SIMPLEX MODE]
[DEVELOPMENTandEXCESSTONERCOLLECTING]
DRIVEASSYMAIN [Nameofmovingparts] DRIVEASSYSUB
GEARPHD1
GEARPHD2
GEARMAG(Y,M,C,K)
[DRUM]
[MAGNETROLL]
GEARAUGERCLNG
GEARMAGIDLR
GEARIDLERAUGERSIDE
GEARIDLERPADDLE
GEARAUGERSIDE
GEARPADDLE
[AUGER]
[AUGERCLNGSIDE]
[PADDLEDEVE]
GEARAUGER
[AUGERFRONT] GEARAUGER
[AUGERREAR] HSGASSYXERO(Y,M,C,K) PHDASSY HSGASSYDEVE(Y,M,C,K)
MiS06037KA
6 68
[EXCESSTONERCOLLECTINGDRIVE]
[Nameofmovingparts] :Indicatestheengagementofgears.
[AUGERCLNGSIDE] HSGASSYXERO
[AUGER] GEARAUGERCLNG
GEARAUGERSIDE
GEARIDLERAUGERSIDE
[DRUM]
GEARPHD2 GEARPHD1 DRIVEASSYMAIN
PHDASSY GEARPHD2
FRONT
MiS06038KA
6 69
[DEVELOPMENTDRIVE]
[PADDLEDEVE] [AUGERFRONT] [AUGERREAR] GEARIDLERPADDLE GEARPADDLE HSGASSYDEVE
[MAGNETROLL]
GEARAUGER
GEARMAGIDLR
GEARMAG GEARAUGER
FRONT PHDASSY DRIVEASSYSUB MiS06039KA
6 70
Blank Page
6 71
6.3 TONER DISPENSER (Y, M, C, K)

Rotation power of the TONER DISPENSER drives the agitator and the auger in the TONER CARTRIDGE. [TONER CARTRIDGE]
[TONERDISPENSER]
[Nameofmovingparts]
MOTORASSYDISP(K)
MOTORASSYDISP(C)
MOTORASSYDISP(M)
MOTORASSYDISP(Y)
GEARIDLER(K)
GEARIDLER(C)
GEARIDLER(M)
GEARIDLER(Y)
GEARIDLERAUG(K)
GEARIDLERAUG(C)
GEARIDLERAUG(M)
GEARIDLERAUG(Y)
GEARAUGER(K)
GEARAUGER(C)
GEARAUGER(M)
GEARAUGER(Y)
[AUGER(K)]
[AUGER(C)]
[AUGER(M)]
[AUGER(Y)]
GEARIDLERAGI(K)
GEARIDLERAGI(C)
GEARIDLERAGI(M)
GEARIDLERAGI(Y)
DISPENSERASSY
GEARAGITATOR(K)
GEARAGITATOR(C)
GEARAGITATOR(M)
GEARAGITATOR(Y)
[AGITATOR(K)] TONERCARTRIDGE(K)
[AGITATOR(C)] TONERCARTRIDGE(C)
[AGITATOR(M)] TONERCARTRIDGE(M)
[AGITATOR(Y)] TONERCARTRIDGE(Y)
MiS06040KA
6 72
[TONER CARTRIDGE]
[TONERDISPENSER] [Nameofmovingparts] :Indicatestheengagementofgears.
TONERCARTRIDGE [AUGER]
[AGITATOR]
GEARIDLERAGI GEARIDLER FRONT
GEARAGITATOR GEARAUGER MOTORASSYDISP GEARIDLERAUG MiS06041KA
6 73
6.4 DRIVE ASSY SUB

Rotation power of the DRIVE ASSY SUB is transmitted through the route below.
[PAPER HANDLING]
[FULLCOLORMODE]
DRIVEASSYSUB SUBMOTOR
[Nameofmovingparts] DRIVEASSYPH
GEARD1
GEARD1
GEARDK
GEARD2
GEARD3IN
GEARD3OUT
GEARD4
GEARD4
GEARD5
GEARD5
GEARD5
GEARD5
GEARMAG(K)
GEARMAG(C)
GEARMAG(M)
GEARMAG(Y)
[MAGNETROLL(K)]
[MAGNETROLL(C)]
[MAGNETROLL(M)]
[MAGNETROLL(Y)]
HSGASSYDEVE(K)
HSGASSYDEVE(C)
HSGASSYDEVE(M)
HSGASSYDEVE(Y)
PHDASSY
MiS06042KA
6 74
[PAPER HANDLING]
[FULLCOLORMODE] [Nameofmovingparts] :Indicatestheengagementofgears. DRIVEASSYSUB GEARDK GEARD1
GEARMAG(K) [MAGNETROLL(K)] GEARD5 SUBMOTOR GEARMAG(C) [MAGNETROLL(C)] GEARD5 GEARD4 GEARD1
GEARMAG(M) [MAGNETROLL(M)] GEARD5 GEARD4
GEARD2 DRIVEASSYPH
GEARMAG(Y) [MAGNETROLL(Y)] GEARD5
FRONT
GEARD3OUT
GEARD4 GEARD2 GEARD3IN MiS06043KA
6 75
51 2 -:
,-
LE C F=HJI
,418- )55; 57*
/-)4 1, -4 04 /-)4 04
0-)6 4
/-)4 1, -4 -:16 /-)4 + 76+0 1 276 /-)4 + 76+0 76
/-)4 -:16
/-)4 1, -4 ,- ); /-)4 1, -4 ,- ); /-)4 1, -4 ,72 .75-4 )55; /-)4 76276 ,72 /-)4 , -4 $ /-)4 - + 76+0 )55; ,72
)55; -:16
.--,-4 )55; ,72
E5$"" )
6 76
51 2 -:
,-
LE C F=HJI
1 @E?=JAI JDA A C=CA A J B CA=HI

4 )55; -:16
.75-4 )55; /-)4 + 76+0 1 276
/-)4 1, -4 ,- ); /-)4 1, -4 ,72 /-)4 1, -4 $
/-)4 -:16 /-)4 + 76+0 76 /-)4 1, -4 ,- ); /-)4 1, -4 -:16
/-)4 - + 76+0 )55; ,72
0-)6 4
/-)4 04 /-)4 1, -4 04 /-)4 76276 ,72
.--,-4 )55; ,72
.4 ,418- )55; 57*
E5$"# )
6 77
6.5 DRIVE ASSY DUP

Rotation power of the DRIVE ASSY DUP is transmitted through the route below.
,72 -:
,.--,-4 )55; ,72 6 4 )55; -:16
LE C F=HJI
6 4 )55; ,72
/-)4 1, -4 "
/-)4 ,
/-)4 1, -4 + 76+0
/-)4 1, -4 5
/-)4 1, -4 5
+ 76+0 )55; ,72
/-)4 1, -4 &
/-)4 4
,72
/-)4 -
/-)4 1, -4 5
-4 )55; ,72
/-)4 1, -4 $
/-)4 1, -4 5
/-)4 76276 ,72
/-)4 1, -4 5
/-)4 4
,72
-4 )55; ,72
/-)4 1, -4 ,72
/-)4 1, -4 ,- );
/-)4 1, -4 ,- );
/-)4 + 76+0 76
/-)4 -:16
/-)4 + 76+0 +
)55; -:16
.75-4 )55;
E5$"$ )
6 78
,72 -:
,-
LE C F=HJI
1 @E?=JAI JDA A C=CA A J B CA=HI

4 )55; -:16
.75-4 )55; /-)4 + 76+0 + 6
/-)4 1, -4 ,- ); /-)4 1, -4 ,72 /-)4 1, -4 $
/-)4 -:16 /-)4 + 76+0 76 /-)4 1, -4 ,- );
/-)4 - + 76+0 )55; ,72 /-)4 1, -4 + 76+0
/-)4 76276 ,72 /-)4 1, -4 " 6 4 )55; -:16

4 -4 )55; ,72
/-)4 4
,72
/-)4 1, -4 5 /-)4 1, -4 & /-)4 1, -4 5 6 4 )55; ,72
.4
/-)4 ,
4 -4 )55; ,72
.--,-4 )55; ,72
/-)4 4
,72 E5$"% )
6 79
6.6 MOTOR ASSY SUB

Rotation power of the MOTOR ASSY SUB is transmitted through the route below.
[250OPTIONFEEDERDRIVE]
[Nameofmovingparts]
MOTORASSYSUB
GEARIDLE86-20Z
GEARIDLE40Z
GEARIDLE28-20Z
GEARIDLE36Z
GEARASSYFEED
SOLENOIDFEEDMSI
GEARIDLE25Z
[ROLLASSYFEED]
GEARIDLE25Z
GEARIDLE22-33Z
TURNCLUTCH(CLUTCHASSYDRV)
[TURNROLLRUBBER] (ROLLASSYREGI)
GEARREGIRUBBER
GEARREGIMETAL
[TURNROLLMETAL] (ROLLREGIMETAL) 250OPTIONFEEDER
MiS06048KA
6 80
[250OPTIONFEEDERDRIVE]
[ROLLASSYFEED] GEARREGIRUBBER GEARREGIMETAL [TURNROLLRUBBER] GEARASSYFEED
SOLENOIDFEEDMSI
[TURNROLLMETAL] GEARIDLE28-20Z GEARIDLE86-20Z
TURNCLUTCH
FRONT
GEARIDLE22-33Z GEARIDLE40Z MOTORASSYSUB GEARIDLE25Z GEARIDLE25Z GEARIDLE36Z MiS06049KA
6 81
Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information
Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information CONTENTS 1. Connection Wiring Diagram.........................................................................................7 - 1
1.1 Symbols in the General Connection Wiring Diagram........................................................................ 7 - 1 1.2 General Wiring Diagram ................................................................................................................... 7 - 2
2. Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts.....................................................................7 - 3

2.1 Notes on Using the Wiring Diagram between Parts.......................................................................... 7 - 3 2.2 Configuration of the Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts.......................................................... 7 - 5 1 DC POWER SUPPLY ...................................................................................................................... 7 - 7 2 FEEDER, SSF & REGI .................................................................................................................... 7 - 9 3 DRIVE ............................................................................................................................................ 7 - 11 4 ROS ............................................................................................................................................... 7 - 13 5 XEROGRAPHIC ............................................................................................................................ 7 - 15 6 HIGH VOLTAGE ............................................................................................................................ 7 - 17 7 DEVELOPER ................................................................................................................................. 7 - 19 8 FUSER........................................................................................................................................... 7 - 21 9 CONTROLLER .............................................................................................................................. 7 - 23 10 250 FEEDER ............................................................................................................................... 7 - 25 11 DUPLEX....................................................................................................................................... 7 - 27
1. Connection Wiring Diagram

1.1 Symbols in the General Connection Wiring Diagram
The symbols in the general connection wiring diagram are described below. Symbol Description Represents an interconnection between parts using wiring harness or wire. Represents an interconnection which differs according to the specifications. Represents an interconnection between parts using a conductive member such as a plate spring. Represents a connection between parts by tightening of a screw. Indicates a frame ground.
Represents a connector. The connector No. is indicated inside the box.
Represents a connection terminal with a plate spring on the printed circuit board. The connector (terminal) No. is indicated inside the box. Represents a connector directly connected to the printed circuit board. The connector No. is indicated inside the box.
The box containing a part name represents a part. "PL X.Y.Z" indicates the item "Z" of the plate (PL) "X.Y" described in Chapter 5 "Parts List."
Represents a functional part within a part, and indicates the name of the functional part.
Represents a section in "2. Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts," and indicates its section No.
Represents a screw for fixing wiring harness and a conductive member such as a plate spring. Represents a conductive member such as a plate spring.
7-1
1.2 General Wiring Diagram
Fuser
FUSER ASSY PL6.1.1
P/J171
PWBA LVPS PL8.2.1 P/J47 PWBA MCU PL8.2.13 Used in production process only.
J5041
P/J48
HARN ASSY SW PWR PL8.2.9
P/J504
P/J17
SWITCH PL5.1.9 P/J29 P/J291
P/J503
FAN PL8.1.1
ROS
ROS ASSY PL4.1.1
P/J411 P/J412
P/J40 P/J41
P/J15
P/J502
P/J44
HARN ASSY INTERLOCK PL8.2.5
DC Power Supply
P/J14 P/J501
1 9
High Voltage
PWBA HVPS PL4.1.19 P161 P/J16
P/J40
Controller
P/J141 PHD ASSY PL4.1.21 P/J10 EEPROM PHD P/J422 P/J42 P/J11
LED ASSY ERASE PL4.1.8
P/J401
PWBA ESS PL8.1.7 P/J101 P/J111

P/J29 P/J5301
CONSOLE ASSY PANEL PL1.1.18

P/J202
PWBA EEPROM PL8.2.16
P/J144
P/J18 P/J181
Developer
MOTOR ASSY DISP (Y) PL5.1.3
SENSOR HUM PL8.2.7
P/J201
P/J20
P/J182 MOTOR ASSY DISP (M) PL5.1.3
TRANSFER ASSY PL6.1.7
ADC SENSOR P/J2811 P/J281 P/J28

P/J19
P/J191
MOTOR ASSY DISP (C) PL5.1.3
Xerographic
P/J192 MOTOR ASSY DISP (K) PL5.1.3
10
250 FEEDER
P/J31
PWBA FEED H PL12.2.1
P/J314
CONNECTOR CRUM (K) PL5.1.14
PAPER PATH SENSOR PL12.4.13
P/J4200
P/J420
P/J313
CONNECTOR CRUM (C) PL5.1.14
CLUTCH ASSY DRV PL12.2.6 P/J4201 P/J419 MOTOR ASSY SUB PL12.2.16 SOLENOID FEED MSI PL12.2.15
CST2 NO PAPER SENSOR PL12.4.13
P/J312
P/J273 P/J27-A
CONNECTOR CRUM (M) PL5.1.14
P/J311
P/J421
P/J422
CONNECTOR CRUM (Y) PL5.1.14
P/J4221
P/J421
Drive
P/J21
P/J4212
P/J211
DRIVE ASSY MAIN PL7.1.2
P/J22
P/J221
DRIVE ASSY SUB PL7.1.1
P/J24
COLOR MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID
11
DUPLEX
DRIVE ASSY PH PL7.1.4
P/J261
PWBA DUP PL11.1.16 DRIVE ASSY EXIT PL11.2.2 P/J602
COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR
Feeder, SSF & Regi DRIVE ASSY DUP PL11.2.5 P/J603

P/J26 P/J262 CLUTCH ASSY DRV PL3.1.1 SOLENOID FEED PL3.1.11
P/J601 CLUTCH DUP PL11.2.2 P/J604
P/J272
P/J27-B
P/J23
P/J231
P/J610
REGI SENSOR PL3.2.13
P/J232
P/J233
SSI NO PAPER SENSOR PL3.2.13 CST NO PAPER SENSOR PL3.2.13
P/J234
MOG07001KB
7-2
2. Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts

2.1 Notes on Using the Wiring Diagram between Parts
The following describes the legend of the wiring diagrams between parts shown on the following pages. Symbols Denotes a plug. Description
Denotes a jack.
P/JXX
YY
Denotes Pin yy and Jack yy of the connector Pxx and Jxx.
PWBA HNB DRV (PL X.Y.Z)
Denotes the parts. PL X.Y.Z implies the item "Z" of plate (PL) "X.Y" in Chapter 5. Parts List.
Heater
Denotes functional parts attached with functional parts name.
Control
Denotes the control and its outline in PWB.
DEVE_A
Denotes a connection between parts with harnesses or wires, attached with signal name/contents. Denotes the function, and logic value of the signal to operate the function (Low: L, High: H). The given voltage is for signal in high status. The arrow indicates the direction of signal. Denotes the function, and logic value of the signal when the function operated (Low: L, High: H). The given voltage is for signal in high status. The arrow indicates the direction of signal.
REGI CLUTCH ON(L)+24VDC
EXIT PAPER SENSED(L)+3.3VDC
7-3
Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Symbols Description Denotes a connection between wires.
I/L +24VDC
Denotes DC voltage when the interlock switch in HNB MCU WITH CPU turns on.
+5VDC +3.3VDC
Denotes DC voltage.
SG
Denotes signal ground.
AG
Denotes analog ground.
RTN
Denotes the return.
7-4
2.2 Configuration of the Interconnection Wiring Diagram of Parts

The interconnection wiring diagram is divided into 11 sections. 1 to 11 indicate details of the interconnections of parts. 1 DC POWER SUPPLY Connections of PWBA LVPS with PWBA MCU. Connections of HARN ASSY SW PWR with PWBA LVPS. Connections of HARN ASSY INTERLOCK with PWBA LVPS. Connections of SWITCH with PWBA MCU. 2 FEEDER, SSF & REGI Connections of SOLENOID FEED with PWBA MCU. Connections of REGI SENSOR with PWBA MCU. Connections of SSI NO PAPER SENSOR with PWBA MCU. Connections of CST NO PAPER SENSOR with PWBA MCU. Connections of CLUTCH ASSY DRV with PWBA MCU. 3 DRIVE Connections of DRIVE ASSY PH with PWBA MCU. Connections of DRIVE ASSY MAIN with PWBA MCU. Connections of DRIVE ASSY SUB with PWBA MCU. 4 ROS Connections of ROS ASSY with PWBA MCU. 5 XEROGRAPHIC Connections of PWBA EEPROM with PWBA MCU. Connections of PHD ASSY with PWBA MCU. Connections of SENSOR HUM with PWBA MCU. Connections of LED ASSY ERASE with PWBA MCU. Connections of TRANSFER ASSY with PWBA MCU. 6 HIGH VOLTAGE Connections of PWBA HVPS with PWBA MCU. 7 DEVELOPER Connections of DISPENSE MOTOR (Y) with PWBA MCU. Connections of DISPENSE MOTOR (M) with PWBA MCU. Connections of DISPENSE MOTOR (C) with PWBA MCU. Connections of DISPENSE MOTOR (K) with PWBA MCU. Connections of CONNECTOR CRUM (Y) with PWBA MCU. Connections of CONNECTOR CRUM (M) with PWBA MCU. Connections of CONNECTOR CRUM (C) with PWBA MCU. Connections of CONNECTOR CRUM (K) with PWBA MCU. 8 FUSER Connections of FUSER ASSY with PWBA MCU. Connections of FUSER ASSY with PWBA LVPS. Connections of PWBA MCU with PWBA LVPS. 9 CONTROLLER Connections of PWBA ESS with PWBA MCU. Connections of CONSOLE ASSY PANEL with PWBA ESS. Connections of PWBA LVPS with PWBA ESS.
7-5
Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information 10 250 FEEDER Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with PWBA MCU. Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with CLUTCH ASSY PH TURN. Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with PATH SENSOR. Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with SOLENOID FEED. Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with CST NO PAPER SENSOR. Connections of PWBA FEEDER H with DRIVE ASSY OPTION. 11 DUPLEX Connections of PWBA DUP with PWBA MCU. Connections of PWBA DUP with MOTOR ASSY DUP-UP. Connections of PWBA DUP with MOTOR ASSY DUP-DN. Connections of PWBA DUP with CLUTCH DUP.
7-6
1 DC POWER SUPPLY
PWBA LVPS PL8.2.1 P/J44 POWER CONTROL 1
HARN ASSY INTERLOCK PL8.2.5
PWBA MCU PL8.2.13
I/L +24VDC
SWITCH PL5.1.9
2 1
P/J291 P/J29 R/H COVER OPEN SG HARN ASSY SIDE SW PL5.1.27
1 2
HARN ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP PL9.1.3 P/J501 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 +5VDC SG +3.3VDC SG HEAT 1 FSR ENB LV TYPE DEEP SLEEP SG 24V OFF FAN STOP FAN LOW FAN ALARM I/L OPEN 1 HARN ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP PL9.1.3 P/J502 1 2 I/L +24VDC SG P/J15 1 2 P/J14 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2
+5VDC +3.3VDC
INTERLOCK +24VDC
P/J503 1 FAN CONTROL 2 3 FAN +24VDC FAN ALARM SG
FAN PL8.1.1
P/J48 1 2 3
SWITCH ASSY INLET MG SFP PL8.2.9 LINE NUT
4 2
3 1
FG MOG07002KB
7-7
Signal line name LV TYPE 24V ON FAN LOW FAN STOP ALARM FAN Control signal of the LVPS
Description
Drive control signal of the SIDE FAN
- LVPS overcurrent protection circuit This circuit stops all outputs, if the power supply voltage 24VDC, 5VDC, or 3.3VDC is shorted. - LVPS overvoltage protection circuit This circuit stops all outputs, if the power supply voltage 24VDC, 5VDC, or 3.3VDC exceeds the specified voltage respectively. At this time, the operating point is 36VDC or less for 24VDC, 7VDC or less for 5VDC and 3.3VDC.
7-8
2 FEEDER, SSF & REGI

PWBA MCU PL8.2.13 P/J23 1 2
+3.3VDC
HARN ASSY L SIDE PL3.1.18 I/L +24VDC CST FEED CL ON (L) +24VDC P/J231 2 1 1 2 SOLENOID FEED MSI PL3.1.11
3 4 5
+3.3VDC
PULL UP +3.3VDC SG REGI SENSED (L) +3.3VDC
P/J232 3 2 1
REGI SENSOR PL3.2.13
6 7 8
+3.3VDC
PULL UP +3.3VDC SG PAPER EMPTY SENSED (H) +3.3VDC
P/J233 3 2 1
SSI NO PAPER SENSOR PL3.2.13
P/J234 9 10 11 PULL UP +3.3VDC SG PAPER EMPTY SENSED (L) +3.3VDC 3 2 1 CST NO PAPER SENSOR PL3.2.13
INTERLOCK +24VDC
HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL PL9.1.9 P/J26 4 5 I/L +24VDC REGI CL ON (L) +24VDC P/J262 2 1 1 2 CLUTCH ASSY DRV PL3.1.1
RIO07003KA
7-9
Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name CST FEED CL ON (L) +24VDC REGI SENSED (L) +3.3VDC Description ON/OFF signal of the SOLENOID FEED Paper detect signal of the Regi part by the Sensor Photo (REGI SENSOR)
PAPER EMPTY SENSED Paper detect signal of the SSI by the Sensor Photo (H) +3.3VDC (SSI NO PAPER SENSOR) PAPER EMPTY SENSED Paper detect signal of the Paper Cassette by the Sensor Photo (L) +3.3VDC (CST NO PAPER SENSOR) REGI CL ON (L) +24VDC ON/OFF signal of the CLUTCH ASSY DRV
7 - 10
3 DRIVE
PWBA MCU PL8.2.13
DRIVE ASSY PH PL7.1.4
INTERLOCK +24VDC P/J24 1 2 I/L +24VDC K MODE SOL ON (L) +24VDC
COLOR MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID
+3.3VDC
HARN ASSY KSNR REGCL PL9.1.9
P/J26 1 2 3 PULL UP +3.3VDC SG

K MODE SENSED (L) +3.3VDC
P/J261 3 2 1 COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR
INTERLOCK +24VDC P/J21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
HARN ASSY MAIN MOT MG SFP PL9.1.7 P/J211 SG I/L +24VDC SG I/L +24VDC SG MAIN MOT ON MAIN MOT ALARM MAIN MOT CLK MAIN MOT LOW 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 M DRIVE ASSY MAIN PL7.1.2
INTERLOCK +24VDC P/J22 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
HARN ASSY SUB MOT MG SFP PL9.1.8 P/J221 SG I/L +24VDC SG I/L +24VDC SG SUB MOTO ON SUB MOT ALARM SUB MOT CLK SUB MOT LOW 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 M DRIVE ASSY SUB PL7.1.1
MOG07004KB
7 - 11
Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name K MODE SOL ON (L) +24VDC K MODE SENSED (L) +3.3VDC MAIN MOT ON MAIN MOT ALARM MAIN MOT CLK MAIN MOT LOW SUB MOT ON SUB MOT ALARM SUB MOT CLK SUB MOT LOW Description ON/OFF signal of the COLOR MODE SWITCHING SOLENOID Color mode detect signal of the DRIVE ASSY PH by the Sensor Photo (COLOR MODE SWITCHING SENSOR) Drive control signal of the DRIVE ASSY MAIN
Drive control signal of the DRIVE ASSY SUB
7 - 12
4 ROS
PWBA MCU PL8.2.13
ROS ASSY PL4.1.1
INTERLOCK +24VDC
HARN ASSY ROS RE PL4.1.22 P/J40 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 ROS MOT ON SG I/L +24VDC ROS MOT CLK SOS LD ERR PCONT SG V REF K V REF C V REF M V REF Y ENB SG +3.3V LD P/J411 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 +5VDC SOS SG 3 2 1 PWBA SOS 1 2 3 4 5 CLK LOCK ROS MOT ON SG +24VDC 5 4 3 2 1 SCANNER MOT
from Xerography
HARN ASSY ROS VIDEO PL4.1.23 P/J41 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 SG DATA K SG DATA C SG DATA M SG DATA Y P/J412 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
MOG07006KA
7 - 13
Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name ROS MOT ON ROS MOT CLK SOS V REF K V REF C V REF M V REF Y LD ERR PCONT DATA K DATA C DATA M DATA Y Description Drive control signal of the ROS MOTOR Reference signal for scan start of LASER Emission control signal of the laser diode Error signal of the laser diode Power control signal of the laser diode Video signal of the laser diode
7 - 14
5 XEROGRAPHIC
PWBA MCU PL8.2.13

P/J42
+3.3VDC
HARN ASSY PHD XPRO PL9.1.11

P/J144
1 2 3 4
DATA CLOCK +3.3VDC SG
4 3 2 1
PWBA EEPROM PL8.2.16
PHD ASSY PL4.1.21

+3.3VDC
P/J422 5 6 7 8 9 10 +3.3VLD DATA CLOCK +3.3VDC SG +3.3VLD 6 5 4 3 2 1

EEPROM PHD
to ROS HARN ASSY HUM PL9.1.6

P/J20
+5VDC
P/J201
1 2 3 4
TEMP SNS SG HUM SNS +5VDC
4 3 2 1
SENSOR HUM PL8.2.7
+3.3VDC
HARN ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP PL9.1.3 P/J14 15 16 17 +3.3VDC ERASE Y/M/C ON (L) +3.3VDC ERASE K ON (L) +3.3VDC
P/J141 3 2 1
LED ASSY ERASE PL4.1.8
HARN ASSY L SIDE PL3.1.18

P/J28 P/J281
TRANSFER ASSY PL6.1.7

P/J2811 5 4 3 2
1
1 2 3 4
+5VDC ADC SENSOR LED REM ADC V MONI

SG
5 1 4 2 3 3 2 4 1 5
ADC SENSOR
MOG07007KB
7 - 15
Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name CLOCK DATA CLOCK DATA TEMP SNS HUM SNS ERASE K ON (L) +3.3VDC ERASE Y/M/C ON (L) +3.3VDC ADC SENSOR LED REM ADC V MONI Description Control signal of the PWBA EEPROM Control signal of the EEPROM PHD Temperature data in the printer by the SENSOR HUM (Analog value) Humidity data in the printer by the SENSOR HUM (Analog value) ON/OFF signal of the LED ASSY ERASE Toner patch density data measured by the ADC SENSOR (Analog value) Remote signal of the LED of ADC SENSOR Control signal of the ADC SENSOR
7 - 16
6 HIGH VOLTAGE
PWBA MCU PL8.2.13 HARN ASSY HVPS PL9.1.5 P/J16 10 +3.0V REF 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 TR MON NC HV DO HV LD HV CLK +3.0V REF SG MAIN CLK SG I/L +24V P/J161 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
PWBA HVPS PL4.1.19
CF
DB-K TR-K DB-C TR-C DB-M TR-M DB-Y TR-Y
PHD ASSY PL4.1.21
BCR BTR
Developer
C
BTR : Bias Transfer Roll BCR : Bias Charge Roll
MOG07008KA
7 - 17
Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name TR MON HV DO HV LD HV CLK MAIN CLK Description
Control signal of the HVPS
7 - 18
7 DEVELOPER
PWBA MCU PL8.2.13 INTERLOCK +24VDC P/J18 1 2 3 INTERLOCK +24VDC 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 INTERLOCK +24VDC Y DISPENSE MOT A Y DISPENSE MOT B I/L +24VDC Y DISPENSE MOT XA Y DISPENSE MOT XB M DISPENSE MOT A M DISPENSE MOT B I/L +24VDC M DISPENSE MOT XA M DISPENSE MOT XB P182 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 HARN ASSY TNR MOT PL5.1.25 P181 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 J182 DISPENSE MOTOR (M) PL5.1.3 J181 DISPENSE MOTOR (Y) PL5.1.3
P/J19 1 2 3 4 N.C. C DISPENSE MOT A C DISPENSE MOT B I/L +24VDC C DISPENSE MOT XA C DISPENSE MOT XB P192 7 8 9 10 11 K DISPENSE MOT A K DISPENSE MOT B I/L +24VDC K DISPENSE MOT XA K DISPENSE MOT XB 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 P191 5 4 3 2 1 1 2 3 4 5 J192 DISPENSE MOTOR (K) PL5.1.3 J191 DISPENSE MOTOR (C) PL5.1.3
INTERLOCK +24VDC
5 6
+3.3VDC
HARN ASSY TONER CRUM P/J31 PL5.1.26 DATA Y IN 1 CLK Y OUT 2 +3.3VDC 3 SG 4 DATA M IN CLK M OUT +3.3VDC SG
P/J311 4 3 2 1 P/J312 4 3 2 1 P/J313 4 3 2 1 P/J314 4 3 2 1 CONNECTOR CRUM (K) PL5.1.14 CONNECTOR CRUM (C) PL5.1.14 CONNECTOR CRUM (M) PL5.1.14 CONNECTOR CRUM (Y) PL5.1.14
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
DATA C IN CLK C OUT +3.3VDC SG DATA K IN CLK K OUT +3.3VDC SG
RIO07009KA
7 - 19
Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name Y DISPENSE MOT A Y DISPENSE MOT B Y DISPENSE MOT XA Y DISPENSE MOT XB M DISPENSE MOT A M DISPENSE MOT B M DISPENSE MOT XA M DISPENSE MOT XB C DISPENSE MOT A C DISPENSE MOT B C DISPENSE MOT XA C DISPENSE MOT XB K DISPENSE MOT A K DISPENSE MOT B K DISPENSE MOT XA K DISPENSE MOT XB DATA Y IN CLK Y OUT DATA M IN CLK M OUT DATA C IN CLK C OUT DATA K IN CLK K OUT Description Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR (Y)
Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR (M)
Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR (C)
Drive control signal of the DISPENSE MOTOR (K)
Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM (Y) Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM (M) Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM (C) Control signal of the CONNECTOR CRUM (K)
7 - 20
8 FUSER
PWBA MCU PL8.2.13 P/J17 8 7 6
FUSER ASSY PL6.1.1 HARN ASSY FUSER MG SFP PL6.1.2 VC VD SG P/J171 1 8 2 7 3 6 P/J175 1 3 2 2 3 1 P/J176 5 4 SG STS 4 5 5 4 1 2 2 1 P/J172 1 3 2 2 3 1 P/J173 1 2 3 EXIT SENSOR PWBA LVPS PL8.2.1 HARN ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP PL9.1.3 P/J14
10 9 xHEAT1 FUSER ON
NC SNS
STS
+3.3VDC
3 2 1
FUSER EXIT SENSED (L) +3.3VDC SG PULL UP +3.3VDC
6 3 7 2 8 1
P/J501
5 6
LAMP CONTROL
HARN ASSY FUSER MG SFP PL6.1.2 P/J171 3 P/J47 N HEAT1 2 3 1 LINE 1
3 2 1
P1711 P1712 P1713
Heater
Thermostat
P/J504 1 2 J5041
Used in production 1 process only. 2
SG 24V
HARN ASSY LVPS MAIN MG SFP PL9.1.3
200V Spec. P/J171 3 P/J47 3 1 LINE N HEAT1 2 1
MOG07010KB
7 - 21
Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name VC VD STS FUSER EXIT SENSED (L) +3.3VDC FUSER ON RELAY TEST LOW RELAY TEST HIGH Description Temperature data measured by Temp. Sensor for controlling temperature (analog value) Heat Roll surface temperature data measured by Temp. Sensor for detecting high temperature (analog value) Paper detect signal of the Fuser Exit by the Sensor Photo (EXIT SENSOR) Lighting signal of Fuser Lamp Test signal of the LVPS (Used in production process only)
7 - 22
9 CONTROLLER
PWBA ESS PL8.1.7

+3.3VDC
HARNESS ASSY ESS MG SFP PL9.1.1 P/J101 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 HARN ASSY ESS VIDEO PL9.1.2 SG DATA K SG DATA C SG DATA M SG DATA Y P/J10 TEST PRINT SG +3.3VDC DEEP SLEEP SG STS CMD CREADY SREADY SG VSYNC K VSYNC C VSYNC M VSYNC Y SG HSYNC SG NC 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
PWBA MCU PL8.2.13

+3.3VDC
P/J111 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
P/J11 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
+5VDC +3.3VDC
HARN ASSY ESS POWER PL9.1.10 P/J401 1 2 3 4 +5VDC SG +3.3VDC SG P/J40 1 2 3 4
PWBA LVPS PL8.2.1

+5VDC +3.3VDC
HARNESS ASSY B PL9.1.12 P/J29 14

+5VDC
HARNESS ASSY PNL A PL1.2.12 P/J5301 1 14 2 13 3 12 4 11 5 10 6 7 8 9 9 8 7 6 SG UI-RESET LED +3.3VDC WKUPL SG RXD TXD SG SPEAKER SG +5VDC SG SG P/J202 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
CONSOLE ASSY PANEL PL1.2.3

+5VDC
13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
10 5 11 4 12 3 13 2 14 1
MOG07011KB
7 - 23
Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name TEST PRINT STS CMD CREADY SREADY VSYNC K VSYNC C VSYNC M VSYNC Y HSYNC DATA K DATA C DATA M DATA Y UI-RESET LED WKUPL RXD TXD SPEAKER Description Control signal for the TEST PRINT mode Status signal transmitted fro the PWBA MCU to the PWBA ESS Command signal transmitted from the PWBA ESS to the PWBA MCU Signal for indicating weather or not the printer is ready for receiving command signal Signal for indicating registration position of each of images Y, M, C and K Signal for data Video data of four colors
Control signal of the CONSOLE ASSY
7 - 24
10 250 FEEDER
PWBA FEED H PL12.2.1 HARN ASSY TRAY PL12.3.23

INTERLOCK +24VDC
PWBA MCU PL8.2.13 HARN ASSY OPTION PL3.1.20 P/J27 SG SG SG I/L +24VDC I/L +24VDC SG +3.3VDC TRY SNS Rxd Txd A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 A8 A9 A10 A11
+3.3VDC INTERLOCK +24VDC
P/J419 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
P/J273 10 1 9 2 8 3 7 4 6 5 5 6 4 7 3 8 2 9 1 10
+3.3VDC
INTERLOCK +24VDC
HARN ASSY TRAY COMP PL12.2.20 P/J420 1 3 I/L +24VDC TURN CL ON (L) +24VDC P/J4201 2 1 1 2 CLUTCH ASSY DRV PL12.2.6
+3.3VDC
4 5 6
SG PAPER FEED SENSED (L) +3.3VDC 3.3V
P/J4200 3 1 2 2 1 3
3 2 1
PAPER PATH SENSOR PL12.4.13
INTERLOCK +24VDC
P/J421 1 2
HARN ASSY TRAY COMP PL12.2.20 I/L +24VDC FEED CL ON (L) +24VDC
P/J4221 2 1 1 2 SOLENOID FEED MSI PL12.2.15
+3.3VDC
3 4 5
PULL UP +3.3VDC SG PAPER EMPTY SENSED (L) +3.3VDC
P/J4212 3 1 2 2 1 3
CST2 NO PAPER SENSOR PL12.4.13 3 2 1
HARN ASSY TRAY MOT PL12.2.2 P/J422 1 2 3

INTERLOCK +24VDC
FEED MOT ON/OFF FEED MOT ALARM FEED MOT CLK FEED MOT CHANGE SG I/L +24VDC
MOTOR ASSY SUB PL12.2.16 P/J4221 *CN2 6 5 4 3 *CN1 2 1 M
* The CN1 and CN2 are printed on the board.
4 5 6
MOG07012KB
7 - 25
Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name TRY SNS Rxd Txd TURN CL ON (L) +24VDC FEED CL ON (L) +24VDC PAPER EMPTY SENSED (L) +3.3VDC FEED MOT ON/OFF FEED MOT ALARM FEED MOT CLK FEED MOT CHANGE Description Control signal of the PWBA FEEDER ON/OFF signal of the TURN CLUTCH ON/OFF signal of the FEED CLUTCH Paper detect signal of the Feeder by the Sensor Photo (NO PAPER SENSOR) Drive control signal of the FEED MOTOR
7 - 26
11 DUPLEX
PWBA DUP PL11.1.16

+3.3VDC
HARNESS ASSY DUP PL11.1.14 P/J601 10 9 8 P/J272 1 10 2 9 3 8 4 7 5 6 6 5 7 4 8 3 9 2 10 1
HARN ASSY DUP RELAY PL1.2.13 Txd Rxd DUP-HOT +3.3VDC SG I/L +24VDC I/L +24VDC SG SG SG P/J27 B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 B8 B9 B10 B11
PWBA MCU PL8.2.13
+3.3VDC
INTERLOCK +24VDC
7 6 5 4 3 2 1
INTERLOCK +24VDC
P/J602 4 3 2 1 DUP UP_A DUP UP_XA DUP UP_B DUP UP_XB
DRIVE ASSY EXIT PL11.2.2
P/J603 5 4 3 2 1 DUP DOWN_A DUP DOWN_XA DUP DOWN_B DUP DOWN_XB NC
DRIVE ASSY DUP PL11.2.5
INTERLOCK +24VDC
P/J604 1 2
I/L +24VDC DUP CL ON (L) +24VDC
CLUTCH DUP PL11.2.2 MOG07013KA
7 - 27
Chapter 7 Wiring Diagrams and Signal Information Signal line name DUP-HOT Txd Rxd DUP UP_A DUP UP_XA DUP UP_B DUP UP_XB DUP DOWN_A DUP DOWN_XA DUP DOWN_B DUP DOWN_XB DUP CL ON (L) +24VDC FAN +24VDC FAN ALARM Description Control signal of the PWBA DUP
Drive control signal of the DUP MOTOR UP
Drive control signal of the DUP MOTOR DOWN ON/OFF signal of the DUP CLUTCH Drive control signal of the DUP FAN
7 - 28
Chapter 8 Printer Specifications
Chapter 8 Printer Specifications CONTENTS 1. Configuration of Printer...............................................................................................8 - 1

1.1 Basic Configuration.......................................................................................................................... 8 - 1 1.2 Functional Configuration .................................................................................................................. 8 - 1
2. Electrical Properties....................................................................................................8 - 2
2.1 Power Source .................................................................................................................................. 8 - 2 2.2 Power Consumption......................................................................................................................... 8 - 2 2.3 Rush Current.................................................................................................................................... 8 - 2
3. Mechanical Properties ................................................................................................8 - 3

3.1 Dimensions/Mass of Printer ............................................................................................................. 8 - 3 3.2 Dimensions/Mass of 250 Feeder (Option) ....................................................................................... 8 - 3 3.3 Dimensions/Mass of Consumables and CRUs ................................................................................ 8 - 4 3.3.1 PHD Unit .................................................................................................................................. 8 - 4 3.3.2 Black toner cartridge ................................................................................................................ 8 - 4 3.3.3 Cyan toner cartridge ................................................................................................................ 8 - 4 3.3.4 Magenta toner cartridge........................................................................................................... 8 - 4 3.3.5 Yellow toner cartridge .............................................................................................................. 8 - 5 3.4 Installation Space (min. installation space) ...................................................................................... 8 - 6
4. Functions ....................................................................................................................8 - 8
4.1 Recording System............................................................................................................................ 8 - 8 4.2 Exposure System............................................................................................................................. 8 - 8 4.3 Development System....................................................................................................................... 8 - 8 4.4 Fixing System .................................................................................................................................. 8 - 8 4.5 Resolution ........................................................................................................................................ 8 - 8 4.6 Operation Mode ............................................................................................................................... 8 - 9 4.7 Warm-up Time ................................................................................................................................. 8 - 9 4.8 FPOT (First Print Output Time)...................................................................................................... 8 - 10 4.9 Continuous Printing Speed ............................................................................................................ 8 - 11 4.10 Input Properties............................................................................................................................ 8 - 12 4.10.1 Paper pick-up system .......................................................................................................... 8 - 12 4.10.2 Paper pick-up capacity......................................................................................................... 8 - 12 4.11 Output Properties......................................................................................................................... 8 - 12 4.11.1 Paper delivery system.......................................................................................................... 8 - 12 4.11.2 Paper delivery capacity........................................................................................................ 8 - 12 4.11.3 Delivery paper size/mass..................................................................................................... 8 - 12 4.11.4 Full stack detection .............................................................................................................. 8 - 12 4.12 Paper ........................................................................................................................................... 8 - 13 4.12.1 Paper type ........................................................................................................................... 8 - 13 4.12.2 Paper mass.......................................................................................................................... 8 - 13 4.12.3 Paper size ............................................................................................................................ 8 - 13
5. Consumables............................................................................................................8 - 14
5.1 Items of Consumables ................................................................................................................... 8 - 14 5.2 Consumable Life ............................................................................................................................ 8 - 14 5.3 Periodic Replacing Parts (Reference)............................................................................................ 8 - 14
6. Operating Environment.............................................................................................8 - 16
Chapter 8 Printer Specifications CONTENTS

6.1 Installation Temperature / Humidity ............................................................................................... 8 - 16 6.2 Installation Altitude......................................................................................................................... 8 - 16 6.3 Installation Horizontality ................................................................................................................. 8 - 16 6.4 Ambient Lighting ............................................................................................................................ 8 - 16 6.5 Storage Temperature of a Toner Cartridge.................................................................................... 8 - 16
7. Safety / Environment Conditions ..............................................................................8 - 17

7.1 Safety Standard ............................................................................................................................. 8 - 17 7.2 Laser Safety Standard ................................................................................................................... 8 - 17 7.3 EMI................................................................................................................................................. 8 - 17 7.4 Noise.............................................................................................................................................. 8 - 17
8. Print image Quality ...................................................................................................8 - 18

8.1 Image Quality Guarantee Conditions............................................................................................. 8 - 18 8.1.1 Environmental conditions....................................................................................................... 8 - 18 8.1.2 Guaranteed paper.................................................................................................................. 8 - 18 8.1.3 Paper condition ...................................................................................................................... 8 - 18 8.1.4 Printer condition ..................................................................................................................... 8 - 18 8.1.5 Image quality guaranteed area ............................................................................................. 8 - 18 8.1.6 Criterion ................................................................................................................................. 8 - 18
9. Option .......................................................................................................................8 - 19
9.1 Option to be Installed by Users...................................................................................................... 8 - 19
10. ESS Specification ...................................................................................................8 - 20

10.1 External Interface......................................................................................................................... 8 - 20 10.1.1 USB ..................................................................................................................................... 8 - 20 10.1.2 Ethernet ............................................................................................................................... 8 - 20 10.1.3 Wireless ............................................................................................................................... 8 - 20 10.2 Network Protocol.......................................................................................................................... 8 - 21 10.2.1 Printing Protocol................................................................................................................... 8 - 21 10.2.2 Other Protocols .................................................................................................................... 8 - 21 10.2.3 MIB ...................................................................................................................................... 8 - 21 10.3 Decomposer................................................................................................................................. 8 - 22 10.3.1 PDL ...................................................................................................................................... 8 - 22 10.3.2 Font...................................................................................................................................... 8 - 22 10.3.3 Image Area .......................................................................................................................... 8 - 22 10.4 Job Control................................................................................................................................... 8 - 23 10.4.1 Cancel Print ......................................................................................................................... 8 - 23 10.4.2 Job Recovery ....................................................................................................................... 8 - 23 10.4.3 Job Time Out ....................................................................................................................... 8 - 23 10.4.4 Dell Color Track ................................................................................................................... 8 - 23 10.4.5 Secure Print (/Store Print).................................................................................................... 8 - 23 10.4.6 Proof Print ............................................................................................................................ 8 - 23 10.4.7 IP Filter................................................................................................................................. 8 - 23 10.4.8 Virtual Mail Box .................................................................................................................... 8 - 23 10.5 Logging ........................................................................................................................................ 8 - 24 10.5.1 Job Logging ......................................................................................................................... 8 - 24 10.5.2 Error Logging ....................................................................................................................... 8 - 24

10.5.3 Billing Count......................................................................................................................... 8 - 24 10.6 ID Print ......................................................................................................................................... 8 - 25 10.7 Non DELL Toner Mode ................................................................................................................ 8 - 25 10.8 Report Function ........................................................................................................................... 8 - 26 10.8.1 Printer Setting List................................................................................................................ 8 - 26 10.8.2 Panel Setting List ................................................................................................................. 8 - 26 10.8.3 PCL Fonts List ..................................................................................................................... 8 - 26 10.8.4 PCL Macros List................................................................................................................... 8 - 26 10.8.5 Job History Report ............................................................................................................... 8 - 26 10.8.6 Error History Report ............................................................................................................. 8 - 26 10.8.7 Printer Meter ........................................................................................................................ 8 - 26 10.8.8 Color Test Page ................................................................................................................... 8 - 26 10.8.9 Stored Document List .......................................................................................................... 8 - 26 10.8.10 PIN Code Print (*At the time of Wireless Option connection) ............................................ 8 - 27 10.8.11 ColorTrack Error Report..................................................................................................... 8 - 27 10.9 Utility Print.................................................................................................................................... 8 - 28 10.9.1 Printer Settings List.............................................................................................................. 8 - 28 10.9.2 Panel Settings List Print....................................................................................................... 8 - 28 10.9.3 Font List Print....................................................................................................................... 8 - 28 10.9.4 Macros List Print .................................................................................................................. 8 - 28 10.9.5 Job History Report ............................................................................................................... 8 - 29 10.9.6 Error History Report ............................................................................................................. 8 - 29 10.9.7 Demo Page Print.................................................................................................................. 8 - 29
1. Configuration of Printer
1.1 Basic Configuration
The printer has the following basic configurations depending on the destination. print engine main unit (SSF and 250 feeder unit as the standard paper feeding) consumables (CRU)
E5& )
1.2 Functional Configuration

Functional configuration of this printer is shown below.
Wsb08002KA
81
2. Electrical Properties
2.1 Power Source
Two types of power source as follows are available for this printer, which are selected according to the specifications. - 110V printer: ...................... voltage: 100-127VAC 10% (90 ~ 140V), frequency: 50/60Hz 3Hz current capacity: 9A or less - 220 printer: ........................ voltage: 220-240VAC 10% (198 ~ 264V), frequency: 50/60Hz 3Hz current capacity: 5A or less
2.2 Power Consumption

Power consumption in each operation mode at rated voltage input Operation mode Running mode (Ave.) Running mode (MAX.) Standby mode Sleep mode Deep sleep mode Average (Wh/h) 520 or less 1100 or less 43 or less 15 or less 8 or less
2.3 Rush Current

When the power switch is turned on, the inrush current shall be maximum 120A, 10ms (half cycle) or less.
82
3. Mechanical Properties
3.1 Dimensions/Mass of Printer
Model 2150cn 2150cdn Width(mm) 400 Depth(mm) 460.9*1 Height(mm) 436.4 Mass(kg) 19.8*2 18.6*2
*1: Depth of M/C is with paper tray. *2: Mass of M/C is with CRU.
Rio08003KA
3.2 Dimensions/Mass of 250 Feeder (Option)

Width(mm) 400 Depth(mm) 450.9 Height(mm) 106 Mass(kg) 4.4
Rio08013KA
83
3.3 Dimensions/Mass of Consumables and CRUs

3.3.1 PHD Unit Width: 332mm Depth: 138mm Height: 196mm Mass: 3.37kg Reference: The PHD Unit has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information.
Wsb08006KA
3.3.2 Black toner cartridge Width: 185.8mm Depth: 63mm Height: 40.5mm Mass: 0.1K kg Reference:The Black toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information. 3.3.3 Cyan toner cartridge Width: 185.8mm Depth: 63mm Height: 40.5mm Mass: 0.1 kg Reference:The Cyan toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information. 3.3.4 Magenta toner cartridge Width: 185.8mm Depth: 63mm Height: 40.5mm Mass: 0.1 kg Reference:The Magenta toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information.
Wsb08005KA
Wsb08005KA
Wsb08005KA
84
Chapter 8 Printer Specifications 3.3.5 Yellow toner cartridge Width: 185.8mm Depth: 63mm Height: 40.5mm Mass: 0.1 kg Reference:The Yellow toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information.
Wsb08005KA
85
3.4 Installation Space (min. installation space)

Minimum space as shown below is required to install the printer when it is used for normal objects. (Space occupied by the operator is not included.) Top view
100mm
100mm
250mm
600mm
Rio08007KA
86
Chapter 8 Printer Specifications Front view
#
E5&& )
Side view
$ .H J + LAH
E5&' )
87
4. Functions
4.1 Recording System
Tandem electro-photographic system employing OPC drum and direct transfer by the transport belt
4.2 Exposure System

Four laser beams semiconductor scanning system
4.3 Development System

Development with 2-component developer
4.4 Fixing System

Thermal fixing system
4.5 Resolution
600 dpi x 600 dpi
88
4.6 Operation Mode

The printer can be operated in either of 5 operation modes. The modes are switched over by command from the printer controller or change of printer operation, etc. Proceeding from power ON, low power mode or sleep mode to standby mode will take place after going through a warm up stage. - Initializing mode State in initializing. Fixing system: Stop status Exposure system: Operating status (during calibration) Recording system: Operating status (during calibration) - Running mode State in running or recording operation. Fixing system: Held at operating temperature. Exposure system: Operating status Recording system: Operating status - Ready mode Ready state Fixing system: Held at ready temperature. Exposure system: Stop status Recording system: Stop status - Sleep mode Complete resting state. Compatible to E-Star and BAM requirement. Fixing system: Stop status Exposure system: Stop status Recording system: Stop status - Deep sleep mode Resting state from the sleep state. Fixing system: Stop status Exposure system: Stop status Recording system: Stop status
4.7 Warm-up Time

When nominal voltage (110V, 220V) is applied, the printer will proceed to standby mode from POWERON within 16.5 seconds. Reference: Measured at 22C, 55% RH, nominal voltage, plain paper mode.
89
4.8 FPOT (First Print Output Time)

FPOT time of the printer is shown in the table below. The time required for the first sheet of paper to be delivered after the PRINT indication is given is calculated on the following conditions (rounded to one decimal place). IOT performance that the controller does not have IOT wait. The printer is in the standby mode. (ROS MOTOR OFF, FUSER READY) Paper is A4 SEF Except when process control is operating*1 *1:Process controller operation is process controls such as TC control, electric potential control, cleaning cycle, registration control, and so on. Sometimes, the engine stops feeding papers for a certain period of time while continuous printing for these operations. FPOT (Sec.) Ready mode 15.5 sec. or less 15.5 sec. or less 15.5 sec. or less 15.5 sec. or less 15.5 sec. or less 15.5 sec. or less Deep sleep mode 31 sec. or less 31 sec. or less 31 sec. or less 31 sec. or less 31 sec. or less 31 sec. or less Just after power on 31.5 sec. or less 31.5 sec. or less 31.5 sec. or less 31.5 sec. or less 31.5 sec. or less 31.5 sec. or less
Color Mode
Paper Tray Standard tray
B/W
SSF Optional tray Standard tray
Color
SSF Optional tray
8 10
4.9 Continuous Printing Speed

The continuous printing speed is shown in the below. OS Paper Type/Size Input Tray Standard Tray Win Plain/A4 Option Tray Mac Plain/A4 Standard Tray Color Mode Color B/W Color B/W Color B/W Print Speed Simplex 43 sec or less 40 sec or less 43 sec or less 43 sec or less 110 sec or less 90 sec or less Duplex 56 sec or less 56 sec or less 56 sec or less 56 sec or less 130 sec or less 105 sec or less
Measurement is conducted five times. Print speed is calculated as average of the three values after the maximum and minimum values are excluded.
8 11
4.10 Input Properties

4.10.1 Paper pick-up system - Paper pick-up with paper tray Feeding method of this printer is ARRF method. 4.10.2 Paper pick-up capacity - Paper pick-up with paper tray 250 sheet Paper Tray - SSI paper pick-up 1 sheet : 250 sheets or below 27.6mm of standard paper
4.11 Output Properties

4.11.1 Paper delivery system Paper can be delivered by the following method. - FACE DOWN delivery 4.11.2 Paper delivery capacity - FACE DOWN delivery 150 sheets (Letter/A4 standard paper)* 4.11.3 Delivery paper size/mass - FACE DOWN delivery All paper sizes applicable to this printer 4.11.4 Full stack detection non
8 12
4.12 Paper
4.12.1 Paper type Paper which can be used with this printer is classified into standard paper, general paper and special paper. - Standard paper Using this type of paper is recommended. Reliability, operability and print image quality are the application range of the specifications. Following paper is the standard paper. B/W For overseas market - General paper General paper is plain paper except standard paper and special paper, and its reliability and running performance are within the specification, but the print image quality is out of the specification. - Special paper Special paper except for plain paper. Reliability and operability are the applicable range of specifications but the print image quality is out of the applicable range of specifications. 4.12.2 Paper mass - Paper feed from paper tray "60 to 216 gsm" (16 lb to 80 lb) 4.12.3 Paper size Paper size which can be set to each paper pick-up unit is shown in the table below. Cassette Paper size A5, B5 , A4, Letter, Executive, Legal, Folio, Monarch, DL, C5, Com-10 Minimum size Width 76.2mm Length 127mm Maximum size Width 215.9mm Length 355.6mm 4200MP F/C X-pressions
250 Sheet Paper Tray / SSF
8 13
5. Consumables
Consumables are usually replaced by costumers. In the event of recovery of failure attributable to consumables or isolation of failure, you may replace them.
5.1 Items of Consumables

- Black toner cartridge Cartridge to supply black toner to the development unit. Black toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information. - Yellow toner cartridge Cartridge to supply yellow toner to the development unit. Yellow toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information. - Magenta toner cartridge Cartridge to supply magenta toner to the development unit. Magenta toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information. - Cyan toner cartridge Cartridge to supply cyan toner to the development unit. Cyan toner cartridge has CRUM (CRU memory) to record information.
5.2 Consumable Life

- Black toner cartridge: - Yellow toner cartridge: - Magenta toner cartridge: - Cyan toner cartridge: 1.2k / 3kPV 1.2k / 2.5kPV 1.2k / 2.5kPV 1.2k / 2.5kPV
5.3 Periodic Replacing Parts (Reference)

- PHD - FUSER - Separator Roller 24kPV 50kPV or 5 years 50kPV or 5 years
8 14
.KIAH
20,
5AF=H=J H 4 AH .AA@ 4 AH
* =? J AH ?=HJHE@CA +O= J AH ?=HJHE@CA =CA J= J AH ?=HJHE@CA ;A M J AH ?=HJHE@CA E5& )
5AF=H=J H 4 AH
.AA@ 4 AH E5& )
8 15
6. Operating Environment
6.1 Installation Temperature / Humidity
Installation temperature and humidity on the condition without condensation is as follows. At operating: 5-32 C, 15-85%RH (No condensation)
6.2 Installation Altitude

0 to 3,100m
6.3 Installation Horizontality

Longitudinal levelness of table surface on which the printer is installed:1 degree or under Lateral levelness of table surface on which the printer is installed :1 degree or under
6.4 Ambient Lighting

3,000 Lux or less (without no direct sun beams)
6.5 Storage Temperature of a Toner Cartridge

The guaranteed period of the print cartridge before unpacked is as follows: Normal conditions: 24 months under 0 to 35C, 15 to 80% RH. Harsh conditions: Up to one month under -20 to 0C and 35 to 40C, 5 to 15% RH and 80 to 95% RH. The storage altitude shall be 0 to 3,100m. Can be extended to 0 to 15,000m when shipped by air. (Provided that the cargo bay is pressurized to 70.9275Kpa or higher.)
8 16
7. Safety / Environment Conditions

7.1 Safety Standard
- 110V system UL60950-1, CSA 22.2 60950 - 220V system IEC60950-1 / EN60950-1,
7.2 Laser Safety Standard

- 110V system FDA21CFR Chapter 1, Subchapter J, Section 1010, 1040 - 220V system IEC60825-1 Amendment 1 + Amendment 2 , EN60825-1 Amendment 1 + Amendment 2 Class 1 Laser Product
7.3 EMI
- 110V system (US) FCC Part 15, Subpart B, Class B - 220V system (EC) EN55022 (CISPR Publication 22), Class B
7.4 Noise
Noise of printing is as follows. Sound Power Level (B) LWA Color B&W Color B&W 6.49 6.41 4.0 4.0 LWAD 6.79 6.71 4.3 4.3
Mode Running Standby
8 17
8. Print image Quality

8.1 Image Quality Guarantee Conditions
The image quality is specified and guaranteed under the following conditions. 8.1.1 Environmental conditions Environment condition for evaluating image quality Temperature: 15-28 C Humidity: 20-70%RH 8.1.2 Guaranteed paper The print image quality specified here is guaranteed with standard paper fed from the paper tray. Evaluation is performed with the maximum size of each standard paper. - Fuji Xerox C2 paper (Color print) - Fuji Xerox P paper (B&W print) 8.1.3 Paper condition The paper used is fresh paper immediately after unpacked, which has been left in the operating environment for 12 hours before unpacking. 8.1.4 Printer condition The print image quality specified in this section is guaranteed with the printer in normal condition. 8.1.5 Image quality guaranteed area The print image quality specified in this section is guaranteed in the guaranteed image quality area specified in this manual. (Refer to Chapter 1) 8.1.6 Criterion The print image quality is guaranteed with the Spec. In rate = 90% ( = 90%).
8 18
9. Option
9.1 Option to be Installed by Users
Users can install the following unit. - 250 Sheet Feeder - Expansion memory (512MB) - Wireless Printer Adapter
8 19
10. ESS Specification

10.1 External Interface
10.1.1 USB Item Connector Protocol 10.1.2 Ethernet Item Connection Protocol 10.1.3 Wireless Item Connection Protocol Specification IEEE802.11b / 802.11g / 802.11n See 10.2 Network Protocol for details One RJ-45 connector 10Base-T / 100Base-TX / 1000BASE-TX Specification Type-B x 1 USB2.0, High Speed Specification
8 20
10.2 Network Protocol

10.2.1 Printing Protocol Maximum Session 1
Protocol Port9100
Transport TCP/IP
Supported Client Windows XP / Vista / 7 / Server2003 / Server2008 / Server2008 R2 Windows XP / Vista / 7 / Server2003 / Server2008 / Server2008 R2 Mac OS X Linux Windows XP / Server2003 Mac OS X 10.3 Windows XP / Vista / 7 / Server2003 / Server2008 Windows Vista / 7 / Server2008 / Server2008 R2
LPD
TCP/IP
IPP SMB WSD 10.2.2 Other Protocols Protocol HTTP / HTTPS SMTP SNMP DHCP BOOTP RARP AutoIP WINS Telnet Bonjour(mDNS) DDNS 10.2.3 MIB
TCP/IP TCP/IP TCP/IP
5 5 2
Transport TCP/IP TCP/IP UDP/IP UDP/IP UDP/IP TCP/IP TCP/IP TCP/IP TCP/IP UDP/IP TCP/IP EWS E-Mail Alert Driver, Installer IP setup IP setup IP management
Support
Installer (device discovery) IP setup IP management IP setup for Mac IP management
The printer supports following MIB. - RFC1213 MIB-II - RFC1514 HostResources - RFC1759 Printer MIB - Printer port monitor MIB - Dell Private MIB
8 21
10.3 Decomposer
10.3.1 PDL PDL PCL 5c PCL 6 HBPL Interface port USB, TCP/IP USB, TCP/IP USB, TCP/IP Windows XP / Vista / 7 / Server2003 / Server2008 / Server2008 R2 Mac OS X (10.3/10.4/10.5/10.6), Linux, Windows Vista / 7 / Server2008 / Server2008 R2 Operating system
10.3.2 Font - PCL Font 81 Fonts - PDF Font Type ITC Zapf Dingbats Arial Arial Bold Arial Italic Arial Bold Italic Courier TrueType Courier Bold Courier Italic Courier Bold Italic Times New Roman Times New Roman Bold Times New Roman Italic Times New Roman Bold Italic Symbol Multiple master GoldSEMM GoldSAMM Font Name
10.3.3 Image Area Usable Area Size Unprintable Area Printable Area Maximum : 215.9mm (8.5 in.) x 355.6mm (14 in.) 4.1 mm each from four edges (left, right, top and bottom) of paper Maximum : 207.9mm (8.18 in.) x 347.6mm (13.68 in.)
Print Image Quality Guaranteed Same as Printable Area Area
8 22
10.4 Job Control

10.4.1 Cancel Print A print job in process can be cancelled at the operation panel. 10.4.2 Job Recovery When a job fails due to recoverable error like a paper jam, the printer automatically restarts the job after the jammed paper is removed. 10.4.3 Job Time Out When job transmission is interrupted for a certain period of time (Time can be changed at the operation panel and unlimited time can be selected), the print data is deleted as an error. 10.4.4 Dell Color Track Dell Color Track is a function to specify the availability of color print and to limit print volume per user. Only administrators are allowed to make limitation settings from the EWS. User name and password is embedded in the print job in order to identify who the job is sent from. User name and password are entered by user from the printer driver. The printer can support maximum 50 accounts. 10.4.5 Secure Print (/Store Print) When memory is expanded (512MB or more), the printer holds print data, including a user password (12 digits) specified in the printer driver, user name and document name, in memory. The data is not printed until the same password, user name and document name are specified at the printer UI. The user can select whether the data is cleared or not after being printed. The data remains in the printer as long as it is not cleared. The data on the memory is cleared when the printer is turned off. The user can omit entering a password (This is called Store Print). 10.4.6 Proof Print When memory is expanded (512MB or more), proof print can be selected only when multiple sets of prints are specified in the printer driver. The printer prints only the first set of the print data. Then the user can select whether the remaining sets are printed or not (the remaining data is cleared) when the same user name and document name are entered at the printer UI. The data remains in the printer as long as it is not cleared. The data on the memory is cleared when the printer is turned off. 10.4.7 IP Filter The user can select to accept or reject jobs for the specified IP address. Up to 5 IP addresses can be specified. IP filter is available only to LPD and Port9100 printing protocol. 10.4.8 Virtual Mail Box There are two type of Virtual Mail Box. [Public Virtual Mail Box] When print job is selected Public (password not needed) in the Stored Print menu on the driver, everyone can print job from operator panel if know user name or file name. And this print job remains till deleted intentionally. [Private Virtual Mail Box] When print job is selected Private (password needed) in the Stored Print menu on the driver, everyone cannot print job from operator panel if unknown password. And this print job remains till deleted intentionally.
8 23
10.5 Logging
10.5.1 Job Logging The printer can retain up to 20 job logs. Job log can be printed instantly according to the user's request or automatically printed when the number of the retained job logs has reached 20. Job log includes the following information: Job sent date and time Input interface (USB, Lpd, Port9100) Document name (File name) Output color User name/Host name Number of printed pages (Color, B/W) Number of printed impressions (Color, B/W) Paper size Result (Successful, Error, etc.) 10.5.2 Error Logging The printer can retain up to 42 jam errors and up to 42 fatal errors. The user can print error log by the panel operation. Jam error log includes the following information: PV counter when jam has occurred Name of Jam Fatal error log includes the following information: PV counter when error has occurred Error code 10.5.3 Billing Count The same data is stored in two or more addresses in one IC. Data check (checksum etc.) is conducted.
When ESS is replaced, IC can be transferred. (IC is mounted on socket)
Counter Color Print Counter B/W Print Counter Total Print Counter
Description Count the number of paper printed in color Count the number of paper printed in B/W Count the total number of paper printed in color and B/W
8 24
10.6 ID Print
User name can be printed. The printing position can be selected from upper right, upper left, lower right and lower left (Only for PCL6). The user selects using the operation panel whether user name is printed or not and where it is printed.
10.7 Non DELL Toner Mode

When life of toner cartridge has ended, the printer stops accepting print request (life of toner cartridge is counted by the counter in CRUM). Taking into consideration that some users use refilled toner cartridges, the printer can accept print request by the users panel operation even if life of toner cartridge has ended. When the mode has changed so that the printer does not stop even after life of toner cartridge ends, the printer displays a message on the operation panel to inform the user of the mode change. When the printer operates in this mode, print image quality is not guaranteed. Also, remaining toner level is not displayed (as CRUM data can not be guaranteed).
8 25
10.8 Report Function

10.8.1 Printer Setting List This list shows SFP controller, hardware configuration, and host interface. Manual print: List is printed by instructing from the operator panel, EWS, or ToolBox. Auto print: Not supported. 10.8.2 Panel Setting List This list shows function details set from the SFP control panel. Manual print: List is printed by instructing from the operator panel, EWS, or ToolBox. Auto print: Not supported. 10.8.3 PCL Fonts List This list shows PCL Fonts. Manual print: List is printed by instructing from the operator panel, EWS, or ToolBox. Auto print: Not supported. 10.8.4 PCL Macros List This list shows PCL Macros. Manual print: List is printed by instructing from the operator panel, EWS, or ToolBox. Auto print: Not supported. 10.8.5 Job History Report This report shows Job History. Manual print: Report is printed by instructing from the operator panel, EWS, or ToolBox. Auto print: Not supported. 10.8.6 Error History Report This report shows Error History. Manual print: Report is printed by instructing from the operator panel, EWS, or ToolBox. Auto print: Not supported. 10.8.7 Printer Meter This report shows Print Volume. Manual print: Report is printed by instructing from the operator panel, EWS, or ToolBox. Auto print: Not supported. 10.8.8 Color Test Page This Page shows Demo Print Page. Manual print: Demo Page is printed by instructing from the operator panel, EWS, or ToolBox. Auto print: Not supported. 10.8.9 Stored Document List This report shows information such as accepted time, sender/receiver, contents of document, document size, and the number of pages, for each of incomplete jobs and stored jobs per document No. in a table format.
8 26
Chapter 8 Printer Specifications 10.8.10 PIN Code Print (*At the time of Wireless Option connection) This report shows the PIN code set up by Wireless setup. Manual print: PIN Code Print is printed by instructing from the operator panel. Auto print: Not supported. 10.8.11 ColorTrack Error Report This report is printed out automatically when ColorTrack Error happend. This report is the same as Job History. User can select from the following two options on the menu in advance. Print only at Color Track Error. Not print (Not print out ColorTrack Error Report)
8 27
10.9 Utility Print

10.9.1 Printer Settings List Printer Settings List can be printed according to the user's request. Printer Settings List is printed in B/W on A4 size paper (Letter size paper for US) in the automatically selected paper tray. Printer Settings List includes the following information: [Title] Printer name, Company Logo [General] Printer name, Service tag, Asset Number, Total Impressions, Color Impressions, Black Impressions, Serial Number, Memory capacity, Printer Language , Number of Fonts Available, Firmware version, Boot version, Engine Version, Default Paper, Default Plain, Default Label, Default Language [Wired Network] Firmware version, MAC address, Ethernet Setting TCP/IP, LPD, Port9100, SNMP, E-Mail Alert, EWS, IP Filter, IPv4, IPv6, IPsec, WSD, HTTP-SSL/TLS [Wireless] Wireless Setting* (SSID,Network Type,Quality,Link Channel) * Listed when wireless LAN option is installed [Printer Options] Duplexer Optional Tray Wireless Printer Adapter Network Protocol Adapter [Print Volume] Print volume for each paper size 10.9.2 Panel Settings List Print Panel Settings List can be printed by the user's request. Panel Settings List is printed in B/W on A4 size paper (Letter size paper for the US) in the automatically selected paper tray. 10.9.3 Font List Print PCL Font List can be printed by the user's operation. PCL Font List is printed in B/W in the automatically selected paper tray. 10.9.4 Macros List Print PCL Macros List can be printed by the user's operation. PCL Macros List is printed in B/W in the automatically selected paper tray.
8 28
Chapter 8 Printer Specifications 10.9.5 Job History Report The user can print Job History Report by requesting instant print or by setting auto print. Job History Report in B/W on A4 size (Letter size for the US) in the automatically selected paper tray. - Date - Time - Input Port - Host/User Name - Document Name - Output Color - Paper Size - Pages - Sheets - Result 10.9.6 Error History Report Error History Report can be printed according to the user's request. Error History Report in B/W on A4 size (Letter size for the US) in the automatically selected paper tray. - System Fail History: Total Print Count Chain-Link (Error Code) - Paper Jam History: Total Print Count Type of Jam 10.9.7 Demo Page Print Demo page can be printed by the user's operation. Demo page is printed in B/W in the automatically selected paper tray.
8 29
Dell 2150cn : recommended spare-part list

06 Oct 2010 MFG P/N TONER / INK 675K 92610 675K 92620 675K 92630 675K 92640 675K 92570 675K 92580 675K 92590 675K 92600 675K 96490 Part Description KIT PKG TN KM 3K-K KIT PKG TN KM 2.5K-C KIT PKG TN KM 2.5K-M KIT PKG TN KM 2.5K-Y KIT PKG TN KM 1.2K-K KIT PKG TN KM 1.2K-C KIT PKG TN KM 1.2K-M KIT PKG TN KM 1.2K-Y KIT PKG TN DUAL KM 3K-K Dell P/N N51XP 769T5 8WNV5 NPDXG 2FV35 WHPFG 9M2WC NT6X2 899WG CRU or FRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU
DEVELOPERS 675K 92520
PHD ASSY REORDER
KGR81
CRU
FUSER AND ACESSORIES 126K 27840 FUSER ASSY 115V 126K 27850 FUSER ASSY 220V
YPKFP PC5HW
FRU FRU
OPTIONS 675K 84661
WIRELESS ADAPTER
P624N
CRU
DUPLEXER 059K 68860
FEEDER ASSY DUP SPF STD (with 2-16,PL11.2)
WDHW4
FRU
TRANSFER BELT 604K 59850 KIT TRANSFER ASSY (with 3-7)
RKN5T
FRU
ROLLER 604K 49601 604K 50081
ROLL ASSY FEED (with 4 + Instruction) KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR
G866F M312F
CRU CRU
FEEDER, TRAY AND TRAY HOUSING 050K 61450 CASSETTE ASSY 250 (with19,21) 059K 60651 KIT FEEDER ASSY OPT (with 4-7,PL12.2-12.4,Instruction) 050K 63310 CASSETTE ASSY 250 OPT (with 19,21)
D498F X920D C660D
CRU CRU CRU
PLASTICS 604K 50060 848K 45850 848K 45840
KIT COVER ASSY WINDOW TNR (with 7, Instruction) COVER ASSY-FRONT MG CDN (with 2,5,10,11,28,29) COVER ASSY-FRONT MG CN (with 2,5,10,11,28,29)
F122F N4MMN 23H2K
CRU FRU FRU
ELECTRICAL / ELECTRONICS BOARDS AND CARDS 604K 60040 KIT PWBA ESS SPF(with 7, Instruction) 105K 24450 PWBA LVPS 100V 105K 24460 PWBA LVPS 220V 604K 59951 KIT PWBA MCU (with 6, Instruction)
RHX7T VJ1N9 Y5DMC 7KV9X
FRU FRU FRU FRU
FAN AND ACESSORIES 127E 86270 FAN
MT4HH
FRU
MEMORY 675K 92450
KIT PACKAGE DDR2 512MB
T4NTT
CRU
MISCELLANOUS HARDWARE 604K 49490 KIT FEED ROLL/SOL/CLUTCH (with 1,2,11,15,PL3.2.4) 604K 50081 KIT HOLDER ASSY SEPARATOR (with 5, Instruction) 604K 49601 ROLL ASSY FEED (with 4 + Instruction) 007K 17800 DRIVE ASSY SUB 848K 21710 CONSOLE ASSY PANEL 110V 848K 21720 CONSOLE ASSY PANEL 220V 962K 68760 HARN ASSY INTERLOCK (SW-J44) 604K 59910 KIT ROS (with 1,2 2pcs)
P376C M312F G866F THMDN Y564D Y563D Y565D RFR9G
FRU CRU CRU FRU FRU FRU FRU FRU
BASE UNIT 998S 65258 998S 65259 998S 65260 998S 65261 998S 65262 998S 65263
SVC PRINTER SVC PRINTER SVC PRINTER SVC PRINTER SVC PRINTER SVC PRINTER
N 110V (Spare) DN 110V (Spare) N 220V EMEA (Spare) DN 220V EMEA (Spare) N 220V AUS (Spare) DN 220V AUS (Spare)
CYK47 DKJT4 148V6 X89PG 35MM9 D1NVH
CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU CRU
Notes CRU : Customer Replaceable Units - refers to parts that can easily be replaced by the customer without sending an onsite technician. FRU : Field Replaceable Unit - a part that can be replaced or added by onsite technician.

Dell 2150cn Service Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dell 2150cn Service Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Dell 2150cn Service Manual

April 30, 2010

May 19, 2010

June 16, 2010

1. About this manual

2. Marks giving caution

Essentials for procedures, steps, rules, and others.

Reference Incidental information to descriptions.

4.1 Power source

Do not touch live parts unless otherwise specified.

4.2 Driving units

4.3 High-temperature units

4.4 Laser beams

4.5 Warning/caution labels

4.5.2 Caution label for toner cartridges

4.5.3 Caution label for SSI and tray

4.5.4 Caution label for ROS

4.5.5 Caution label for transfer belt and PHD unit

4.5.6 Caution label for duplex

Unpacking the Printer

Unpacking the Printer ......................................................................................................... xv

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS 1. Troubleshooting Overview...........................................................................................1 - 1

3. Error Code FIP ..........................................................................................................1 - 36

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS

4. Image Quality Trouble .............................................................................................1 - 296

Chapter 1 Troubleshooting CONTENTS

5. Abnormal Noise Trouble..........................................................................................1 - 346

6. Other FIP .................................................................................................................1 - 353

Appendix .....................................................................................................................1 - 358 Appendix_1 Clearing Jams..........................................................................................1 - 358

Appendix_2 Replacing the Main Parts ........................................................................1 - 364

Appendix_3 Cleaning the Printer.................................................................................1 - 371

1.1 Flow of Troubleshooting

Check installation status

Check trouble status

Operation of Diagnostic Principles of Operation Wiring Diagrams

Send back printer or parts for technical check.

1.2 Check Installation Status

1.3 Cautions on Service Operations

1.4 Cautions on Using FIP

Print Media Guidelines

Identifying Print Media Sources and Specifications

Supported Paper Sizes

Standard 250sheet tray Side 1 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Side 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N

Optional 250sheet feeder Side 1 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N Side 2 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N N N

Supported Paper Types

Paper Type Specifications

2.2 Flow of FIP

Turn off and turn on the Power.

Instruct how to operate

When abnormal noise is occurred:

Refer to "5.2 Operation Mode Table."

2.3 Status Code List

<IOT Firmware Error> MCU firmware error occurs.

Flip Contact Support 004-311

<IOT Main Motor Failure> Main Motor failure is detected.

<IOT Sub Motor Failure> Sub Motor failure is detected.

Flip Yellow Cartridge 009-360

Flip Magenta Cartridge 009-361

Flip Cyan Cartridge 009-362

Flip Black Cartridge 009-363

Flip Contact Support 010-317

Replace Fuser Now 351